MASTER 
NEGATIVE 
NO. 92-50720-7 





MICROFILMED 1992 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES/NEW YORK 


| as part of the | 
“Foundations of Western Civilization Preservation Pro ject” 


; Funded by the : 
NATIONAL ENDOWMENT FOR THE HUMANITIES 


Reproductions may not be made without permission from 
Columbia University Library 





COPYRIGHT STATEMENT 


The copyright law of the United States -- Title 17, United 
States Code -- concerns the making of photocopies or other 
reproductions of copyrighted material... 


Columbia University Library reserves the right to refuse to 


accept a copy order if, in its judgement, fulfillment of the order 
would involve violation of the copyright law. 





AUTHOR: 


BOISE, JAMES 
ROBINSON 


TITLE: 


EXERCISES IN GREEK 


PROSE COMPOSITION ... 


PLACE: 


NEW YORK 


DATE: 


1891 





Master Negative # 


COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 
PRESERVATION DEPARTMENT 


BIBLIOGRAPHIC MICROFORM TARGET 








Original Material as Filmed - Existing Bibliographic Record 





τ΄ τι τα - νων ae Ω 


Boise, James Robinson, 1815-1895. 


| 
Exercises in Greek prose composition, adapted to the | 
first book of Xenophon’s Anabasis. By James R. Boise || 
. New York, D. Appleton & company, 1851. ἢ 


1 p. L, tvi-vii, ι9,-185 p. 191 





887.82 Another copy, 1860. 
B634 


- 887.82 Another copy, 1868. 


nog Another copy, 1888. 
8812 ᾿ 1. Greek language--Composition and exercises. 


Δ 5 8, copy in Plimpton Librery. 1850. 


\ F\ \wy 7 le ly > 
Library of Congress PA258.B6 1851 





Restrictions on Use: 








12 is τὲ 15 mm 


1.0 1] 


MM Ὁ 
Ν 


16 


00 
9 


: . Ὁ 
Ο 


° 
i 
== 


nd Image Management 


, Suite 11 





"4 





HEE 3.335... 





ing, Maryland 20910 


301/587-8202 





Association for information a 














oll =I 


1100 Wayne Avenue 
Si Ss 


125 














BY APPLIED IMAGE, INC. 





MANUFACTURED TO AIIM STANDARDS 


2 


1 


Centimeter 





APPLETONS’ 


01, πᾷ COLLEGE TEXT-BOOKS 


Latin, Greek, Syriac, Hebrew. 











887.82 R632 


Columbia University tiline, with 
Library 


fenry Livingston Thomas 
BORN 1835-DIED 1903 
sk Vith Notes. 


xander the 


FOR THIRTY YEARS CHIEF TRANSLATOR 
DEPARTMENT OF STATE, WASHINGTON, D. C. x cee 
ty. 12mo. 

LOVER OF LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE e Eclogues, 
HIS LIBRARY WAS GIVEN AS A MEMORIAL 
seid of Ver- 
BY HIS SON WILLIAM 8. THOMAS. M. D. 


TO COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


A. 0. 1905 300k on the 




















‘s - 1881, 
The Elements of Latin Grammar, for Schools. 
A Latin Reader, intended as a companion to the author's Latin Grammar, 


A Latin Reader. With Exercises. 
A New Latin Reader. With References, Suggestions, Notes, and Vocabulary. 


597 ¥2 


(263% 
STANDARD CLASSICAL TEXT-BOOKS. 





Harkness, Albert. Series of Latin Text-Books. 12mo: 

A Practical Introduction to Latin Composition. For Schools and Colleges. 

Cesar’s Commentaries on the Gallic War. With Notes, Dictionary, etc 
New Pictorial Edition. 

Preparatory Course in Latin Prose Authors, comprising Four Books of 
Ceesar’s Gallic War, Sallust’s Catiline, and Eight Orations of Cicero 
With Notes, Illustrations, a Map of Gaul, and a Special Dictionary. New 
Pictorial Edition. 

Sallust’s Catiline. With Notes and a Special Dictionary. 

Cicero's Select Orations. With Notes, etc. 

The Same, with Notes and Dictionary. 


This series bas received the unqualified commendation of many of the 
most eminent classical professors and teachers in our country, and is already in 
use in every State of the Union, and, indeed, in nearly all our leading claseical 
institutions of every grade, both of school and college. 


Herbermann’s Sallust’s Jugurthine War. 

Horace, See Lincoxn. 

Johnson, E.A. Cicero's Select Orations. With Notes. 12mo. 

Latin Speaker. See ΒΕΎ ΔΙ. 

Lincoln, John L. Horace. With Notes, etc. 12mo. 

—— —- Livy. With Notes, Map, etc. 12mo. 

— — Ovid. 

—— ——- Same, with Notes and Vocabulary. 

Lindsay, T. B. Cornelius Nepos. With Notes, Vocabulary, Index, and Exer- 
cises. Illustrated. 12mo. f 

—— —— Same, for Sight-Reading. 

Lord’s Cicero's Lelius. 

Quintilian: See Frieze. 

Quintus Curtius Rufus. See Crossy, W. Η. 

Sallust. See BuTieR and Sturcus, HaRKNESs, and HERBERMANN. 

Sewall, Frank. Latin Speaker. Easy Dialogues, and other Selections for Mem- 
orizing and Declaiming in the Latin Language. 12mo, 

Spencer, J. A, Cwsar's Commentaries, With Notes, etc. 12mo. 

Thacher, Thomas A. Cicero's de Officiie. Three Books, with Notes and Con- 
epectus. 12mo. 

Tyler, W.8. Germania and Agricola of Tacitus. With Notes, etc. 12mo 

-—— —— Histories of Tacitus. With Notes. 12mo. 

Vergil. See Frieze. 


GREEK. 


Adams, F.A, Greek Prepositions. 

Anabasis. See Borse and Owen. 

Antigone. See Smzap. 

Arnold, T. K. First Greek Book. Edited by Spencer. 12mo. 














EXERCISES 


GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION, 


ADAPTED TO THE 


FIRST BOOK OF XENOPHON’S ANABASIS. 


BY 


JAMES R. BOISE, 


PROFESSOR OF GREEK IN BROWN UNIVERSITY. 


NEW YORK: 
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 
1, 8, anon 5 BOND STREET. 
1888, 




















Eamtered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1849, by 
D. APPLETON & COMPANY, 


In the Clerk’s Office of the District Court for the Southern District of 
New-York. 





PREFACE. 





Tue following Exercises were prepared simply az 
al) accompaniment to the First Book of the Anabasis. 
‘They consist of easy sentences, similar to those in the 
Anabasis, involving the same words and construc- 
‘ions, and are designed by frequent repetition to make 
the learner familiar with the language of Xenophon. 
Accordingly the chapters and sections in both are 
made to correspond. Thus, §§ 1st, 2d, etc., of chapter 
Ist in the Exercises, require a constant reference to 
δὲ Ist, 2d, etc., in chapter Ist of the Anabasis. So 
with the remaining sections. : 

In writing these Exercises, it is impossible to study 
the expressions of Xenophon too carefully, or to imi- 
tate them too closely; and the fact that the learner 
has continually before him a model so faultless, so 
purely Attic, is conceived to be no small advantage. 

It will be observed, that each section contains a 
vocabulary and two paragraphs of English sentences. 
The first paragraph is intended for oral recitation, 
and together with the vocabulary should be raade 


390146 

















vi PREFACE. 


familiar, so as to be recited promptly and with little 
effort. The second paragraph consists of longer and 
more varied sentences, which are to be written, and 
which may also, in reviews especially, be expressed 
viva voce. As the chief thing in learning any lan- 
guage is to become familiar with its words and idioms, 
the question may fairly be raised, whether it would not 
be better for the beginner in Greek, to occupy some- 
what less of his time in committing to memory ab- 
struse rules, which he comprehends but imperfectly, and 
a grammatical nomenclature, which surely will- give 
him a very imperfect idea of the harmony of the Gre- 
cian tongue; and instead of this, to occupy a greater 
proportion of his time in storing the mind with those 
words and phrases, which in endless combinations are 
an essential part of the language which he is aiming 
to acquire. Would not this process be more analogous 
to that which nature points out to us? 

It is supposed that the majority of those who use 
these Exercises, will also have in their possession Dr. 
Owen’s edition of the Anabasis, which contains nu- 
merous grammatical references and full explanatory 
notes. For this reason, many annotations have been 
omitted in the margin of this work which might other 
wise have found a place. 

The Greek text which has been selected is that 
of Kriger. This is added to the Exercises, so that the 
book may be used even by those who are not reading 


PREFACE. vi 


the Anabasis, and who may chauce not to have a 
copy. Should any discrepancies between this text and 
the words employed in the vocabularies be discovered, 
they may be explained by the fact that the Editor him- 
self made use of the text of Dr. Owen’s edition in the 


preparation of the work. 

The explanatory notes are desultory and various. 
The plan of the work forbade any attempt to develop 
a regular and methodical syntax, provided there were 
need of such a treatise. But the excellent grammars 
of Kihner, Sophocles and Crosby rendered such an 
attempt unnecessary. 

For the convenience or the learner, an English- 
Greek vocabulary, a catalogue of the irregular verbs, 
and an index to the principal grammatical notes have 
been appended to the Exercises. 


Brown University, Sept. 1849. 






































EXERCISES 


IN 


GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 





CHAPTER FIRST. 


§ 1. Son, παῖς, δ. Young, νέος. Elder, πρεσβύτερος. in 
prose the usual positive is πρεσβύτης. Termination, τελευτή. 
Life, the period of life, Bios. Life opposed to death, ζωή. 
Both, ἀμφότερῳ. I have, there is born to me, yiyverai μου. 
I am sick, ἀσϑενῶ{κ, I apprehend, suspect, ὑποπτεύω, I wish, 
βούλομαι. I am present, πάρειμι. (The learner is supposed 
to be familiar with the numerals and pronouns.) When= 
after, ἐπεῖ ; when as a correlative of then, ὅτε. 

He is sick. They are sick. We are sick. You (sing.) 
are sick. You (plur.) are sick. The son of Darius is sick. 
The sons of Darius are sick. I wish to be present. He wishes 
to be present. I wish you to be present. He wishes me to 
be present. ‘They wish us to be present. 

Darius has three sons. Cyrus had two sons. He (ai- 
τοῦ) has five sons. They (αὐτῶν) have one son. Darius is 
sick. ‘The two sons of Darius are sick. The younger son 
of Darius was sick and was apprehending a termination of 
his life. I wish my two sons both to be present. He wishes 

1* 





10 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


his three sons to be present. When he apprehended a ter 
mination of his life, he wished his elder son to be present. 


§ 2. Sovereignty, government, ἀρχή. General, στρατηγός, 
Plain, πεδίον. Friend, φίλος. Heavy-armed man, Sudleus. 
Commander, ἄργων. To happen, τυγχάνειν. I send for, meta 
πέμπομαι. I make, appoint, ποιῶ. I go up, ἀναβαίνω. I take, 
lauBavw. I have, ἔχω. (Observe the difference both in 
meaning and construction between this word and γίγνομαι, 
sup.) And, also, καῖ, And, but, δέ 

He sent for me. They sent for me. [sent for you. 
You sent for me. You (plur.) sent for.us. We sent for 
you. The general sent for you. He sent for the general. 
He sent for the commander. We sent for the commander, 
and the heavy-armed men. 

He happens to be present. They happened to be pre- 
sent.(') He sent for Cyrus. I shall send for my two sons 
from the sovereignties of which I made them satraps. And 
I also appointed him general of all who used to assemble (*) 
in the plain of Castolus. The five sons go up taking (*) Tis. 
saphernes upon the supposition of his being(*) a friend. 
They went up having four hundred heavy-armed men. | 


will go up having seven hundred heavy-armed men, and 
Xenias their commander. 


§ 3. Brother, ἀδελφός. Kingdom, βασιλεία. Mother, μή- 





Ἃἢ) Observe here that the participle agrees in number, &c., with the 
subject of the verb. 

(2 The learner will recollect that the imperfect tense expresses 
continued or customary action in past time ; and may often be translated 
wsed to, was wont, etc. The aorist denotes an action absolutely; i.e. 
without regard to its continuance or completion. 

(5) See note (1). 


(*) ὡς, ae, as if, denotes s1pposition, and may be rendered as above. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. μ᾿! 


sng. Before, to, πρὸς with acc. Βοίϊι, as a correlative of 
and, t& Again, back, πάλιν. To, over, ἐπὲ with acc. I cal- 
umniate, διαβάλλω, I plot against, ἐπιβουλεύω. To decease, 
τελευτᾷν. I apprehend, seize upon, συλλαμβάνω. I slay, put 
to death, ἀποκτείνω. I settle, estabhsh, χαϑίστημι. (Intrans. 
in the perf., pluperf., and 2d aor. tenses of the act. voice.) 
In, into, εἰς with acc. used after a verb expressing or imply. 
ing motion. I persuade, πείϑω. I send away, ἀποπέμπω. I 
rescue hy entreaty, ἐξαιτῶ, 

N.B. It must be borne continually in mind, tnat the 
personal pronouns are implied by the endings of the verb; 
and consequently that they are not to be expressed unless 
they are emphatic. 

He sent me away. He sent for me. They apprehended 
the son of Darius. They apprehended a termination of life: 
He slew the general. The general deceased. The com: 
mander persuaded the heavy-armed men. The son of the 
commander was persuaded. He wished to be present. He 
happened to be present (particip.) 

He was calumniating Cyrus. They are plotting against 
him. I shall calumniate Cyrus before his brother. They 
calumniated Cyrus before his brother, on the ground that (δ) 
he was plotting against him. And after (*) Darius deceas- 
ed,(*) Artaxerxes apprehended (5) Cyrus as if to put him to 
death. After 1 was settled in the kingdom, he plotted against 





(δ) On the ground that, ὡς. Cf note (4); and also, ὡς ἀποκτενῶν 
below. 

(6) "᾿Επεὶ is often rendered when, but in the sense of after, postquam, 
"Ore means when, while, quum. 

(7) ᾿Εἰτελεύτησε, a euphemism for ἀπέθανεν. 

(8) We are not by any means to infer that συλλαμβάνειν and ὑποπτεύει 
in § 1, are synonymous, because they may be translated by the same 
Finglish word. It will be perceived that the English woid, apprehend, 
may be used in very different connections. 























12 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


me. I calumniated the general ‘before Cyrus; and he,*} 
was both persuaded and seized the general. His mother will 
send him away again to his government. His mother res- 
cued him by her entreaties (lit. begged him off). After | 
was persuaded, I seized the commander of the heavy-armed 
men, as if to put him to death. 


§ 4. Aflerwards, yet, ἔτι. That, in order that, ὅπως. 
Never, μήποτε. In the power of, ἐπὶ ο. dat. I take counsel, 
βουλεύομαι. I am, εἰμί. I am able, δύναμαι. Instead of, 
ἀντί, I am king, βασιλεύω. I love, φιλῶ More, rather, 
μᾶλλον. Than, ἢ. 

We deliberated. They deliberated. He plotted against 
us. I apprehended him. I am king instead of you. 1 love 
him more than you. We love you more than him. He 


loved us more than the general. 
They are taking counsel that they may never afterwards 


be in the power of the general. He is in the power of his 
brother. He is taking counsel that, if possible, (if he may be 
able,) he may be king instead of his brother. They were 
present with Cyrus because they loved him (lit. loving ('*) 
him). They loved the younger more than the elder brother. 


I am in your power. 


§ 5. All, πάντες. Whoever, ὅστις. From, παρὰ c. gen. 
So as, ὥστε. Iam friendly, εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχω. Competent, suffi- 
cient, able, ἱκανός. To, πρὸς c. acc.: also the dative without 
a preposition. It must be left to observation to decide which 
construction is to be employed after any particular verb. 





(*) This use of ὁ δὲ (Latin is autem) should be carefully noticed 
The phrase cecurs only at the beginning of a sentence, and in a narra- 
tion. The article is here demonstrative. Cf. ‘O δὲ § 4. 

(05) The participle in Greek as in Latin denotes “ the time, the cause 
the concomitant of an action, or the condition on which it depends.” 








EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE CMPOSITION. 13 


IWith, by the side of, παρὰ ἃ. dat. That, so that, ws. I come, 
arrive, ἀφιχνοῦμαι. I manage, dispose, διατέϑημι. 1 carry on 
war, πολεμῶ. I pay attention to, ἐπιμελοῦμαι. 

He is able to carry on war. They are able to carry on 
war. Weare able to carry on war. We are friendly to 
you. We all are friendly to you. They are friendly to 
you. They all are friendly to you. You all are friendly to 
us. He is friendly to them. They all are friendly to the 
king. They are both friendly to the king and are able to 
carry on war. 

Whoever of those from his ('') brother comes to him, he 
sends them all away. I am managing them so as to be 
friends to me rather than to my brother. He is friendly to 
me. I am friendly to you. The barbarians with him were 
both competent to carry on war and were friendly to him. 
He paid attention to those from the king, whoever came to 
him. And he also pays attention to those with himself that 
they inay('*) be friendly to him. He sent for his younger 
son. He sends away his elder son. I paid attention to the 
general that he might be friendly to me. I paid attention to 
the general upon the supposition that he was (participle) 
friendly to me. 


§ 6. Forces, power, δύναμις. As much as, the most, ὡς 
μάλιστα. Unprepared, ἀπαράσκευος : most unprepared, ὅτι 
ἀπαρασκευότατος. A levy, συλλογή. Thus, as follows, ὧδε. 





(}) The pronouns, my, you, his, her, their, etc., are not to be transla- 
ted unless they are somewhat emphatic, as in contrasts, etc. The Greek 
would generally use the article where we should use the pronoun. Thus 
above, ἡ μήτηρ, his mother; πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν, to his brother; τὼ παῖδε, his 
two sons; et passim. 

(2) Recollect that the subjunctive follows in a dependent clause the 
‘ending tenses (i. 6. the present, future and perfect) of the indicative ; as 
the optative does the historic tenses. 

















14 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION 


Many, πολλοί, Brave, good, ἀγαθός. City, πόλις. Several 
each, ἕκαστοι. Anciently, τὸ ἀρχαῖον. By, from, ἐκ c. gen. 
Collect, assemble, ἀϑροίζω. I conceal, ἐπικρύπτω. Wherefore, 
οὖν, (postpos.) J give oraers, παραγγέλλω. To belong, to be 
of, εἶναι c. gen. I present, give, δίδωμι. I make to revolt, 
ἀφιστημι. See note on καϑίστημι, § 3. Observe also that the 
perf. and pluperf. of this verb are in meaning, pres. and im- 
perf. At that time, τότε. 

It belongs to me. They belong to me. They belong to 
him. It belongs to you. The city belongs to you. The 
cities belong to you. All the cities belong to you. The 
several cities belong to him. The city belongs to them. 
The city belonged tome. At that time all the cities belong- 
ed to me. Wherefore the city belongs to the king. The 
city anciently belonged to the king. 

After he collected the Grecian forces, ('*) he concealed 
them as much as he could. He conceals as much as he can 
all the forces which assemble on the plain of Castolus. He 
took his brother as unprepared as possible. He is making a 
levy as follows. Wherefore the levy was made as follows. 
He made the levy so as ("*) to take the king as unprepared as 
possible. I shall assemble as many and as brave men as 
possible. I shall give orders to the several ('5) cities to take as 
many men as possible, upon the pretence that (5) Cyrus is plot- 





(Ὁ Lit. force. To denote the same idea in English, we should more 
naturally use the plural forces. 


(4) So as, see § 5. 

(5) Several; the force of ἕκαστος may be expressed thus; e. g. roi 
ὀρουράρχοις ἑκάστοις, to the several captains, or to each of the captains. 

(**) ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοντος and ὡς ἐπιβουλεῦοι above ᾧ 3. differ in meaning 
as follows. The clause in § 3. denotes the charge which Tissaphernes 
actually brought against Cyrus in so many words, that he was plotting 
against the king ; the clause in § 6. denotes a pretence, not necessarily 
an actual declaration, pretending that Τ' issaphernes was plotting, ete. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 15 


ting against me. Ten cities belong ('’) to Tissaphernes. The 
seven cities belonging to Tissaphernes, anciently presented 
by the king, have revolted('*) to Cyrus. All the cities, 
which ('*) at that time revolted to the. king, were anciently 
friendly to Cyrus. I ama friend to you. I am friendly to you. 
ἐ 

§ 7. In, ἐν c. ἀαι. This, these, οὗτος, οὗτοι. The same, 
ὃ αὐτός. Some—others, oi μὲν---οἱ dé. The fugitive, ὃ φεύίχων. 
Land, γῆ, by land, κατὰ γῆν. Sea, ϑάλαττα, by sea, κατὰ 
ϑάλατταν. The exile, ὃ ἐκπεπτωκώς. Pretext, πρόφασις. An- 
other, ἄλλος. Again,av I perceive, am informed, εἰσϑάνομαι 
I perceive beforehand, προαισϑάνομαι. I banish, expel, ἐκβάλ- 
λω. To take under (one’s protection) ὑπολαμβάνειν. I besiege, 
πολιορχῶ. I endeavor, try, πειρῶμαι. I restore, xatayo. ] 
levy, συλλέγω. 

I restored the exiles. He restored the exiles. I endeav- 
ored to restore the exiles. He tried to restore the exiles. He 
was trying to restore the exiles. They were trying to restore 
the exiles. He was besieging the city. He besieged the 
city. He was besieging the city by land and by sea. T hey 
besieged the city both by land and by sea. Ηφ was restoring 
the fugitives. He restored the fugitives. ‘They restored all 
of the exiles. Wherefore I restored the exiles. 

After I perceived that some (35) persons in Miletus were 





('7) With the meaning of εἶναι in this section, compare that of γίγνεσ- 
θαι § 1, supra. What is the difference ? ee 

(8) The learner will recollect the peculiarities of tense and significa- 
uon in the perf. and pluperf. of this verb. 

(%) Which is commonly translated by ὅσοι, ὅσαι, etc., after, all. See 


§ 2, πάντων ὅσοι. ; : 
() As τοὺς is not expressed before βουλενομένους, the subject of this 


participle is entirely indefinite, and in transiating we may say, some per- 
sons, etc., not implying that they were the greater part. Had rods beer 
expressed we should translate it, the men in Miletus were plotting etc, 


i. e. the majority, the body of the men. 









































16 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


plotting these same things—to revolt to Cyrus—I gave oruers 
to slay some of them and to banish others. Cyrus took the 
fugitives(*') under his protection. Having taken Darius as a 
friend, and having apprehended those who wished (33) to revolt, 
he took the fugitives under his protection. Having besieged 
the city by land and by sea, I endeavored to restore the ex- 
iles.(**) And this again was another pretext to the king for 
levying and assembling an army. I perceived beforehand 
that he was plotting (**) these things. I perceived that he wished 
his two sons to be present. I perceived that he was levying 
an army. 


§ 8. Not, ov; before a vowel with a smooth breathing, οὐκ: 
before a vowel with a rough breathing, οὐχ. When it is the 
last word in its clause, it is oxytone. To plot, βουλεύεσϑαι. 
Wherefore, ὥστε followed by the indic. This word denotes a 
consequence, a result: οὖν, an inference. Against, πρὸς c. 
acc. Impost, δασμός. I demand (on the ground that it is 
worthy, proper), ἀξιῶ Plot, ἐπιβουλή. I suppose, νομίζω, 
Army, στράτευμα. I am displeased, ἄχϑομαι. I forward, 
send away, ἀποπέμπω. To accrue, to become, γίγνεσϑαι. To 
expend one’s resources upon (lit. about), δαπανᾷν ἀμφὶ c. acc. 

He was plotting these things. You were plotting these 
things. You all were plotting these things. He plotted 
these things. They plotted the same things. They all 
plotted these same things. They were plotting against me. 





(**) Lit. those who were fleeing. 

(**) The participles of θούλομαι and βουλεύομαι must not be confounded. 

(3) τοὺς ἐκπεπτωκότας, lit. those who had been banished. 

(**) Observe that the participle is here used in Greek ; although we 
translate it by the indicative mood. Many verbs that signify emotions, 
perception by the senses, knowledge, recollection, cessation or continu- 
ance, &c.,take the participle where we should use the infinitive meod, the 
participial substantive, or, that, &c. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 11 


He was plotting against you. They plotted against him 
They each plotted against you. They did not plot these 
things. They did not plot aguinst us. 

I shall demand, because | am(**) his brother, that the king 
give me these cities. Wherefore (35) the king didnot perceive 
that Cyrus was plotting these things. His mother so disposed 
the king as not (μή) to perceive the plot against himself. I 
supposed that my brother, by carrying on war, was-eX- 
pending-his-resources on his army: wherefore, I was dis- 
pleased with his carrying on war.(*”) I shall forward the im- 
posts accruing to the king from the government which Cyrus 


happens to have. 


§ 9. Beyond, ὑπὲρ c. acc. An exile, φυγάς. Thracian, 
Θρᾷξ, -xds. Αὐγάιι5, Ἄβυδος. Miletus, Midntos. Treasures, 
money, χρήματα. Voluntary, of one’s own accord, ἑκών. Even, 
καί, Thus, (as above mentioned) οὕτω ; before a vowel, 
οὕτως. Secretly, expressed by λανϑάνω, 6. g., I nourish se- 
cretly, λανϑάνω τρέφων. They nourished secretly, ἔλαϑον τρέφ- 
ovtes. Opposite, καταντιπέρας. Alt, ἐν ο. dat. For, εἰς c. ace. 
Support, τροφή. I confer with, συγγίγνομαι. I admire, uya- 
μαι. To make one’s head-quarters at, δρμᾶσϑαι ἐκ c. gen. 
I live, dwell, οἰκῶ, With, lit. from, ano (denoting the means). 
I benefit, assist, ὠφελῶ. I contribute, συμβάλλω. I support, 
nourish, τρέφω. Soldier, στρατιώτης. Manner, τρόπος. 

I admire him. I admired him. They admired you. 
We all admired you. He is supported secretly. He was 
supported secretly. They were all supported secretly. The 
army was supported secretly. They supported the army 





(3) See note ("). 

() ὥστε is here followed by the indicative, and denotes a fact, an 
actual event: in § 5, it is followed by the infinitive and denotes a thing 
supposed or conceived: so as to be friends to himself, ete. 

(3) See note (**). 






































18 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


secretly. He supported the army secretly. We supported 
the soldiers secretly. He made his head-quarters at Cher. 
sonesus. ‘They made their head-quarters at Chersoneus. _ 

And another army was collecting for the king, in the fol- 
lowing manner. And Cyrus was collecting for himself an 
army in the Chersonesus which (**) is beyond the Hellespont. 
The commander, having conferred with the Lacedwemonian 
exile, both admired him and gave him a hundred darics. 
And he,(?*) having taken them, carried on war against the 
king of the Thracians. He makes his head-quarters at 
Chersonesus. I am carrying on war with the Thracians 
who live beyond Abydus. I live at Miletus. With these 
treasures, he carried on war against the cities beyond the 
Hellespont, in the following manner. He benefited the citics 
of the Hellespont ; wherefore,(*°) they even contributed mo- 
ney for him of their own accord. And (*') thus an army was 
secretly(**) supported for Cyrus. And Cyrus secretly sup. 
ported an army as follows. He is living at Abydus opposite 
the Hellespont. The Ionian cities were friendly(**) to Cy- 


rus, and secretly contributed money for the support of his 
soldiers. 


§ 10. Related by the ties of hospitality, a guest, host, for- 
eign friend, ξένος. One of an opposite party or faction, avti- 
στασιώτης. At home, otxos. Foreign soldier, mercenary, ξένος. 
To the number of, εἰς c. acc. Pay, μισϑός. Unitil, before, 





(*) Which is; the student will perceive that it is the article which 
we translate by this phrase. 

(39) See note (9). 

(53) Cf. note (%). 

(*) Observe that δὲ is not like the English word, and, to be placed 
first in the clause. 


(8) CE ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων, § 8, and παρὼν ἐτύγχανε, § 2, 
(8) See § 5 for this expression. 


EXEICISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 19 


πρίν. I oppress, πιέζω. I go, ἔρχομαι. I demand, «iia. <A 
nonth, μήν. I am superior to, I conquer, περιγίγνομαι. | I en- 
treat, δέομαι. To make peace with, to ὅσοι reconciled to, 
καταλύειν πρὸς ο. acc. I advise with, συμβουλεύομαι ο. dat. 

He plotted these same things. He’ plotted against us. 
[16 advised with us. He conferred with us. He happened 
to have a thousand mercenaries... He happened to be a mer- 
cenary soldier. He supported an army secretly. An army 
was supported for him secretly. He demands pay. He 
entreats me to be reconciled with the king. He demands 
that mercenaries be given to him. | 

The king happens to be related to me by the ties of hos- 
pitality.(%) He happened to have Aristippus as ἃ guest. 
He is oppressed by those at home of an opposite faction. I 
live at home. ‘Those at home of an opposite faction, being 
oppressed, went to Cyrus and demanded of him mercenaries 
to the number of a thousand. They demand pay for ten 
months, on the plea that (as if) they will thus become supe- 
rior to those of an opposite faction. ἴ entreat you not to make 
peace with the king until I advise with you. He demanded 
of the Lacedemonians, mercenaries to the number of ten 
thousand, on the plea that he would thus become superior to 
his brother. And thus again he was supporting(**) an army 
secretly. And thus again he supported the anny in Thes- 
saly secretly. And thus(**) another army was serretly col- 
lected and supported for him. 


— << 





(84) ξένος like the Latin hospes means.either guest or hom, related 
by the ties of hospitality. 

(83) Why does Xenophon use the imperfect ἐλάνθανεν, rather than the 
sorist 7 

(86) It will be perceived that οὔτω refers to what precedes; and ὧδε 
§ 6, to what follows. This distinction is general ; 80 also, ταῦτα and rads 
are distinguished in like manner. 


























20 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


§ 11. The very most, as many as possible, ὅτι πλεῖστοι 
The word meaning men, is often omitted in Greek where the 
English word would be expressed. Country, χώρα. Ionian, 
᾿Ιωνικός. Milesian, Μιλήσιος. To come to one’s assistance, 
παραγίγνεσθαι. To make an expedition against, στρατεύεσθαι 
sis. JI exhort, urge, bid, κελεύω. I infest, give trouble to, 
πράγματα παρέχω, c. dat. With, in company with, σύν. 

They infest the country. We give him trouble. We 
were giving him trouble. They were giving us trouble. 
They gave us trouble. They infested the king’s country. 
We were giving them trouble. We are not infesting the 
country. They are making an expedition against the 
king’s country. They made an expedition against the city. 
They were making an expedition against the cities. [ urged 
him to make an expedition against the city. They urged 
him to make an expedition against the country. 

And Proxenus having taken as many men as possible, 
came to his assistance. He demanded of Cyrus four thou- 
sand men, on the plea that (as if ) he wished to make an ex- 
pedition against the Greeks who dwell beyond the Hellespont. 
He exhorted (37) Proxenus to make an expedition against the 
exiles(**) of the Milesians, pretending that (as if) they were 
infesting his own coantry. The Pisidians were infesting the 
country of the king. He gave trouble to the king. They 
gave me trouble. He urged Socrates the Achean, having 
taken as many men as possible, to come,(**) pretending that 





(37) κελεύω, like the Latin jubeo, is less authoritative than ἐπιτάττω, 
mpero, and may often be rendered J exhort, I urge. 

(*) Οἱ φυγάδες, the refugees, the exiles ; οἱ φεύγοντες, those who are 
fleeing, the fugitives ; especially, from their country ; hence, the exiles - 
οἱ ἐκπεπτωκότες, lit. those who have fallen out, sc. from their country ; 
hence, the exiles. 

(39) ἐλθεῖν, simply to come ; παραγενέσθαι, to come, ΟἹ to be, by the side 
f, often implying, for succor, for help. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. “Ι 


he was going-to-wage-war (*°) against his eldest ἕδος 
together with the Thracians who live opposite A y 2 
Making his head-quarters at Miletus, he infested pate este 
Tissaphernes which had anciently been presented by = 
king. He demanded of Cyrus two thousand heavy-arm 
men, on the plea that he would thus conquer the — — 
ties. He demanded a thousand soldiers (*') on the plea Ν 
he wished to make an expedition against the Greeks. 
wished to make an expedition, pretending that the Greeks 
were infesting his country. He was expending his Fesources 
upon his armies while-carrying-on-war against his young: 


est brother. 





(40) As we have in English no fut. particip., we translate it by various 
ὩΣ going to, about to, etc., and often simply by to, 6. g. 
5 ΐ ; h, § 3. sup. 
ὡς & ν, as if to put him to death, τι , 
7 is Gallina is the generic word for soldiers: bx)Zrat ξένοι, ete., ere 


specific. 





EXERCI 
SES N GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 23 


ing the Pisidians from the country. He made the pretence 

that he was marching against the Pisidians. Aristippus 

having been reconciled with the men at home, sent away to 

Cyrus the army which was in that place.(*) He ordered 

Clearchus to come with(‘) the army which he had. (δ) I ex- 

pelled the barbarian army wholly from the country, having 

: been reconciled with those at home. I sent orders to Xenias, 

CHAPTER SECOND. a who governed for me the Thracians beyond the Hellespont to 

come with ten thousand mercenaries. The men were suffi- 

§ 1. Already, ἤδη. Upward, ἄνω. Wholly, παντάπασιν | cient to guard the citadels. Having taken the men except a 

From, out of, ἐκ. Pretence, πρόφασις. In that place, there sufficient number to guard the citadels, he expelled the Thra- 

tate. Citadel, ἀκρόπολις. The mercenary army, τὸ ὼς Μ᾿ cians wholly from the country. He commanded the mercen- 

Garrison, φυλακή. It seems good, δοκεῖ, To go, to eee ary army in that place.(*) He was reconciled with the 

mogeveo San. I make (for myself) ποιοῦμαι. Tomarch agiilne, garrisons in the cities. He-sent-away the exiles of the Mi- 

στρατεύεσϑαι εἰς, I am reconciled with, συναλλάττομαι πρὸς Ἢ lesians to Cyrus. He-sent-for the imposts accruing to the 

acc. To come, ἥκειν. I govern, command, προέστηκα.(") 1 q king from the cities beyond the Hellespont. He lives beyond 
guard, φυλάττω. I have, ἔστι μοι, ἔγω. me ’ the Hellespont. 























He commands the mercenary army. He commanded the : 
mercenary army. They commanded the army in that place : § 2. Also, καί. Well, καλῶς. Readily, gladly, ἡδέως. 


(lit. the in that place army.) He commands the army in For, γάρ (postpos.). I call, καλῶ. I promise, ὑπισχνοῦμαι. 
that place. 1 command the army. I commanded the army. I leave off, cease, παύομαι. Home, homeward, to one’s home, 


Ι sent orders to the commander of the army. I ordered οἴκαδε, (Used after verbs of motion: otxo:, after verbs οὗ 

(κελεύω, I order) the commander of the army to come. He : ps: Aenea diame Maia nL 

came with (particip.) the army which he had. He came for ln ae 

assistance with the army which he had. He succeeded well. They succeeded well. We all 
And it already (") seemed good to Cyrus to go upward. νυρρορθοά well. . Yon δά net προ Ch hae 

I wished to expel the barbarian army wholly from the country. [ ca.led him. And I called him also. And we called him 

He made the pretence that he wished (*) to march against the : τ: 


Pisidians. And this was another pretence to him for expel. (3) Lit. the in that place army. Adverbs and clauses are often used 
adjectively by being placed between the article and noun. Thus below, 
i rod ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι ξενικοῦ. 

*) κελεύω, I order ; καραγγέλλω, I give orders, esp. as ἃ mili (*) The participles, λαβών, ἔχων, φέρωι, etc ,are often translated with. 
— I stand at the head of, i. rb command = Saison term, (δ) ὅσον ἦν αὐτῷ and ὃ εἶχεν νὰ nearly the same idea: ὅσον, all which 

() Cf. ch. I, (31.) | seems a little more emphatic than 4, what. 

(*) Lit. as if wishing. (*) Cf. (3) sup. 











——— Ss 


ene ᾳῃᾳ00 ΟΝ 
a 


—— a 








ne nee 









































24 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


also. And we called them also. He is besieging the city 
He is not besieging the city. ‘They will call (Attic fut.) 
us. We will call them. He will call me. He promised to 


call me. They promised to call us. We promised to call 


you. You did not promise to call us. He obeyed us. He 
did not obey us ; for, he did not place confidence in us. You 
placed confidence in him and obeyed him. 

And I shall also(’) call those who are besieging Miletus. 
They exhorted the exile to make an expedition with them. 
They promised the exile not to leave off before (*) they should 
restore him to his home. He succeeded well. They prom. 
ised him, if they should succeed (*) well, that they would 
give to him ten thousand darics. He succeeded well in the 
object of his expedition.('*) I shall readily obey you; for, I 
put confidence('') in you. And he('*) obeyed unhesitat- 
ingly. He put confidence in me. -He used to put confidence 
in me. He obeyed readily, and taking the heavy-armed 
men (13) he came ('*) to Sardis. 





(7) δὲ is the word which we translate and; καὶ the word which 
we translate also: the former being a general connective word ; the lat- 
ter more special ; connecting words or clauses which are of similar im- 
port. Thus, in this sentence, he also called, etc. this summons was of 
the same import with the one he had given to Clearchus and Xenias. 

(Ὁ The pleonasm of πρόσθεν and πρὶν we can hardly imitate in Eng- 
hsh. The thing promised is asserted more emphatically by the expression 
of both words. 

(*) Recollect that the AZolic form of the optat. is used chiefly in the 
2d and 3d pers. sing. and the 3d pers. plural. 

(02) Lit. against what he was making an expedition. 

("") Observe how clear a distinction Xenophon draws between τείθομα 
nd πιστεύω. 


('*) See ch. 1, note (9). 

('*) Lit. the heavy armor. By a similar metonymy, we say, ten sail 
of the line, for ten ships, ete. 

(*) παρῆσαν cis Dipdes, lit. they were present into Sardis. Such acon- 
nection of a verb of rest with a clause implving motion, ‘s frequent in 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION, 25 


§ 3. About, in designations of number, os. Both—and, 
cai—xai. Around, ἀμφί, 1am engaged in military operations, 

TEVOP HE, 
ay lial with fifty soldiers. He arrived with about 
five hundred soldiers. They arrived with soldiers to the 
number of five thousand. 

They came with heavy-armed men to the number of("*) 
fifteen hundred and with about five hundred targeteers. Both 
this man and his elder brother were of those who were éa- 
gaged in military operations around Miletus. You are suc- 


ceeding well. 


§ 4. Preparation, παρασκευή, Greater, μείζων, To, ws 
(only before the names of persons). Most quick’y, τάχιστα; 
as fast as he could, ἣ ἐδύνατο τάχιστα. Light-armed man, γυμ- 
γήτης. I think, ἡγοῦμαι. Against, ἐπὶ c. acc. I observe, 
κατανοῶ. 

They went as fastas they could.(*) We went as fast as 
we could. You went as fast as you could. He did not go 
as fast as hecould. They observed these things. They were 
observing these things. Both this man and Socrates observed 
these things. (Notice the position and number of ἣν in the 
last section. ) 

I think that these (movements) are greater than the pre- 
paration which is represented to be against the Pisidians. 
He went to the king in the greatest haste possible. Hav- 
ing observed these things, he went as rapidly as he could 
with about a thousand light-armed men, I went as fast as 1 


could. 


§ 5. Equipment, στόλος. I prepare in turn, in opposition, 





Greek. As we do not employ the same idiom, we commonly transiate 
tuch an expression by a verb of motion. 
(**) cis, lit. up to, (a) Recollect that πορεύομαι is dep. pass, 


8 

















26 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


ἀντιπαρασχευάζομαι. Through, diac. gen. To, as far as to, 
énic. acc. River, ποταμός. Breadth, εἶρος, τό. A hundrea 
feet, πλέϑρον. A bridge, γίφυρα. Boat, πλοῖον. I hear, hear 
of, ἀκούω. I have mentioned, siyyxu. (A defective verb; 
vommonly referred to φημὶ as a present, fut. ἐρῶ) I hasten, 
ἑρμῶμαι. March (spoken of the general), ἐξελαύνειν, To be 
upon, ἐπεῖναι. I construct, ζεύγνυμι, 

I have spoken of this river.(#*) He has spoken of this bridge. 
They have spoken of these boats. He will speak of this boat. 
Both this man and his brother have spoken of these rivers. 
They will speak of the river and the bridge. He hastened 
from the city. He hastened from this city. They hastened 
through the country. We hastened through this country. 

Having heard from Socrates of the equipment of Sophae- 
netus, they made preparation in turn. With (the forces) 
which 1 have mentioned they hastened from Sardis. He 
marched through the country of the Thracians, as far as to 
the Hellespont. When he heard from Sophaenetus of the 
equipment of the Pisidians, he made an expedition against 
them. The breadth of this river (15) was five hundred feet, 
and there was a bridge upon it. This bridge was construct- 
ed of ten boats. 


§ 6. Prosperous, εὐδαίμων (εὖ, well, δαίμων, Sortune). 
Large, μέγας. Day, ἡμέρα. To, into, sis. I cross, go over, 
διαβαίνω, I remain, μένω, 

We remained in that place ten days. I remained in that 
place thirty days. Both this man and the king remained in 
hat place twenty-five days. They crossed the river. He 





('S) Recollect that a common noun with a demonstrative pronoun 
takes the article also. The order is, pron., art , noun; or, art., noun, 
pronoun. See ch 1,8, for the expression these cities; and 9, these trea- 
eur 2 


EXERCISES IN GREEK YROSE COMPOSITION. 27 


crossed this river. We crossed the river Meander. Hs 
will cross the river Meeander. (Observe that διαβαίνω takes 
the fut. mid. The fut. act. and the Ist aor. act. are trans.) 
They will cross this river. 

They crossed this river with a thousand heavy-armed 
men. This city is prosperous and large. In that place they 
remained twenty days, plotting against the king. Heving 
crossed the river he will march through Phrygia to a large 
and prosperous city. 


δ 7. Palace, βασίλεια, τά. Park, παράδεισος. Full, πλήρης. 
Beast, ϑηρίον. Wild, aygus. I hunt, ϑηρεύω. On horse- 
back (lit. from a horse), ἀπὸ ἵππου, ag innov. Horse, ἵππος. 
Source, πηγή. Flow, géw, fut. δυήσομαι, aor. ἐῤῥύην. 

The river flowed through the palace. The river will 
flow through this palace. This river flowed through the 
city. Three rivers flow through this country. The river 
flows through this park. Four large rivers flowed through 
the country. I used to hunt on horseback. I wished to hunt 
on horseback. 

Cyrus had a palace in that place. He sent away to Cy- 
rus the army which he had.(*7) This park was large and 
full of wild beasts. In this park, he had wild beasts. In 
this place, Cyrus had a park full of wild beasts, which he 
used to hunt on horseback. Wishing to exercise both him- 
self and his horses, he used to hunt these wild beasts cen 
horseback. Whenever he carried on war against (*) the 
Thracians, he made his head-quarters in the Chersonesus. 
This river rises in the palace.('*) The river Meander rises 





(11) “ He had,” see ch. 2,§ 1. We see that there are two expres- 
tions in Greek for “1 have,” ἔχω and ἐμοί ἐστιν. “I had,” εἶ yoy ana 
ἐμοὶ ἦν. 

(5) What is the common form of the optat. in contract verbs ? 

(18) Lit. the sources of this river are out of, etc. 

















28 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


in the palace of Cyrus. The river Meander flows th-ough 
a large park. 11 rises in this large park. 


ᾧ 8. Into, sis. Fortified, ἐρυμνός. Wisdom, skill, τοφία, 


Concerning, περί, Skin, dégqua. Cave, ἄντρον. On this ac. 
count, dia τοῦτο. Empty (of a river), v. ἐμβάλλω. Overcome, 
conquer, νικῶ: Contend, ἐρίζω. Flay, éxdsigw. Suspend, 
hang up, κρεμάννυμι. I say, λέγω. I call, name, καλῶ. 

The river rises ἰῃ (15) the palace. The river rises in a 
park. This river rises in the park. The river Meander 
rises in this park. These rivers rise in the park. A river 
rises in the cave. The river rises in this cave. The river 
empties into the sea. These rivers empty into the sea. A 
large river empties into this sea. The river was called 
Meander. The king is said to have called the river Me- 
ander. 

The river Marsyas flows through the city of Celeenz, and 
empties into the Meander. And there is also in that place 
a fortified palace. Apollo overcame Marsyas while contend- 
ing with him concerning skill, and having flayed him, he 
suspended his skin inacave. The skin of Marsyas was 
hung up in the cave, in which the river Marsyas rises. This 
river takes its rise in a cave. I contended with him ('*) con- 
cerning skill. And on this account the river is said to have 


been called Marsyis. Andon this account he attempted to 
restore the exiles. 


§ 9. Batile, μάχη. At the same time, ἅμα. Review, ἐξέτα- 
σις. In all, all together, σύμπαντες. Build, erect, οἰκοδομῶ 
Withdraw, ἀποχωρῶ Am conquered, ἡττῶμαι. Bowman, 
toforns. Turgeteer, πελταστής. 


Ife built a palace. He built (see § 5, sup.) a bridge. 


os 





Φ oe 


(9, “ With him,” αὐτῶ: -T in the text is reflexive. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 29 


He built a bridge of nine boats. The bridge w as built of a 
hundred boats. They built this palace. The king is said 
to have built this palace. They conquered us. We were 
conquered in battle (νικῶ, pass. ἡττῶμαι). We conquered 
them. We were not conquered. They were all conquered. 
ether were conquered. 
μὲ seis is said to ies built this palace, after (39) he with 
drew from Greece. In that place Xerxes built a palace, 
when he was withdrawing from Greece. After Xerxes was 
conquered in battle, he built a palace in the city of Celene. 
Xerxes built the citadel of Celene, while (ἢ withdrawing 
from Greece. In that place Cyrus remained three days 
while building a bridge of boats. Clearchus the exile ar- 
rived with three hundred Cretan bowmen. And at the same 
time he made a review of the Greeks. The targeteers in 


all (33) were about a thousand. 


§ 10. A contest, ἀγών. Market-place, ἀγορά. Close to, 
close upon, close by, πρὸς c. dat. J appoint, τέϑημι. (33) Lam 
a spectator, I observe, ϑεωρῶ. : 

They appointed a contest. He appointed the contest. 


We will appoint a contest. We did not appoint a contest. 
I appointed this contest. We will not be spectators of this 


contest. He was witnessing the contest. He witnessed the 

contest. They appointed a contest close by the city. The 
ark is close by this city. 

᾿ Xenias having appointed (**) a contest, wished that Cyrus 

should be a spectator of the contest. The market-place of the 


Ceramians is close upon the Mysian country. 





(39) See note (6), ch. 1. 
(81) See note (0), ch. 1. : δ 
‘ ὺ ᾶ together. 
(33) σύμπαντες (from σὺν and πᾶς) a : 
(28) Recollect that the 2d aor. of τίθημι is used chiefly, except in the 


widicative sing. 























BU 
EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOS.TION. 


μόρον εἴρη “We compar. of πολύ. Frequently, πολλάκις 
sae ὅφα, ; pe, ἐλπίς. Continually, expressed by the 
: Lyon, signifying I continue. Manifest, plain, δῆλος 
oe πῶν οὐρὰ In keeping with, like, πρὸς c. iii 
μρφαξεῳ ΠΝ Tf, a (used before the indic. and optat.) ; 
hats = t le subjunctive). I owe, ὀφείλω. I go, sius 
It. meaning). I demand of, from, ἀπαιτῶ. I 
press, λέγω. , μι 
: I went home. They went home. We went home. | 
will go home. We will go into the city. They will ait 
the city. He will not go into the market-place He | a 
into the market-place. He went frequently into the m ew 
place. He went continually (lit. he continued goin r) Ἔν 
is due to the soldiers. He assists the soldiers. ihre 
cone ad ne due to the soldiers for more than four 
μ y went requently to the doors of the general, and 
emanded it. I went home frequently. The general ex 
aa hopes. His brother continually expresses hems. 
hey were manifestly troubled.(**) It was not in keepi 
with the character of Cyrus to plot against his friend e- 
was in keeping with the character of Cyrus to give ᾿ Ἢ 
soldiers the pay (which was) due, if he had it.(*) oes 


Way oe A guard, peat. (This word denotes a single per- 
“ oom & collective.) About, around, περὶ c. ace. 
: ae ers =e the presence of (after verbs of motion), maga 
- ace. at time, tore. Cilician woman, Κίλισσα, Much 
πολὺς. Many treasures, much money, χρήματα wads a 


The guards arrived. The garrison arrived. He arrived 





45) ΤΙ ; : 
a ; sf oo gg manifest being troubled. This form of expression 
ent in Greek. It is commonly transla 
: ted, th ; 
stc., or, ἐξ was manifest that they were, etc. cian 
(35) See note (10), ch. 1. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. | 31 


at that time. In that place, they arrived. They all arrived 
They arrived all together. We arrived in the presence οἱ 
Cyrus. His body-guard arrived. Her body-guard arrived. 

Epyaxa the wife of Syennesis had Cilicians as guards 
about herself, when she arrived in the presence of Cyrus. 


And at that time the wife of Syennesis arrived. In that 


Cilician woman arrived with fifteen hundred horse- 


place the 
arket- 


men as a body-guard. Sophznetus was ἴῃ (57) the πὶ 
place of the Ceramians, (which was) close by the Mysian 


country, when he gave to the garrison (**) four months pay. 


| have much money at home. 


I catch (by hunting), 


§ 13. By, along by, παρὰ C. acc. 
Fountain, 


ϑηρεύω. Way, road, route, δός. Wine, οἶνος. 
κρήνη. I mingle, χεράννυμι. Al, ἐπὶ c. dat. 

He mingled wine with the fountain. (Observe the idiom 
in Xen.) They mingled wine with the fountain. I will 
mingle wine with the fountain. They will mingle wine with 
this fountain. He is mingling wine with the fountain. ‘They 
are not mingling this wine with the fountain. 

He dwelt by the way-side. In that place he is said to 
have caught the Satyr by (**) mingling wine with a fountain 
called the fountain of Midas. At that fountain (#°) Midas 


caught the Satyr. 


δ 14. Greek, Ἕλλην. Barbarian, βάρβαρος. 1 ask, entreat, 


δέομαι. 
I entreat you to exhibit the army to me. 1 asked him to 


exhibit the army tome. They asked us to exhibit the army 





(27) Rest in ἐν ἀγορᾷ, in foro ; motion into, εἰς ἀγοράν, in foram. | 


(38) φύλακας, from φύλαξ, α guard ; φυλακάς, ch. 1, 6, from φυλακή, a 
garrison, α company of men who act as a guard. 

(3) See note ("), ch. 1. 

(89) See note ('®), ch. 2. 

















3:2 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


to them. We entreat you to exhibit the army to us. I wish 
to exhibit the army to you. I am not willing to exhibit the 
army to you. He demands pay of me. The soldiers demand 
pay of the general. The army demanded pay of us. He 
demanded (on the ground that it was fit) that the cities be 
given to him. 

Cyrus reviewed his army in the plain. When the Cili. 
cian woman asked Cyrus to exhibit to her his army, he re- 
viewed both the Greeks and the barbarians. Having re- 


mained in that place ten days, Cyrus wished to exhibit his 
army to the wife of Syennesis. 


§ 15. Larrange, draw up, τάσσω and συντάσσω. So-- 
GS, οὕτω or οὕτως---ὧὡς. Order, vouoc. Wing (of an army, 
lit. horn), κέρας. Left, εὐώνυμος. J occupy, tw. Three deep, 
four deep, etc., ἐπὶ τριῶν, ἐπὶ τεττάρων, etc. The rest of, 
ὃ ἄλλος, of ἄλλοι. Each, ἕκαστος. Right, δεξιός. 

The rest of the army was drawn up eight deep. The 
rest of the soldiers were drawn up six deep. The rest of 
the Greeks stood twelve deep. The rest of the generals 
occupied the right wing. The commander arranged the rest 
of the soldiers. We occupied the rest of the city. 

The Greeks were drawn up and stood as their order was 
for battle. Clearchus and his men, being drawn up three 


deep, occupied the left wing. The rest of the generals each 
drew up their own (forces). 


§ 16. First,—after that, πρῶτον μὲν---οεἶτα δέ, A com- 
pany of horse, ἴλη. In companies Of horse, κατ ἴλας. A 
company of infantry, τάξις. In companies of infantry, 
κατὰ rises. I ride along, ride by, nagelaivw. A war. 
chariot, doug. On, upon, ἐπὶ ¢. gen. Brazen, χαλκοῦς. 


Purple, φοινικοῦς. Tunic, χιτών. Flelmet, κράνος. Shield, 
ἀσπίς. J burnish, ἐχκαϑαίρω. 


33 
EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION 


i σ 
He was riding along on a war-chariot. po — sone 
war-chariot. He was riding along on ho < 4 
te ov) They rode along upon a war-chariot. 1 — 
sing | i yy rode aiong on 
a aoe ) sri μὰ Bid on war-chariots ; 
ae ees oP He was hunting on horseback. (See 
nee ᾿ μον were hunting on horseback (plur.). 
ἀν οὶ δόμα first the barbarians and ete τὸ τοῦ — 
i he king, and after tha 
er “et eT eee in companies of 
sO dl Se Cyrus rode by (*') upon a war-chariot, 
oe γεῦσις the army. He had a brazen elmet, and pur- 
ple tunic. He had his shield burnished. 
§ 17. In front of, πρό. Phalanz, φάλαγξ. erie sl 
Grecian (lit. of the Greeks) gen. plura tts 
I present (for myself ), ἜΚ 
; - ν΄ = | 
I move forward (intrans.), ἐπιχωρῶ. ἘΝ ny τ = ; 
o forward, πρύειμι. Tent, σκηνή. owa : ln 
ees to run (lit. a running begins to me), ὅρομος a μ 
poles own accord, ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, Opes st iin 
ἐκ τούτου. Quickly, ταχέως (ϑᾶττον, μορίων n Μ “ἘΝ ΜῊΝ 
yy. I sound a trumpet, σαλπίζω. The trumpet sounds, 


ζει (impers. ) . 
They advanced. 


’ 
μηνεῦς. : 
ε 
Arms, armor, ὁπλα, τα. 


He advanced. The army moved _ 

ward. The phalanx was moving forward. a 

his arms. They presented their arms. ΩΝ nad 

ordered them to present arms. Fe begins +8 ru 5 ae 

torun. He was ssn ὦμο eg a rite * 
egan 

a a boats τς We were not beginning to run. 





) Z, 


ἕσσον. on 





























3 J J 
4 EXERCISES ΙΝ GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


They ΕΝ the war-chariot in front of the phalanx 
. ' 

ok stood ( ) upon his war-chariot in front of the phalanx 

Θ sent the interpreter to the Grecian generals. ‘The Gre. 


cian generals presente 
generals presented their arms, and the whole phalanx 


moved forward. After they presented their arms, they ade 
vanced. The soldiers began to run(**) towards the aa of 
sd — Of their own accord the soldiers began to 
woud _ me upon this, the Grecian soldiers went 

more quickly with an outcry. The trumpet sounded. 


§ 18. The market-men, lit. those of the market, of ἐκ τῇ 
ἀγορᾶς. ' Wares, ὦνια, τά. Splendor, λαμπρότης. Onder tat 3 
Fear, φόβος. I leave behind, abandon, καταλείπω. J νὴ γε 
lerrified, lit. much terror is to me, φόβος πολύς ἐστί μοι a 


shor : I see 
ONSETVE. 006), fut. ὄψομαι, aor. εἶδον. ᾿ 


I am pleased, ἥδ 

ed, 7 Sopot, fut. 
ησϑησομαι. Lam astonished, ϑαυμάζω, fut. mid. I flee εὖ 
yo, fut. mid. jeg 


He is much ifie is beginni 
terrified. He is beginning to run. They 


are much terrified. They are beginning to run. The mar 
ket-men are much terrified. The market-men-are helene 
torun. He is pleased. He will be pleased. The will be 
pleased. He will be astonished. They will see κῷ army 


He will not see the army. ” 
y- They will be spectat f 
contest. They will flee. He will not flee. -" 


The market-men left their wares behind. The market 
men were much terrified. Hereupon they fled more sick! 
with an outcry. Having seen the splendor and hia δ, 
the army, they were pleased. Having observed the fear with 
which the Greeks inspired the barbarians (lit. the fear “cm 





39. 
(°°; Recollect that the perf. pluperf. and 2d acr. of iornu: are ‘ntrans 


(5) Lit. @ running began to the soldiers. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE CUMPOSITION. 35 


ne Greeks to the barbarians), they were astonished. Having 
seen the barbarians fleeing, I shall be pleased. 


§ 19. Frontier, farthest, extreme, border, ἔσχατος. Hostile, 
πολέμιος. Laughter, γέλως. I plunder, διαρπάζω. I permit, 
ἐπιτρέπω. 

I give you permission to go. He gave me permission to 
go. I will give him permission to go. I will not give you 
permission to plunder the country. I will give you permis- 
sion to plunder the border cities. He gave us permission to 
plunder the city. 

Iconium is a frontier city of Phrygia. They plundered 
these cities on the ground that they were hostile. When (*) 
he trumpet sounded, the barbarians began to run. Having 
sermitted the army to plunder a border city of this country, 
he withdrew as fast as he could. They went to their tents 
with laughter. ‘They remained in Lycaonia three days. 


§ 20. Quick, ταχύς, ϑάττων, τάχιστος. A certain, tig en- 
clit. Other, ἕτερος (denoting a more marked difference than 
ἄλλος). A man, vir, ἀνήρ. A Persian, Πέρσης. Self, αὐτὸς 
in apposition with a noun or pronoun. I send with, συμπέμπω. 
I accuse, αἰτιῶμαι. 

I sent the mon away. I sent for the man. I sent with 
the man a thousand soldiers. I sent them by the shortest 
‘lit. quickest) route. He sent a certain man. They senia 
certain other (person). I sent for the man himself. The 
man himself sent for me. We sent for the men themselves. 

Cyrus sent them away home(**) by the shortest route. 
[Te sent for them (to come) by the shortest route. He sent 





(®) What is the difference between ὅτε and ἐπεί ἢ 
(28) Recollect that οἴκοι, domi, is used with a verb of rest ; οἴκαξε, 


somum, with a-verb of motion. 
































56 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


with them the general himself.(*") He sent with her(*) a 
thousand bowmen as a body-guard. He accused a certain 
other (person) (59) of plotting against him. Cyrus appre- 
hended a Persian man with the intention(‘*) of putting him 
to death. 


§ 21. Wherefore, δι᾽ 6. On, upon, ἐπὶ c. gen. (after a 
verb of rest). Heights, ἄκρα, τά. On the next (day), τῇ ὕστε. 
ραΐᾳ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ). I force a passage, effect an entrance, εἷς- 
βάλλω. Pass, εἰςβολή. A wagon-road, 6005 ἁμαξιτός. Strongly, 
exceedingly, ἰσχυρῶς. Steep, ogdios. Impracticable, impas- 
sable, ἀμήχανος. I enter, go in, εἰςέρχομαι. I oppose, κωλύω 
1 ascertain, am informed, αἰσϑάνομαι. Within, εἴσω. That, 
ὅτι, used principally after verbs expressing or implying a de- 
claration (verba declarandi). The learner should be careful 
to observe the particular verbs after which ὅτε occurs most 
frequently. A messenger, ἄγγελος. I leave, λείπω. 

The road is steep. This road is steep. The wagon. 
road is exceedingly steep. The road is impassable. The 
pass is a wagon-road. He entered the country. He effected 
an entrance into the country. On the next day they entered 
the city. Wherefore on the next day he entered the city. 

They remained in the plain ten days. Wherefore he 
remained seven days upon the heights. On the next day, 
he attempted to force a passage into a border city of Phrygia. - 
He did not attempt to force a passage into the country, be- 
cause the pass was a wagon-road, exceedingly steep. It was 





(37) αὐτὸν τὸν στρατηγόν, the general himself ; τὸν αὐτὸν στρατηγόν, the 
came general. 


(8) σὺν denotes accompaniment ; pera with the gen., participatiun 
with. 


(®) Accus. The object of αἰτιασάμενος is not etpreased again, te 
cause it is in the clauses preceding. 
‘> See ὁ 3, ch. 1. 


EXERCISES IN GkEEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 37 


impracticable for an army to enter into this country, if any 
one opposed. When he ascertained that the bowmen were 
already within the heights, he attempted to effect an entrance 
into the country. ‘They heard that Cyrus had ten thousand 
Grecian soldiers who were attemping (*') to effect an entrance 
into the country. They ascertained that Cyrus was already 
within the heights guarding the pass. Three messengers 
arrived, saying that the Grecians had left the pass. 


§ 22. On, upon (after a verb of motion), ἐπὶ C, acc. 
W here (relative adv.), οὗ. Beautiful, καλος. Well-watered, 
ἐπίῤῥυτος. Abounding in, ἔμπλεως. Tree, δένδρον. Vans, 
ἄμπελος. Of every variety, παντοδαπος. Mountain, ὅρος. 
Rugged, ὀχυρός Lofty, ὑψηλός. On every side, πάντη. 1 
ascend, ἀναβαίνω. I encompass, περιέχω. 

He was pleased. Wherefore they were pleased. Upon 
this he sent away the messenger. Upon this the messenger 
arrived. He sent for the interpreter. On the next day, 
they sent for the interpreter. The mountain Is lofty = 
rugged. The palace is fortified. ‘The city is beautiful. 

1ese Cities are large and prosperous. 
ic “Having esbeniea upon the mountains, they beheld the 
country where the Cilicians dwelt. This country is large 
and beautiful, well-watered, and abounding in vines and trees 
of every variety There are vines and trees of every variety 
in the plain. Rugged and lofty mountains encompass en 
city on every side. He was pleased when he beheld the 
plain large and beautiful. A lofty mountain encompasses 
the city, (extending) from sea to sea. On the following day, 
they besieged the city by land and sea. 





~ 


(®) Lit. they heard Cyrus having ... . soldiers attempting, ete 
Bee note (34), ch. 1. 
































38 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 
§ 23. Midst of, μέσος (placed before the article or afie. 
the noun, and translated like medius ; 6. σ΄. μέση ἡ vus). Cf. 


Lat. medius. When placed immediately after the article it 
means, the middle, the central. 


Beis. I descend, καταβαίνω, 


The river flows through the midst of the city. The river 
flows through the central city. A river flows through the 
midst of the country. A certain river flows through the mid. 
dle country. Many rivers flowed through the country. An- 
other river flowed through the country. 

A river of two hundred feet in width flowed through the 
midst of the city. A river, Cydnus by name, flowed through 
the midst of Tarsus, a large and flourishing city of Cilicia. 
On the next day, no one opposing, he descended to the city 
through a plain, large and beautiful, well-watered, and 
abounding in vines and trees of every variety. This river 
flows through the midst of the city, and empties into the 

sea. He attempted to force an entrance into the midst of 


the city. A messenger arrived, saying that he had ascended 
upon the heights. 


Name, ὄνομα. No one, oi- 


§ 24. I dwell in, ἐνοικῶξς The inhabitants, οἱ &% ἱκοῦντες 
(lit. those dwelling in) c. acc. 


Abandon, evacuate, ἐκλείπω. Place, χωρίον. 
οὗ τὰ καπηλεῖα ἔχοντες 


Also, οὗ οἰκοῦντες ἐν c. dat. 


The innkeepers, 


The army is ascending upon the mountains. The army 
is upon the mountains (see § 21). The commander is within 
the heights. They dwell in a strong-hold (lit. place). 

Or. the next day, they left the mountains and descended 
into the plain. The inhabitants of this city abandoned it, 
together with(‘**) the king of the country, for a strong-hold 
upon the mountains. The innkeepers said that the Cilicians 


— 





(42) See note (38), ch. 2. 





EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 39 


had left the heights. ‘Those who dwelt along by δὶς sea as 
not abandon their cities. The innkeeper gave φ- ΡΟΝ i 
to his son. He gave much money to the sons o β - . 
keeper.(**) Those who dwelt by the sea were evidently 


roubled. (**) 


25. Sooner, earlier, πρότερος. By, denoting the agen 
or doer, with a verb of pass. meaning, ὑπὸ ὁ. gen. 1 en 
pieces, xataxontw. Am engaged in some predatory κενοὶ : 
ἁρπάζω tt. I perish, ἀπόλλυμαι. 1 wander, se. 
find, sigioxw. I leave behind, leave remaining, rye ee 

He perished in wandering. They perished in — A 
The interpreter perished in wandering. He ii : a: 
some predatory excursion. He found the roa Σ 7 
did not find the road. ‘They were not able to find t : ἵν Ξ 
They cut in pieces the army of Cyrus. The army © ag 
was cut in pieces by them. He plundered the : 
city was plundered by him. We plundered all of t e cities. 
All of the cities were plundered by us. The whole city was 

him. 
a reached Tarsus sooner (45) than [. They zs 
rived at the sea sooner than the targeteers. They arrive 
at the tents where the Cilicians kept guard sooner than oe 
who dwelt by the sea. Some were cut in pieces 7 the 
Greeks (‘*) while engaged in a predatory excursion ; others, 





(43) Th: Greeks often used a participle, where we should more na- 
turally use a substantive. Thus, of ra καπ. ἔχ. for of κάπηλοι ; 80, of ἐνοι- 
cobvres, the inhabitants, of φεύγοντες, the exiles. 

44) See note (2%), ch. 2. su ta 
an Observe that the Greek word for “ sooner is an adjective, 
agreeing with the subject of the verb. Often, when the idea of time " 
motion was expressed, the Greeks and Romans gave the qualifying wo 
jecti f an adverb. 
the form of an adjective rather than o 

(46) The Eng. word “ by” standing before the name of an Εν - 
doer, is ordinarily expressed in Greek by ὑπὸ with the gen. ; after ver 
in rfos, by the dat. alone. 

















10 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


not being able to find the roads, after that perished in war. 
dering. They left the other army (47) behind. They aban 
doned the rest of the army. A rugged and lofty mountain 


ee the other city. A messenger arrived, saying, 
that they had already left the rest of the city. 


Pies I go into the power of any one, ἔρχομαΐ tive εἰς χεῖρας 
in ἱ € power of, see ch. 1, δ 4. An assurance, πίστις 
Destruction, odeFooc. A fellow-soldier, συστρατιώτης. Be fore 
ΔΝ, πρότερον. Yet, up to this time, πώ, Iam aii : 
angry, ὀργίζομαι. = 
He plundered the city—this city—the same city(**)—the 
city itself{—the other city—the rest of the city—the whol 
city. They evacuated the place—the place itself—the μαι 
place. He left us behind. He himself left us behind ‘He 
left us ourselves. We ourselves left him. We left hi : 
himself. He was left behind by us ourselves. The ἔτι 
soldiers were left behind. The soldiers themselves left us 
behind. The messenger spoke these things. The messen- 
ger himself spoke the same things. I myself am enraged 
ἀρελ γος ood himself is enraged. The city itself ven 
plundered. The ity W iti 
serene same city was plundered. The same cities 
They plundered the palace (**) in Tarsus and the cit 
itself. (9) Having plundered the city Tarsus, he ἀνθ 
two days’ journey, ten parasangs. Cyrus did πὰ come ee 
the power of his brother. His wife having taken assurances 
persuaded him. (**) His wife persuaded Syennesis himself. 





(47) The other army, τὸ i 
a Ὁ, τὸ ἕτερον στράτευμα ; the rest of, ete., τὸ ἄλλο 
49 
( ) A word or phrase added to a noun for the purpose of description 
or ——e often takes the article. Crosby, § 687. Kiih § 245, 3, (a) 
, . Σ ΗΑ » 3, (a). 
ῥα ( “ — preceded by the article always means, the same, cf. note 
eh. 2; not preceded by the article and in apposition with a noun on 


EXERCISES IN GREEK FROSE COMPOSITION. 4) 


With (69) the same (45) army, they pluncered the city itself. He 
sent for me, pretending to be(*') enraged on account of the 
destruction of his soldiers. He abandoned his fellow-soldiers. 
He denied (53) that he sent away the soldiers. He did not at 
any time before come into the power of the king. 


§ 27. After, meta Cc. ace. One another, not used in the 
nom.; gen. ἀλλήλων. Necklace, στρεπτός͵ 0. Bracelet, ψέλ» 
λιον. Having a gold-studded bridle, χρυσοχάλινος. Gift, δῶρον. 
Honorable, τίμιος. Golden, adorned with gold, χρυσοῦς. Robe, 
στολή. I think, suppose, esteem, γομίζω. I receive, take, λαμ- 
βάνω. I am willing, consent, ἐθέλω. Scimeter, ἀκινάχης. <A 
slave, ἀνδράποδον. I take back, ἀπολαμβάνω. Any where, πού 
(enclit.). J fall in with, meet, ἐντυγχάνω. 

The wife of Syennesis has necklaces and bracelets. He 
gave much money to the wife of Syennesis. They gave 
many gifts to the wife of Syennesis herself. The wife of 
Syennesis has a robe adorned with gold. She herself pre- 
sented a robe adorned with gold to the same slave. I am not 
willing to give this robe to the slave. I gave the robe to him. 
I gave the robe to him himself. We met with him the next 
day. 1 met with the man himself the same day. 

After these things they were with one another ten days. 
They came into the presence (55) of the king with (54) golden 





pronoun expressed or implied, also in the oblique cases when it stands 
first in its clause, it is intensive and is translated, himself, herself, etc. ; 
in all other cases, it is a simple personal pronoun and is translated him, 
her, etc. In the nom. it is always intensive ; for, if no noun or pronoun 
s expressed with which it is in apposition, one is a! ways implied. 

(δ) See note (2), ch. 2. 

(5") ὡς, ete. 

(δ) οὗ φημι, I deny or refuse. 

(38) παρὰ ἀπά δος. See § 12, ch. 2. 

(**) See note (2), ch. 2. 




















£2 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


necklaces and bracelets. He presented to me a horse with a 
gold-studded bridle, a gift which is esteemed honorable witha 


king. Having received assurances and a robe adorned with 


gold, they consented (55) to go into the power of Cyrus. They 
did not at that time consent to be in the power of(5*) the 
army. He presented to the general golden scimeters for 
the army. They took back the slzves which had been seized 
if they any where met with them. 





(δ) ἤθελον. 


(*) ἐπὶ with the dat. because it is used after a verb of rest. See § 4, 
ch. 1, ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ. 


- ae -.-.-ό.......ς.,. ...--..». .....αβ. .ο.. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


CHAPTER THIRD. 


§ 1. Army, στρατιά. To go against, ἰέναι ἐπὶ c. acc. 
Ἵν go forward, προϊέναι. To go farther, ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσα. 1 
try to force, compel, βιάζομαι (used here de conatu). I begin, 
ἄρχομαι. Iam hired, μισϑοῦμαι. For (an end in view) ἐπὲ 
6. dat. I cast (stones or any missiles) at, βάλλω. Beast of 
burden, ὑποζύγιον. 

They are going forward. He is going farther. We are 
going against the king. We are hired for this (purpose). He 
was hired for this (purpose). He began to go forward. He 
himself began to go farther. They themselves began to go 
forward. He refused to go. He refuses to go. He denied 


that he was hired for this (purpose). 
The army refuses to go farther. The soldiers refused to 


go against the king. They tried to force his(') soldiers to 
go farther: but they(*) denied that they were going against 
the king. They already began to go forward. I was not 
hired for this (purpose). They were hired to cast (stones) at 


his beasts of burden. 





(') The word “his” is not reflexive here’ therefore, αὐτοῦ or ἐκείνου 
not αὑτοῦ must be used ; unless the Greek word for “his” be omitted. 
See note (''), ch. 1. The soldiers of Clearehus, and below, his beasts of 
burden, are contrasted with those of the other generals ; hence the pro 
nouns are expressed by Xenophon in this sentence. 

(2) See note (*), ch. 1. 





lS 


————————— πος 











44 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


§ 2. 1 stone to death, καταπετρῶς Time, χρίνος ; a long time, 
πολὺς χρόνος. An assembly, ἐκκλησία. I call together, συνάγω. 
I stand, ἕστηκα. (For the other intrans. tenses in the act. 
voice, see vocabulary ᾧ 3,ch.1.) J weep, daxgiw. Nar- 
rowly, a little, μικρόν. I escape, ἐκφεύγω. Passage over, ὑπερ- 
βολή. Aflerwards, ὕστερον. 

They perished in the passage over the mountains. They 
all perished in the passage over the mountains. They sev- 
erally (each) perished. No one perished. He narrowly 
escaped from perishing. We narrowly escaped from perish- 
ing. And afterwards he went forward. And afterwards he 
wept. And afterwards they were stoned to death. At first 
he stood a long time, and after that he spoke as follows. He 
(was the) first (who) spoke.(*) Αἱ first he wept. He (was 
the) first (who) wept. 

They stoned him to death, when they knew that they 
should not be able to compel him to advance farther. The 
Greeks at first(*) cast stones at him: but afterwards they 
yielded to him. They remained at home a longtime. At 
first they called(‘) an assembly of their soldiers; and after 
that they stood and wept(*) a long time. They narrowly 

escaped from being stoned to death. The army of Menon 
narrowly escaped from perishing in the passage over the 
mountains. The soldiers of Clearchus narrowly escaped 
from being cut in pieces by the Cilicians. 


§ 3. For one’s private use, sig τὸ ἴδιον---τινί, I lay up, κα- 
τατίϑεμαι, (reflex.) I waste in pleasure, squander, καϑηδυπα 





(Ὁ Πρῶτος is an adj. qualifying the subj. of the verb. Clearchus first 
t.e. before any one else, did something. Πρῶτον is an adv. qualifying the 
verb. Clearchris at first, etc. 

(4) Lit. led together. 

(δ) This clause illustrates a common idiom in Greek :—the use of « 
perticiple and verb, where we use two verbs and a conjunction. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION, 15 


9a. Iam greatly troubled, I take (a thing) hard, χαλεπῶς φέ- 
Things that are present, τὰ παρόντα. Difficulties, πράγ- 


ρω. 
μαια. I am silent, σιωπῶ. 


Be not surprised. (7) You are not surprised. Be not silent 
(continued) (see note 8). Be not silent (momentary) (see 
note 8). Be not in the habit of weeping. Do not weep. Be 
not displeased. Continue not yuyur displeasure. Be not en- 
raged. Continue not your rage. Do not place confidence 
in him. Be not in the habit of placing confidence in him. 

He was expending his resources upon his armies.(*) 
They did not lay up their money for their private use.(’) Do 
not(*) lay up your money for your private use; nor(®) 
waste it in pleasure. He did not squander his money, but he 
expended it upon the city. Be not greatly troubled at the 
present difficulties. At first they were silent, but after that, 
they spoke as follows. He did not lay up his money, (' 5) but 
he expended it for his own private advantage. 


δ 4. I take vengeance upon, τιμωροῦμαι. In behalf of, 
ὑπὲρ c. gen. I drive out, ἐξελαύνω. I deprive, ἀφαιροῦμαι. 





(Ὁ In ch. 1, ὃ 8, δαπανῶ is used with ἀμφὶ and the acc.; here with εἰς 
and the acc. The former expression denotes a less direct expenditure. 

(7 The negative μὴ is used instead of od; (*) in all prohibitions, 
wishes, deliberative questions ; (Ὁ) with all conditional particles; (5) with 
all particles denoting intention or purpose; and generally, where any 
thing is represented as simply conceived, but not as an actual fact. The 
negative οὐ is direct and unconditional. 

(8) In prohibitions, μὴ is used with the imperative of the present, 
to denote a continued or customary action or state; but with the sub- 
iunctive of the aorist, to denote a momentary action or state. 

(δὴ The same distinction prevails between the compounds of od and 
τὴ as between the simple words. Consequently, μηδὲ not οὐδὲ must be 
used here. 

(02) χρήματι and πράγματα are crdinarily distinguished as in this sec- 
fon. 





























46 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


In return for, ἀντί. I receive favors, εὖ πάσχω. (It will be 
berceived that πάσχω is more generic in its signification than 
the Eng. ] suffer.) Native country, πατρίς. off want, need, 
δέομαι. 

Do not assist Cyrus. Do not continue to assist Cyrus. 
I received favors from (lit. by) him. I shall assist him. He 
will receive favors from me (ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, not ind pov). They 
were receiving favors from us. We used to receive favors 
from them. Do not expe: us from the country. 

Making their head-quarters at Chersonesus, they carried 
on war('') with the Thracians. With you | took vengeance 
upon the Thracians who dwell beyond the Hellespent. "They 
took vengeance upon the Thracians in behalf of Greece, by 
driving them from the country.('*) They expelled them 
from their native country, when they wished (lit. wishing) to 
deprive the Greeks of their land. And this was another pre- 
text to them for besieging Miletus by land and by sea. 
When he was an exile from his country, he assisted Cyrus 
in return for all the favors which he had received from him. 
[f you should want any thing of me, I would assist you. 


§ 5. Since, because, ἐπεί. (Compare this in its temporal 
and causal senses with quum.) J prove false, am false to, 
γεύδομαι. It is necessary, it is unavoidable, ἀνάγκη (ἐστὶ) ; 
ἀνάγκη μοι, I must. J abandon, am traitor to, προδίδωμι, 
Either—or, ἢ---ῆ. Never, οὔποτε, chiefly with the fut.: οὐδέ. 
note, Chiefly with the present or fut. ; οὐδεπώποτε, with the 
past only. I say, φημί, fut. ἐρῶ Friendship, φιλία. J chose, 
εἱλόμην, pres. αἱροῦμαι. Whether, εἰ, I know, οἶδα, fut. εἴσο. 
μαι. I suffer, πάσχω. It is needed, is necessary, δεῖ. Fel. 
low-soldiers, “Avdges στρατιῶται. 





(") In § 9, ch. 1, the dative without a prep. is used with this verb 


(*) χώρα, country, πατρίς, native country, fatherland, yi, earth, land, 
ἔπειρος, mainland, continent. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 47 


I will suffer whatever is necessary. [1 will yield to you 
I must go. I must stay. I must abandon you. I must be 
false to you. I must benefit you. I must take vengeance 
upon the Greeks. I must drive you out of the country I 
must cast the Pisidians from the country. We must besiege 
the city. We must assist the king. You must go home. 
You must engage in war. We must conquer. 

Since you prove false to the king, it is necessary for 
me to abandon you. I am not willing to go in company with 
you. I must either be false to the king, or go with('*) 
(participating with) you. Never shall any one say that I 
have proved traitor to my friends. Αἱ first they were false 
to me, but after that they abandoned my brother and('*) 
chose my friendship. Whether I shall escape being stoned 
to death, I know not; but, with my soldiers, I will suffer 
whatever is necessary. To you, fellow-soldiers, I will yield ; 
for, I place confidence in you. It is necessary for me to 
benefit you, in return for the favors which 1 have received 
from you. Never will I be a traitor to you. 


§ 6. Bereft, ἔρημος. I defend myself against, ἀλέξομαι c. 
acc. Wherever, with a verb of motion ὅπη ; with a verb of 
rest, ὅπου Be assured, τὴν γνώμην ἔχετε, followed by ὡς c. 
gen. abs. 1 follow, ἕπομαι. I think, οἶμαι. For the peculiar 
force of this word, see Lid. and Sc. sub οἴομαι. 

Be assured that I will go. Be assured that we will go. 
Be assured that I will obey you. Be assured that I will take 
vengeance upon them. Be assured that I will defend myself 
against him. Be assured that I will assist you. 

Being bereft of you, I do not know whether I shall be 
able to defend myself against my enemies. With you, we 





(12) For the difference between civ with the dat. and μετὰ with the 


g20., see note (83), ch. 2. 
(14) Cf. ncte (5), ch. 3 
































48 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


shall be honorable wherever we are. Be assured that I will 


follow you wherever('*) you go. But since he does not wish 
to follow me, I do not think I should be able to benefit my 
country. 


§ 7. Justly, what is just, δίκαια, neut. plur. of δίκαιος. J 
praise, ἐπαινῶ, fut. mid. J encamp, στρατοπεδεύω. 

The soldiers praise us. We praise the soldiers. The 
soldiers of Clearchus will praise us. Both the soldiers of 
Clearchus and the others will praise us. The soldiers, both 
those of Clearchus and the others, will praise us. We will 
praise him. He will be praised by us. 

Whether I shall do justly I know not, but I will praise 
you because you refuse('*) to go to Clearchus, and are will- 
ing to encamp with Cyrus. Wherever they went with their 
arms and baggage, we followed with them. It is necessary 
for us to encamp by the king with our arms and baggage. 
They cast (stones) at his beasts of burden. Wherever we 
are, in your company we are honorable. The soldiers re- 
fused to proceed. A thousand men from (7) the barbarians, 


taking their arms and baggage, encamped by the Greeks. 
He went up to('’) the king. 


§ 8. Without the knowledge of, λάϑρα c. gen. Season. 
ably, opportunely, εἰς τὸ δέον. Tam ata loss, am perplexed, 


ἀπορῶ. Iam sad, λυποῖμαι. Iam of good courage, ϑαῤῥῶ. 
U suspect, ὑποπτεύω. Ally, σύμμαχος. 





(δ) Observe the difference between ὅπη and ὅπου ; the former being 
need with a verb of motion, the latter with a verb of rest. 

(6) See Lex. gnpi, III. 

(*7) παρὰ with the gen., from, i.e. from the side of ; with the dat., 
by, i.e. by the side of ; with the accus., to, i. 6. to the side of. Usually, 
sn these significations, with the names of persons, 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COM: vSITION. 49 


He settled these things seasonably. These things be- 
came settled seasonably. (What is the difference between 
ihe Ist and 2d aor. of ἵστημι 3) He settled these things for 
his own private advantage. He is perplexed. He is sad. 
They are perplexed and sad. He is of good courage. They 
are of good courage. Some are perplexed and sad; others 
are of good courage. At first he was perplexed and sad; 
afterwards, he was of good courage. 

I am at a loss, where I shall go. 1 am sad, for I already 
suspect that we are going against the king. 1 know not 
whether I shall do what is just, but I will send a messenger 
without the knowledge of the allies. Fellow('*) soldiers, be 
of good courage; be assured that these (matters) will be 
settled seasonably. He was of good courage, supposing that 
these things would be settled seasonably. These (affairs) 
became settled. He arrived opportunely. I deny that I 
will go myself. They are not willing to go themselves. 


§ 9. Longer, ἔτι, No longer, οὐκέτι. Paymaster, μισϑο- 
δότης. 

He is no longer in the power of his brother. He is not 
yet in the power of his brother. He is not yet of good cou- 
rage. He is no longer of good courage. The paymaster is 
perplexed. ‘The interpreter is no longer sad. 

He assembled both his own soldiers and, of the others, 
any one who desired. He collected('*) an army. After 
these things, any one who desired went to Cyrus. Upon 
this, they went to the doors of the palace, and (39) demanded 
he pay which was due. Cyrus is no longer our paymaster; 





(8) For this use of ἄνδρες, see Lex. VI. 1. This expression ia 
quite different from συστρατιῶται, although we translate it by the same 
English phrase. 

(9) See 1:1: 7. 

(59) See note (5) ch 3. 

3 





























50 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


for we ure no longer his soldiers. Fellow-soldiers, be not er 
surprised that Cyrus is afflicted at the present affairs. You 


are not surprised that Cyrus refuses to give the pay which is 
due for four months. 


§ 10. Tam ashamed, αἰσχύνομαι. I am conscious, σύνοιδα 
ἐμαυτῷ. I injure, am guilty, ἀδικῶ (either trans. or intrans. in 
the pres.). Chiefly, τὸ μέγιστον. I fear, δέδοικα or δέδια, fut. 
δείσομαι. That, after verbs of fearing, μή, like the Lat. ne. 
Punishment, justice, dixn. J impose, inflict, ἐπιτίϑημι. For, 
on account of, often denoted by the gen. without a preposition. 

I am conscious. He is conscious. We are conscious. 
They are conscious. You are conscious. He is ashamed. 


He is ashamed because he is conscious. He is ashamed be. 
cause he fears. 


I am ashamed, because I am conscious of having been 
false (53) to you, in all things. He is conscious of having been 


a traitor tome. They are conscious of being injured by us. 
[ know that you are conscious of being false to us in all 
things. They think that they have been injured. I am not 
willing to go, chiefly because (**) I fear that the enemy will 
seize me and inflict punishment for what they suppose that 
they have been injured by me. I fear that (**) he will nar- 
rowly escape being stoned to death. 


δ 11. Without, ἄνευ ς. gen. Advantage, profit, ὄφελος. 
Private soldier, ἰδιώτης. I consider, σκέπτομαι. (For the choice 
between this word and σχοπῶ, 566 Lid. and Sc. sub σχόπτομαι.) 
'ndeed, δή. ] sleep, καϑείδω. Time, high-time, season, ὥρα 





() See note (7), ch. 3. 

(*) For another construction with this word, cf § 5, sup. 

(3) See note (9), ch. 1. 

(Ὁ Observe that μὴ like the Lat ne is used after verbs of fearing 
when in Eng. a negative is not admissible. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION, 5) 


In the present circumstances, ἐκ τούτων. I neglect, ἀμελῶ. 
Here, αὐτοῦ. It seems expedient, δοκεῖ. How, ὅπως. (In direct 
questions, as.) Safely, ἀσφαλῶς, comp. ἀσφαλέστερον, sup. 
ἀσφαλέστατα. 

Do not stay here. They will not stay here. We will 
not stay here without the general. He will stay here with- 
out the knowledge of the private soldiers. They remained a 
long time. It is not a time to stay here. . 

Without order, there is no advantage either (**) in com- 
mander or private soldier. We(**) must consider whether 
we shall indeed do justly. It is no time for us to sleep. We 
must not neglect (7) ourselves, but must take counsel what 
we are to do in the present circumstances. As long as we 
remain here, we will deliberate what it is necessary to do. 
We will remain in the plain, as long as the enemy sleep. It 
seems 2xpedient to depart at once. Do not(**) neglect your- 
selves. We will go away at once without the knowledge of 
the soldiers. We will consider how we shall go away most 
safely. 


§ 12. I know, decide, judge, γιγνώσκω. Who, what, τίς, 
τί; in an indirect question, ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ,τι. Best, ἄριστος. 
Alike, in like manner, ὁμοίως. I know, know well, am ac- 
quainted with, ἐπίσταμαι. Since also, καὶ γάρ. I sit, am sit- 
ting, κάϑημαι. Not even, οὐδέ. Far off, at a distance from, 
πόῤῥω. Hard, harsh, implacable, χαλεπός. Valuable (lit. 
worthy of much), πολλοῦ ἄξιος. Foot, equestrian, naval forces, 


, ? ¢ ΄ Ξ ΄ 
δύναμις πεζή, ἱππική, γαυτική. 





(5) Negative connectives are employed in negative sentences. The 
negatives are of the same character when they belong to the same predi- 
tation ; i. 6. either οὐ throughout the sentence or else μὴ throughout. 

(*) For the coustruction of the agent with the verbal in -révs, see “Μ᾿, 
sh 2. 

(37) The verbals of ἀμελῶ and βυυλεύνμαι are formed regularly. 

(%) See note (7), ch. 3. 


ee 


ee. = 
pee een ee 
ee ED 


























52 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


He is a friend tome. He is a valuable friend tous. He 
is a most valuable friend to you. They are valuable frienas 
tothis man. He is an implacable (private) enemy. He 1s 
a most implacable enemy to me. You are a most implacable 
enemy tous. He is a valuable friend (observe the use of μὲν 
in the first member of an antithesis) ; but an implacable ene. 
my. Iam a friend to you; but an enemy to your brother. 
They are most valuable friends to us; but most implacable 
enemies to the king. 

It is high time to speak what any one judges to be best. 
I judge it best to consider how we shall depart most safely. 
We all alike see and know well the forces of the enemy ; 
since also they seem to me to be sitting not even at a distance 
from us. These men are valuable friends to whomsoever 
they are friends ; but, the harshest enemies (39) to him with 
whom they are at war. Without valuable friends, there is 
no advantage either(**) in foot forces or equestrian or naval 
forces. It is high time to depart. I am ashamed because | 
have been false to a valuable friend. We must consider how 
these things will be settled seasonably ; since also, we are 
conscious of having been traitors to him. He spoke as fol- 
lows. He spoke thus(*") (as above). 


ᾧ 13. Consent, advice, γνώμῃ. Embarrassment, dificulty, 
ἀπορία. What, of what sort, qualis, οἷος. I point out, ἐπιδείκ. 
γυμι. 

We did not remain. They did not remain here. I did 
not remain in the city. He did not remain without the advice 
of Cyrus. He remained of his own accord. [ will go (ius 





(**) ᾿Εχθρὸς == inimicus ; πυλένευς = hostis. 

(Ὁ) See note (%) sup. 

(") Observe the difference between ταῦτα § 12, and τοιάδε ὃ 8. So, 
δὴ general, ταῦτα, τοιαῦτα and οὕτως refer te. what precedes; τάδε, τοιάδε ἀτιᾷ 
ὦδε, to what follows. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 53 


the ordinary Att. fut. of ἔρχομαι). I will not go. I will not 
go without the advice of Cyrus. He will go of his own ac. 
cord. ‘They will go of their own accord. 

Some remained ; others went away. We shall remain ot 
our own accord. On the following day he went away with- 
out the consent of hissons. He sent a messenger to the ene- 
my without the knowledge of the garrison. It was not(**) in 
keeping with the character of the paymaster, not(**) to give 
to the army the pay which was due. We all alike know 
what will be the embarrassment in remaining far from this 
valuable friend. ‘They pointed out to us what would be the 
difficulty in going against the king. ‘They suspected already 
that the garrison was sleeping. He used to live ina cave 
close by the Mysian country. 


§ 14. I pretend, make pretence, προσποιοῦμαι. I am m 
haste, σπεύδω. I lead away, ἀπάγω. I take, seize beforehand, 
προκαταλαμβάνω. I sail away, ἀποπλέω.ς In order that, ὕπως. 


, * 4 » , 
I anticipate, φϑάνω, fut. φϑήσομαι. Provisions, τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 


I purchase, ἀγοράζω. I rob, ἀναρπάζω. 

‘ purchased provisions. I will purchase provisions. I 
will anticipate you in purchasing provisions. I anticipated 
him in purchasing provisions. They anticipated us in going 
away. ‘They anticipated us in sailing away. I am in haste. 
Do not be in haste. He pretends to be in haste. He pre- 
tends to be collecting an army. I will anticipate him in col- 
lecting an army. 

He made the pretence that he wished to collect an army. 
He pretended that he was in haste to collect an army. It 
vou do(**) not wish (33) to lead us away, we will choose other 





(**) Cf. note (7), ch. 3. 

(4) What is the Att. 2d pers, sing. of οἴομαι, Goddopar and ὄψομαι ἴ olsy 
βούλει, ὄψει. ΚΝ. § 116, 11. 

(*) See ch. 3, (7). 














54 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


generals. Be not(™) surprised, if I do not (*#) demand boats 
of the king so that I may sailaway. He did not give them 
the boats. If(**) you do not give them the boats, they will 
not sailaway. We will seize upon the heights beforehand, 
in order that the enemy may not(**) anticipate us in having 
seized them. Do not be in haste to seize upon the pass. i 
fear that we may not be able to purchase provisions. [ have 


oftentimes robbed them of their money. I robbed as many as 
I met in the pass, 


§ 15. I act as general, take the command, take the lead, 
στρατηγῶ. I see, discover, ἐνορῶ. Nothing, οὐδέν, neut. of 
οὐδείς, As perfectly, fully as any other man, ὥς tig καὶ ἄλλος, 
μάλιστα ἀνθρώπων. Most implicitly, as much as possible, ἣ 
δυνατὸν μάλιστα. I shall have, etc. The fut. perf. in the 
act. voice is denoted by the adv. ἂν with the subjunct. of 
the aor. in a dependent clause 3; by ἔσομαι, ἔσῃ, etc., with the 


perf. or aor. act. particip. in an independent clause. 

I must do this. I must not do this. We must do this. 
You must do this. He must do this. They must do this. 
We must not do this. I know how to do this. |] know how 
to do this well. I know how to do this as perfectly as any 
other man. He knows how to do this as perfectly as any 
other man. They know how to do this as perfectly as any 
other men. ΤΟΥ will have done this. They will have done 
this as perfectly as any other men. He will have done this 
as perfectly as any other man. He obeys most implicitly. 
He knows how to obey most implicitly. 

Be assured that 1 will take the command. No one shall 
speak of me as if intending to take the lead in the passage 





(*) ἐὰν is used only with the subjunctive and denotes a conditional 
future : εἰ is used with the indic. or optat. With the several tenses of 
the indic, εἰ denotes a condition belonging to the definite time of those 
tonses respectively, e.g. εἰ μὴ βωύλεται, if he does not wish (now) ; bat 
ὧν μὴ διδῶ, if he wil not give. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 55 


over the mountains. Let no one speak of me as if intending 
to abandon you: for I see many (reasons) why I must (39) 
not do this. I see no reason (nothing) why he must not do 
this. You will know that I understand as perfectly as any 
other man how to be governed also. 1 know that you will 
obey most implicitly the man whom I shall have chosen. I 
shall yield most implicitly to the man who knows how both 
to govern and to be governed. Let no one consent to go 


farther. 


δ 16. Iam destroying, ruining, λυμαινομαι. Enterprise, 
πρᾶξις. Leader, guide, ἡγεμών. Folly, εὐήϑεια. Foolish, 
εὐήϑης. Just as, ὥςπερ. 

He will ask fora guide. He will have asked for a guide. 
They will take the command. They will have taken the 
command. They will choose acommander. They will have 
choser ἃ commander. They will give the pay. They will — 
have given the pay. He will give the pay when due. He 
will have given the pay when due. 1 will obey the man 
whom you shall choose. I will obey the man whom you 
shall have chosen. I will obey most implicitly the man 
whom you shall choose. I will obey most implicitly the 
man whom you shall have chosen. 

Do not ask (57) a leader of him whose enterprise you 
are ruining. He pointed out the folly of those who exhorted 
(them) to ask for boats. After this person, others stood up, 
showing how foolish it would be to go to the doors of the 
general and demand pay, just as though he would not give 
it when due. I am ashamed of my folly in urging you tc 
preoccupy the pass without the knowledge of the Greeks. | 
saw many reasons why they would not neglect themselves. 





(88) For the syntax of the verbal ir réos, see Crosby, §873,4. Και 
§ 284, 3, (12.) 
(77) See ch. 3, note (8) 





= 


St τω ae 


ee 


SSS Sess 


SSS. 

















56 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


§17. I am loth, reluctant, slow, ὀκνῶ. Whence, from 
whence, ὅϑεν. Possible, of such a nature as, οἷόν τε. Lest, 
μή. Unobserved by ; denoted by λανϑάνω, e.g., I do any 
thing unobserved by any one, λανϑάνω τινὰ ποιῶν τι. Cf. τυγ- 
ζάνω, φϑάνω, διάγω, sup. Unwilling, ἄχων. A galley, war- 
ship, τριήρης. I sink, (trans.) xatadiw, J prevent, hinder, 
κωλυω. 

I am reluctant to do this. I should be reluctant to do this. 
It is not possible for me to do this. | must not do this. We 
are reluctant to remain here, They would be reluctant to 
remain here a long time. He would be reluctant to stay 
without the consent of Cyrus. What prevents your staying 
here? Nothing prevents our staying here a long time. What 
hinders your going away? Nothing hinders our going away 
at once. 

I should be slow to place confidence in the leader whom 
Cyrus should give. We will not follow the guide whom he 
shall give, lest he conduct us (to a place) from whence it 
will not be possible to go forth. He went away unobserved 
by Cyrus. He embarked on board the galleys against the 
wishes of Cyrus. I will sink you with all(**) your boats. (*) 
What prevents our going away without the consent (*°) of 
Cyrus? It is not possible for us in going away to escape the 
observation of the Greeks. He pretends to be in haste. | 
am in haste. Hasten. 


§ 18. 7 employ, use, χράομαι. For what ? in what? τί 
ace. synec. 7) ask (to find out something), ἐρωτῶ, aor. ἠρό- 
μην. Nonsense, mere talk, φλυαρία (often in the plur.). Simi. 








(®) For this use of avroi, see Lid. and Sc. sub voce, I. 4. 

(33) ναῦς, the generic word for ship ; πλοῖον, a transport i δλκάς, a shig 
af burden, a merchantman ; τριήρης, a galley with three banks of cars, 
$ war ship (vais μακρά). 

(9) See ὁ 13. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 57 


= lar, like, παραπλήσιος. As, such as, οἵόςπερ (the antecedent 
τοιοῦτος is not comm. expressed). J at least, I for my part, 


ἔ σϑεν. 
ἔγωγε. Formerly, πρὸσ 
He wishes to employ us. For what does he wish to 


employ us ? I will ask him for what(**) he wishes to employ 
us. For what did he wish to employ us? I asked him for 
what he wished (optat.) to employ us. He wishes to employ 
us in besieging the city. He does not wish to employ us a 
Bey See do you wish to employ me? Do not ask(*') 
me for what I wish to employ you. Do not ask a leader 
from this man, to whom you have been false. We will go 
to his doors and demand the pay which is due. This is fool- 
ish. This is mere talk. This enterprise resembles such an 
one as I ence (ποτέ) employed you for. I for my part affirm 


that it is foolish to follow Cyrus. I was formerly reluctant 


to obey you. The mercenary soldiers pretend to be in haste 


0 go home. 


§ 19. In a friendly manner, πρὸς φιλίαν. I dismiss, let 
Dangerous, ἐπικίνδυνος. Laborious, ἐπίπονος. I 


, 
announce, ἀπαγγέλλω. Here, hither, δεῦρο. Zealous, mgo- 


go, ἀφίημι. 


rl let him go. I will go away. The enterprise ‘8p. 
pears laborious. ‘This enterprise appears more laborious 
than the former. If the enterprise appear more laborious 
than the former, I will not let you go. What does he say ? 
What does he say to these things? Announce here what he 
says to these things. 

" After we have heard (part.) for what they wish to em- 
ploy us, we will deliberate in respect to these things. I shall 





(41) αἰτῶ, I ask, sc. to get something ; ἐρωτῶ, I ask, sc. to learn 


something. 
3* 











58 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


demand (**) that you yield and let me go in a friendly man 
her. Do not go away. It is no time to sleep; for this 
enterprise is both laborious and dangerous. Announce here 
what(**) they say to these things. What did he say to thes¢ 
things? It seems to me expedient that they announce here 
what he said to these things. He pretends to follow me zeale 
ously.(**) These things will be settled seasonably. [ know 
not whether we shall go away safely. The paymaster pointed 
out the folly of going away without the consent of Cyrus. 


§ 20. Those things determined, resolved on, tx δόξαντα. 7 
reply, answer, ἀποκρίνομαι. 

! asked him for a thousand mercenaries. He promised to 
give me fifteen hundred. | demanded that he should let us 
go in a friendly manner. | inquired of him respecting those 
things which were resolved on. He will inflict punishment 
on his enemy. He desires to inflict punishment on his enemy. 
He says that he desires to inflict punishment on his enemy. 

[ should be reluctant to punish these men. He lives on 
the river Meander, which rises in the palace of Cyrus. If 
the enemy flee (45) we will plunder their country. 1 consider 
that you are to me, both native-country and friends. You 
are an enemy. Ifthe enemy are there, we will punish them. 
Having inquired of this man respecting those things which 
were resolved on, they departed. They demanded that he 




















(43) ἀξιῶ, δω (from ἄξιος) I demand, sc. on the ground that it is worthy, 
vroper. Cf. ἐρωτῶ and air, § 18, note. 

(43) What is the difference between interrogatives for the direct, an 
those for the indirect question? See Kiih. § 93, Rem. 1. 

(44) Observe that πρόθυμοι is an adj. See Crosby, § 665, 666. Kih. 
§ 264, 3. 

(5) The future ind. is the regular apodosis, when the protasis 15 ἐὰν 
with the subj. ; and vice versa, ἐὰν with the subj is the ordinary protasis, 
when the apodosis is the future indie. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 59 


would yield and dismiss them in a friendly manner: and he 
promised to do this and to give them a guide. 


§ 21. Suspicion, ὑποψία. A half more, ἡμιόλιον. Openly 
at least, ἔν ye τῷ φανερῷ. I demand in addition, προσαιτῶ. I 
“eceive (pay), φέρω, Apiece, lit. to the soldier. 

He demanded pay. He demanded the pay which was due, 
Ife demanded more pay. He gave them the pay which was 
due. He promised to give them the pay which was due. 
They received the pay which was due. They formerly re- 
ceived the pay which was due. He promised that they 
should receive the pay which was due. He promised to 
give them one half more than they formerly received. =e 

The suspicion that he is leading us against the king is 
foolish. I already suspect that we are going against the 
king. I will give you one half more than you formerly re- 
ceived. ‘Those who went up with him before received two 
darics a month. He promised the soldiers that if he should 
succeed well in the object of his expedition, ne would give 
them ten darics apiece. Not even in that p.ace was any 
one(**) at a loss in respect to these things. 1 snail not consent, 
openly at least, to go farther. [{{47) they aemand addition. 


al pay, I will give i. 





(46) Cf. otmore—ovdeis, § 5, cuz. 
(17) See νι (ὦ). 





RXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


CHAPTER FOURTH. 


δῷ 1—3 Admiral, ναύαρχος. Ship, ναῦς. Sent Sor, με. 
τάπεμπτος. Mercenary, μισϑοφόρος. ] join in war against, 
συμπολεμῶ. Well-peopled, oixovpsvos. I join in an expedition, 
συστρατεύομαι. 

The mercenary Greeks arrived. The admiral arrived. 
We arrived on the ships. The admiral arrived, having been 
sent for by Cyrus. He sent for the admiral. The admiral 
was sent for. The admiral must be sent for (verb. in «τέος). 
We must send for the admiral. We must send for the ships. 
I must not do this. I must not send for Cyrus. We must make 
an expedition against the king. You must not make an 
expedition against the king. We must make war against the 
barbarians. I must give pay to the soldiers. 

I was present, having been sent for by him. The admi.- 
ral arrived with the fifty ships from Peloponnesus and with 

twenty-four others belonging to Cyrus. With these ships 
they besieged the city sixty days. The mercenary (') 
Greeks with Pasion revolted and came to Clearchus. More 
than fifteen hundred men from Pasion encamped by Cle- 
archus. The mercenary troops joined in the war against 
the king. The paymaster remained in that place four days. 
This city is well-peopled, large and prosperous. This city 
is upon the borders of the country. He was commander of 





(ἢ) ξένος (ef. 3; 18) is often used as a euphemisin for μ.σθοφόρος. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 61 


zen ships. The general arrived on the ships. He hastened 
from Sardis. He made his head-quarters at Sardis. The 
ship was lying at anchor. This river is about a mile wide. 
They joined in the war with the Greeks against the barbari 
ans. He joined in the expedition against his native country. 
Without a guide, there is no advantage in general or admiral. 
] joined in the expedition against the barbarians as a private. 
soldier. 


§§ 4—5. Narrow, στενός. It is possible, ἔστι. By force, 
Big. I go along, παρέρχομαι. Between, διὰ μέσου c. gen. To 
extend down, καϑήκειν. A wall, fortress, τεῖχος. I land, 
(trans.) ἀποβιβάζω. Without, ἔξω 6. gen. I overpower, ϑιά. 
ζομαι. The outer, 6 ἔξω. On the side of, πρὸ c. gen. Within, 
εἴσω ο. gen. The inner, ὃ ἔσωϑεν. Above, ὕπερϑ εν. 

He was guarding the outer fortress. He guarded the 
inner fortress. He landed men both without and within the 
gates. He descended into the plain. The fortresses extend 
down into the sea. Above, the mountain was rugged and lofty. 
They heard that Cyrus was in Syria. They heard that Cy- 
rus had arrived. He heard that Cyrus was in the city. . I 
heard that he had arrived in the city. We heard that he had 
overpowered the enemy. I heard that you had sent for me. 
I heard that the enemy were within the gates. 

The way was a wagon-road exceedingly steep and nar- 
row: wherefore, it was not possible to go along by force. It 
is not possible to go along by force; for, the passage is ex- 
ceedingly narrow. ‘To effect an entrance into the country, 
I shall send for the mercenary forces. The mercenary 
forces were present, having been sent for by Clearchus. ‘This 
river flows between two walls which extend down into the 
sea. [ shall be present wherever you land the men. 1 
shall land the light-armed-men within and without the 
fortresses. Wherever I am, I think that I shall overpower 





52 EXERCISES 1N GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


my (personal) enemies. He sent for ships that he night 
overpower the enemy, on the outer side of the fortress. The 
outer fortress on the side of Syria was guarded by a 
garrison of the king. The guards stood upon the walls of 
the city. I heard that the guards were standing upon the 


walls of the city. I hear that the enemy are upon the outer 
wall. 


§§ 6—7. Merchant-ship, ὁλκάς. To lie at anchor, δρμεῖν. 
I embark, go on board (a ship), ἐμβαίνω. The (things) most 
valuable, τὰ πλείστου usa, In that place, there, αὐτόϑι. J al. 
low, permit, suffer, aw, Iam jealous, φιλοτιμοῖμαι, I pray, 
desire earnestly, εὔχομαι. Missing, ἀφανής, Treacherous, 
δόλιος. J retain, have, ἔχω. 

The ship is lying at anchor. The ships are lying at an- 
chor. The ships were lying at anchor in that place. He 
hastened from Sardis. He made his head-quarters at Cher- 
Sonesus. He embarked on board the ship. They embarked 
on board the merchant-ship. They placed their wares on 
board the transports. He placed his most valuable effects on 
board the transport. He landed the men without the gates, 
This river empties into the sea. Clearchus retains the sol- 
diers. Cyrus allows Clearchus to retain the soldiers. 1 a)- 
lowed him to retain the soldiers. He is jealous. He was 
jealous. He was jealous because I allowed Clearchus to re- 
tain the soldiers. 

The merchant-ships arrived seasonably. The ships are 
lying at anchor not far off. The general landed his men 
without the knowledge of the garrison ; but they went on 
board the boat again as if with the intention of sailing away. 
[ shall sail away with my most valuable effects. They are 
valuable friends to whomsoever they are friends. He heard 
that the ships-of-war were lying at anchor in that place. It 
Would be. foolish to be jealous because he allows the ad. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITIUN. 63 


miral to retain the transports. He earnestly desired that the 
men who were missing, as being treacherous, might be taken. 
He does not yet allow me, having proved traitor to him, to sail 
away. | see many reasons why Cyrus must not pursue the 
men who are missing. Of their own accord they pursued 
the enemy. I shall inflict punishment upon them if(?) they 
are taken. 1 shall pity you if you do(*) not take the men 
who are treacherous and false to you. 


§§ 8-9. Cheerful, ἡδύς. Iam gone, have gone, οἴχομαι. 
T elude, run away from (by stealth), ἀποδιδράσκω. I escape 
Srom, ἀποφείγω. I pursue, διώκω. I treat ill, κακῶς ποιῶ, 
Truly, by the gods, μὰ τοὺς ϑεούς (a common form of assever. 
ation, usually in negative clauses). Base, κακός. Towards, 
megic. acc. I deprive, στερῶ (ἐω) or ategicxw, I recover, take 
back, ἀπολαμβώνω. 1 τοῦ, ἀποσυλῶ. A fish, ἰχϑύς. Tame, 
πρᾶος. A village, κώμη. A pigeon, περιστερά, Goodness, 
ἀρετή, 

He has run away. He ran away. He has escaped. 
He escaped. Let him go. Do not go. He has gone. | 
know that he has gone (part.). I know where he has gone. 
We do not know where he has gone. He has eluded us : 
for we do not know where he has gone. He is base to- 
wards me. Let him know that he is base towards me. He 
is baser towards me than I towards him. Let him go, know- 
ing that he is baser towards me than I towards him. I know. 
Isee. I shall know. I shall see. I knew. Isaw. Know. 
ing. Having seen. 

I shall proceed in company with you cheerfully and 
zealonsly, wherever you go. We know where (5) he has 





(Ὁ See ch. 3, (45). 


(Ὁ In what connections is μὴ used instead of οὐ 
(4) See ch. 3, (*). 








U4 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COM.'OSITION. 


gone, and we have war-ships for taking his boat; wherefore, 
he has neither eluded us nor escaped from us. He will escape 
from us, if we do not pursue him. If I make use of a man 
as long as he is present with me, I wil] not apprehend him 
and treat him ill when he wishes to depart. But truly let 
the enemy well know that it will not be possible to pass along 
by force. Let him go, knowing that he is baser towards 
you, than you towards him. They robbed him of his most 
valuable possessions. He was deprived of his money. They 
are not able to rob him of his virtue. He took the men on 
the ground that they were treacherous. He apprehended 
the man on the ground that he was a traitor to the king. 
The man was taken (5) on the ground that he was false to 
the admiral. He shall recover his money. These fishes 
are large and tame. The villages, abounding in trees of 
every variety, and full of treasures, belong to the children 
of the king. He has gone. Where has he gone? I know 
where he has gone. ~ They do not allow any persons to harm 
the pigeons in that place. 


δῷ 10-12. Icut off, éxxdxtw. Governor, ἄρχων ; he who 
has governed, ὃ ἄρξας. I burn up, xataxaiw, Seasons, ὧραι. 
[ produce, φύω. Iam indignant, feel hard, zulenaivw. I con. 
ceal, κρύπτω. Long ago, πάλαι. And that too, και ταῦτα. 
Expedition, ὁδός, ov, 7. 

I am indignant at you. | was long ago indignant at him. 
He was formerly indignant at me. The former soldiers were 
indignant at you. This enterprise is greater than the former. 
[ am sad at the present difficulties. Be not surprised that I 
am sad at the present difficulties. He is indignant at me, 
ana that too, knowing my goodness to him. They are angry, 
and that too, having seen our former goodness to them. 





(5) Observe that ἁλίσκομαι is pass. in meaning throughout, although 
wt has forms both mid. and act. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 65 


They cut(*) off the beautiful trees in the park. The 
governor of Syria commanded them to burn up every thing 
which (7) the seasons produce in that country. Many vines 
and trees grew(°) in the park. They said that they were 
not going up against the king to Babylon. He said that he 
would persuade them to go farther, if it should be necessary. 
A large and flourishing city in that place was burnt down 
by (*) the Greeks. It was not possible to persuade the sol- 
diers to advance, because they were indignant at the gene- 
rals. I shall not go with you, unless you pay me just as 
(much as) the former soldiers who went up with you. They 
knew these things long ago and concealed them; and on this 
account the soldiers were angry at them. This expedition 
is greater and more dangerous than the former. This enter. 
prise is similar to the former. He gave much money to those 
who formerly went up with him, and that too, though they 
were not going to battle. Let them go, knowing that they 


are false to their country. The seasons produce all things 
(which are) beautiful. It is time to go to battle. 


§§ 13-15. Ful/, complete, ἐντελήῆς. Ought, denoted by χρή. 
The greater part, lit. the much, τὸ πολύ. Whether—or, πότε- 
gor—y. Lam grateful, I thank, χάριν οἶδα. Apart from, χωρὶς 
c.gen. I get, obtain, τυγχάνω. Silver, ἀργύριον. I decide, 
vole, yngifm. Back again, εἰς τοὔμπαλιν, 

1 am grateful to you. I know how to be grateful. If 
any one knows how to be grateful, it is Cyrus. If any one 
knows how to be grateful, itis I. We ought to be grateful 
tohim. I affirm that we ought to be grateful. J affirm that 





(5) τύπτω, the generic word, J strike ; κόπτω, I strike, knock, chop 


tardcow (pass. πλήσσομαι), I strike, smite 3 κρούω, I strike, dash against. 
(7) Cf. ch. 1, (9). 


(°) The perf. and 2d aor. of φύω are intransitive. 
(*) How is the agent expressed with pass. verbs ? 

















66 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


we ought to be grateful. I for my part affirm that we ought 
to be grateful. The other soldiers will go back again. The 
other party (οἱ ἕτεροι) of soldiers will go back again. The 
rest of the army went back again. The other army went 
back again. They encamped apart from the others. They 
encamped at a distance from the other party. 
When we have arrived at the city, we shall recover our 
most valuable possessions. He refused to give full pay to 
the army. He gave the army four months’ pay. Fellow- 
soldiers, it is plain what we must do. I see many reasons 
why you must do these things. I know not what reply the 
rest of the generals will make to Cyrus. I affirm that we 
ought to depart before it is plain whether the greater part of 
the army will follow Cyrus or not. It.is not plain whether 
or not he will give us full pay. Fellow-soldiers! I am grate- 
ful to you. He spoke these things (as follows). Having 
spoken these things (the foregoing), he ceased. I shall not 
cease to be grateful to you. If you will yield to me and 
decide to follow me, I will give you full pay until I have 
placed you back again in Greece. We will all go apart 
from the rest of the army. Without a general, there is no 
profit in heavy armor. I do not know whether I shall do 
justly. I do not know whether he will be grateful or not. 
| know that you will obtain from Cyrus much silver. The 
greater part of the army decided to follow Cyrus, and that 
too knowing that they were going against the king. If any 
one knows how to be grateful, it is Cyrus.('*) If any one 
is able to restore the exiles, it is Cyrus. He was long ago 
angry at me, and that too, though I was most faithful to him 
Be not angry at me. You are not angry atme. We will 
not go back again. The interpreter arrived seasonably. | 
Know not what reply the others will make, but I for my part 


shall decide to follow Cyrus. 





(®) Lit. Cyrus knows, etc., if avy one even another. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 67 


δῷ 16-19. Jt concerns, μέλει c. dat. J am successful, 
εἰτιχῶ, Magnificently, μεγαλοπρεπῶς. I furnish myself with 
provisions, take in provisions, ἐπισιτέξομαι. sible to be crossed, 
διαβατός. Except, si μή. Filled, μεστός. Corn, σῖτος. Mani- 
festly, clearly, σαφῶς, To give way, give place to, ὑποχωρεῖν. 
On fool, πεζῇ, Fordable, διαβατὸς πεζῇ. 

It concerns me. I do not care. He does not care. They 
do not care. He manifestly does not care. He says that he 
does not care. He said that he did not care (optat., see note 
('*), ch. 1). He says that the men are present. He said 
that the men were present. He says that Cyrus will be 
grateful tous. He said that Cyrus would be grateful to us. 
He says that the river is fordable. He said that the river was 
fordable. He says that he shall be pleased. He said that 
he should be pleased. He is burning up the boats, in order 
that Cyrus may not cross over the river. He was burning 
up the boats in order that Cyrus might not cross over the 
river. He will burn up the boats in order that Cyrus may 
not cross over the river. He burned up the boats in order 
that Cyrus might not cross over the river. 

Let us('') decide and reply at once. They did not de. 
cide before the enemy arrived. When they ascertained 
that the enemy had arrived, they decided at once. The 
enemy have gone. I know not where the enemy have gone. 
I know how to be grateful. No longer consider me an enemy. 
He no longer considers me a friend. It shall concern me 
that you may no longer consider me an enemy. It will not 
concern me that you may be pleased. The interpreter will 
not be pleased. I wish you success. He sent me magnifi. 
cent presents They furnished themselves with provisions 
before crossing the river. It was not possible to cross the 
river at that time except with boats. They burned down the 





(1) Sabjunct. 1 pers. See Crosby, § 825, 1. 

















bs EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


villages (which were) filled with corn, and wine, and ali 
things which the seasons produce. He ascertained that the 
river flowed through the midst of the city. The river is 
full of tame fishes. ‘The park abounds in wild beasts. The 
river Euphrates never was fordable. He said that the river 
Euphrates was('*) fordable at that time. They said that 
the river manifestly gave way to the future king. Never 
before did any one cross over this river on foot. Never shall 
any one say that I fear to follow the guide whom you may 
give. He is a most faithful and most valuable friend. They 
encamped apart from the rest of the army. We do not seem 
to be encamped far from the enemy. Apart from faithful 
soldiers, there is no advantage in the virtve of the com- 


mander. 





(13) Observe that Xen. empleve th+ »-atir ~biiqua. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPGZITION, 


CHAPTER FIFTH. 


δῷ 1—3. I grow weary, give out, ἀπαγορεύω. Quickly, 
ταχύ. Place, region, τόπος. Level, ὁμαλός. Brush-wood, ὕλη. 
Reed, κάλαμος. Sweet-scented, εὐώδης. Spices, ἀρώματα. 
Ostrich, στρουϑὸς ἣ μεγάλη. Bustard, ὠτίς. Partridge, πέρδιξ, 
On the right (hand), ἐν δεξιᾷ. Meat, flesh, κρέα (nom. sing. 
κρέας). Venison, ἐλάφεια (sc. κρέα). Tender, ἁπαλός. Delicious, 
sweet, ἡδύς, A sail, ἱστίον. Wing, πτέρυξ, Not only—but 
also, piv—dé. Foot, πούς. Running, with a running pace, 
ϑρόμῳ. I lift up, αἴρω. I fly, πέτομαι. A short distance, 
βραχύ. To succeed another, take turns, c. dat. διαδέχεσϑαι. 
Sometimes, éviote. A gazelle, δορκάς. I run, τρέχω. I run 
forward, προτρέχω. 1 draw away from, distance, ἀποσπάομαι. 

This meat is delicious. This venison is most delicious. 
In this region were many wild animals. In this country were 
many and prosperous cities. In this place (town) were many 
horses. He besieged the city by land. They restored the 
exile to his uative country. 

Whenever the horsemen pursued these animals, they 
quickly grew weary. The land in this region was a plain. 
This plain is all level as a sea and it abounds in wild animals 
of every sort. There are no trees in this region, but it is full 
of brush-wood and reeds, all of which are sweet-scented as 
spices. This place was filled with corn and wine and much 





























70 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


silver. In this country were ostriches and bustards, and 


partridges and pigeons. He went, with the river upon the 


right, as far as Tarsus. This meat resembles venison, but is 


more tender. This wine is most delicious. The ostrich flees 
not only running, but also raising (itself) with the wings, just 
as though it were using a sail. The bustards flew a short 
distance, when any one pursued, and quickly gave out. In 
hunting (1) these wild animals the horsemen took turns with 
their horses. ‘The horsemen caught these wild animals by 
taking turns with their horses. He sometimes hunted the 
gazelles on horseback He runs faster than I. We run 
much faster than you This venison is tender. Sometimes 
the wild asses ran forward and stood still. ‘The ostriches 
distanced the horsemen and never gave out. They descend- 
ed from a rugged and lofty mountain to a plain level as a 


sea. 


δὲ 4—6. I live, {aw. A mill-stone, ὄνος ἀλέτης. I oblain 
in return for, ἀνταγοράζω. I dig, ὀρύττω. I fail, ἐπιλείπω. 
I subsist upon, I live by eating, διαγίγνομαι ἐσθίων. I sell, 
πωλῶ (ew). A day’s allowance, χοῖνιξ. tis worth, δύναται. Hun 
ger, λιμός. To flow round, περιῤῥεῖν. Round about, κύκλῳ. 
Hay, χόρτος. Bare, ψιλός. I buy, purchase, ὠνοῦμαι, aor. 
ἐπριάμην. 

The river flows round about the city. The city is ene 
compassed round about by the river. They purchased corn and 
wine. He purchased wine in the market. It is not possible 
to purchase wine in this market. He was not able to purchase 
either corn or wine. He purchased delicious meat in that 
place. The country is bare. The whole country is bare. 
He is not able to purchase meat in this place, for the whole 
country is bare. We must purchase corn. He perished with 





(ΟὟ διώκω, I pursue, the generic word : θηρῶ (4w), I pursue in the chase 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. τὶ 


hunger. He was perishing with hunger. The army is per. 
ishing with hunger. The greater part of the army is perish- 
ing with hunger. He says that the army is perishing with 
hunger. He said that the army was perishing with sammie. 
We must purchase corn and meat ; for the army is perishing 
with hunger. The army is perishing with hunger; where- 
fore, we must purchase provisions. as 
He lives by making mill-stones. Those who live in this 
country obtain corn in return for mill-stones which they dig 
along by the river. When corn failed the army, they sub- 
sisted upon fish and meat. What do you do fora living ?(*) I 
dig mill-stones. I carry mill-stones to market and sell them 
and get corn in return. How much(*) is a day’s Soeiaie 
of corn worth? For(*) how much do you sell a partridge ? 
He marches a day’s journey through a desert country, to a 
deserted city, the name of which is Corsote. While etalk 
ee many of the army perished with 
; -place was encompassed round about 
by the river Mascus. A river of a hundred feet in width 
encompassed the whole country. A rugged mountain encom- 
passes the city. It was not possible to purchase corn or hay 
in this place, for the whole country was bare. The inhabit- 
ants live upon venison. If the corn fails the army, we will 
purchase meat. 


δὲ 7—9. Quickly, Sux ταχέων. I make (for myself), 
ποιοῖμαι. Slowly, σχολαίως. I throw, throw away, ginte. 
Anger, ὑργή. Difficult to pass, Svonogevtos. Mud, πηλός. 
A narrow place, στενοχωρία. I appear, φαίνομαι (causative in 





(2) Lit. Doing what, do you live? 
(2) πόσον. 


(6) Tne price is expressed in the gen. See Crosb 
§ 275, 3. » rosby, § 553. Kihn. 


























72 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


the act.). Journey, dos. I delay, διατρίβω. I halt, sit down, 
καϑέζομαι. The act of taking in provisions, ἐπισιτισμός. To, 
for, for the sake of, ἕνεκα. Discipline, εὐταξία. A part, spe- 
cimen, μέρος. There, ἔνϑα. To be separated, drawn asunder, 
διασπᾶσϑαι. Weak, ἀσθενής. Strong, ἰσχυρός. Water, ὕδωρ. 
Forage, grass, χιλός, 0. Costly, πολυτελής. I fight, μάχομαι. 
A wagon, ἅμαξα. 

He contended with Apollo concerning skill. He ‘fought 


with the king. He waged war against his brother. He 


made war quickly. I conquered him in battle. He was 


conquered in battle by the slave. He happened to be stand-' 
ing upon his war-chariot. He happened to be riding in a 
wagon. He happened to be riding on horseback. They 
happened to be riding on horseback. He happened to be hunt- 
ing on horseback. He went away unobserved by Cyrus. 
They seized upon the heights before us. He continually 


expresses hopes. 
They will be conquered, if any one makes war quickly. 


He was carrying on war slowly. They immediately cast 
away their necklaces and bracelets, wherever they happened 


to be standing. ‘They ran more quickly than any one would 


suppose. The general, as if in anger, ordered the soldiers to 


advance, but they refused, on the ground that there was ἃ 
narrow place and that mud appeared, difficult for the heavy- 
armed-men to pass. They manifestly (ὅ) hastened the whole 
journey. Make haste. Do not be in haste. He did not 
delay except where he halted to take provisions. ‘The more 
quickly you shall have gone, the less prepared will the king 
be to make war. Then indeed we beheld a specimen of the 
Persian discipline. If you give your attention, you will be- 
hold a specimen of the discipline of the army. Be assured 
that I will go wherever you do. The forces of the king are 





(8) Cf. ch. 2, (™). 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 73 


separated, and on this account his government is weak. Th 
more slowly any one advances against the countr . f ea 
king, by so much the stronger is his government Thi : 
gion abounds in water and forage. If the road te saapaee 


impracticable, we will go back agai . 
au δ g gain. In this place he built 


δὲ 10—12. On the other side, πέραν, c. gen. Once, on 
certain occasion, ποτέ, Palm-tree, poins. Fruit of the : L ε 
tree, βάλανος ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ φοίνικος. J take, lead, ἄγω Mile 
ie cee I fill up, ἐπιπίμπλημι. Tanned skin, 
é ew together, συσπάω. I touch, ἅπτομαι. Tent. 
cover, σχέπασμα. A raft, σχεδία. I wet, moisten βρέχω. Bi 
pet Bess 2 (blows), ἐμβάλλω. I dispute, Cael Siexp 
own hill, opposed to ὄρϑιος up hill), πρατνής. U, γή 
I throw, cast, inut. A stone, eas εν aie ak: 
διάβασις τοῦ ποταμοῦ. TI inspect, κατασκοπῶ -Ο-Οαὀχέψομαι ---- jaa 
ψάμην. ' IT split, σχίζω. Very, μάλα. | gi 
“ ste a upon you (dat.). [ will inflict punish. 
ma 29 ΄- e stom up a steep hill. He went down a 
ip ossed the river on ἃ raft. They crossed 
ina boat. The skin of Marsyas was suspended j 
ἃ cave. They sewed together dried skins. We a soda 
river on a raft made of dried skins. Gs. 
a ιν ΣΝ ae to purchase provisions from the city on 
poten oh Reset: ns on a certain occasion 
a city not far from the river. Poser ween ph pee “ 
τε bangers in this country; of this they make wie wiles 
a, ge ba ap and sell, purchasing in return millet- 
_ ν᾿ g filled tanned skins with light hay, they sewed 
m together so that(*) the water should not touch the hay. 





ee ae a 
(5) ὥστε is more common than ὡς in this construction. Followed by 


4 























74 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


They filled their tent-covers with dry hay ; then they stitohed 
them together so that the water did not touch the hay. i hey 

crossed over on rafts, so that they were not wet by the river. 
He will inflict blows upon you for those things in which he 
supposes he has been injured by you. The river empties 
‘nto the sea. Do not dispute(") about these things. He ig 
indignant and violently angry at you for those things in = 
he has been injured by you. Be assured that Cyrus is afllict- 
ed at the present difficulties. The way is excessively steep. 
They hastened down a very steep hill, and that too with ~ 
heavy armor. If you inflict blows upon this soldier, | shal 

be violently enraged at you. 1 wonder that they have not 
yet arrived. Be not surprised that I am no longer willing to 
give you wages. Some cast stones, others threw their axes. 
At first he threw wood; but after that, he threw stones. 
They rode through the army to the ferry ; and, having in 


that place inspected the market, they rode away towards their 
tents. He is splitting wood. ‘The whole country was bare ; 


for there was in it neither brush-wood, nor tree, nor reed, nor 


grass. 


§§ 13—17. 1 want little, lack little, ὀλίγου δέω. 1 stone to 
Jeath, xataleiw. Tamely, πράως. I am terrified, ἐκπλήττομαι. 
I flee for refuge, καταφεύγω. To be im a bad condition, a 
ἔχειν. I come to my senses, ἐν ἐμαυτῷ γίγνομαι. I put (a thing) 
in its place, τίϑεμαι (τὶ) κατὰ χώραν. Between, εἰς μέσον Cc. μ᾿ 
(with a verb of motion). J stand armed, τίϑεμαι τὰ ὅπλα. , 
knee, γόνυ Upon the knees (after a verb of motion), πρὸς τα 





the infin. they take μή, -f a negative is required, and denote something 


supposed, subjective ; when followed by the indicative they take οὐ and 


denote a fact, something objective. 
(7) ee ch. 3, note (7). What is the difference in meaning between 


the pres. and aor. in the dependent moods? See Crosby ὁ 796, ete. Kah 
4 257 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 5 


γόνατα. Behind, later, ὕστερος. I assemble, collect, συναγείρω, 
I desist, παύομαι. 

Our affairs are in a bad condition. Your (plur.) affairs 
are in a bad condition. His affairs, ete. My affairs, etc. 
I know that my affairs are in a bad condition. I knew that 
my affairs were in a bad condition. I saw that his affairs 
were in a bad condition. He came to his senses. He was 
coming to his senses. He is coming to his senses. They 
came to their senses. We came to our senses. You are 
coming to your senses. He wanted little of being stoned to 
death. I wanted little of perishing. They wanted little of 
being cut in pieces. He came riding on horseback. He 
came on foot. He came by the shortest route. 

They wanted little of being stoned to death. They nar- 
rowly escaped being stoned *o death. Do(*) you speak 
tamely of it, when I have wanted little of being stoned to 
death ? I entreat you not to do it. The enemy rode towards 
us, so that(*) our army was terrified and ran to arms. He 
fled for refuge to his own tent. He fled to the mountains. 
He escaped to the mountains. Our affairs are in a bad con- 
dition. If our affairs are in a bad condition, we shall be cut 
in pieces on this day by the enemy. They were cut in pieces 
by the barbarians on the same day. On that day, his army 
happened to be violently enraged at him. When they ascer- 
tained ('°) these things, they came to their senses and put up 
their arms in their place. The soldiers immediately ran be- 





(8) dpa ete. 

(9) In this section (13) ὥςτε stands with the infin. We cannot in 
his place translate it literally, or even in such a way as to show the 
force of this construction ; but we almost necessarily translate it as we 
snould the indic. in the same place. Still, our inability to translate the 
expression does not invalidate the distinction above given, note (δ). 

(49) πυνθάνομαι, ] ascertain by inquiry, αἰσθάνομαι, I ascertain by per- 
ception. 





76 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


tween both armies and stood armed. Having placed theit 
shields upon their knees, they remained behind apart from 
the rest of the army. They were immediately struck with 
terror when they beheld the horsemen of the enemy riding 
towards them. They happened to be marching behind, far 
from the rest of the army. ‘The slower you go against the 
king, so much the greater army will be collected for him. 
The later you sell your corn, the more will there be in the 
market. The earlier you arrive in the country of the king, 
the less prepared will he be. The faster they fly, the sooner 
they grow weary. Consider that the faster you go, so much 
the less prepared (to fight) will you engage with the king. 
The paymaster thought that the sooner he arrived, the more 
would he have('') to pay the soldiers. I am unprepared, 


Are you unprepared ? 





(*l) Lit. the more would it be necessary for him to pay, ete. 


RXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMIOSIIION. 


CHAPTER SIXTH. 


ἀξ 1-5. 1 announce, διαγγέλλω. I lie in ambush, ἐνεδρείω 
« Slay, κατακαίνω = κατακτείνω. I take any one captive, ζῶντά 
τινα aiga. A track, footprint, ἔχνιον. A track, beaten track, 
arifoc. Useful, χρήσιμος. Profitable, ὠφέλιμος. I conjecture, 
εἰκάζω, A letter, ἐπιστολή. I write, γράφω. I read, ἀναγι- 


΄ . . c , 
γνώσκω. A remembrance, mention, nolice, ὑπόμνημα. I honor 


before. prefer in honor, προτιμῶ. Especially, chiefly, μάλιστα. 
Trial, κρίσις. To be kept secret, anoggntos. Ready, ἕτοιμος. 
Related by birth, γένει προσήκων. Around, περὶ c. acc. An 
adviser, σύμβουλος. I summon, παρακαλῶ Trustworthy, 
πιστός. I burn, καίω. I reconcile, καταλλάσσω. 

He is related to me. They are related to him. Is he 
[see ch. 5, note (*),] related to you? He is related to the 
king. Are you related tome? Iam related to you. I am 
writing a letter. Did he write you a letter? He did not 
write me a letter. Will you write me a letter? I will writ 
you a letter. I am reading a letter. Have you read the 
letter? I have read (it). What is there in the letter? 
Tnere are many notices of former friendship in (it). When 
you have read (particip.) the letter, give it to me. I must 
not give it to any one. I cannot give itto you. Iam not 
willing to give it to any one. I will not give it to my most 
trustworthy friend. 

Having been reconciled (') with Cyrus they said that they 





(1) For one construction with this word, see ch. 2, δ 1. 


PETA OEE a RS EBERLE 





78 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


would prevent the enemy from announcing to the king that 
they had seen the army. He promised Cyrus to prevent the 
enemy from burning the grass and whatever(*) was usefui 
to the beasts of burden. Lying in ambush, we will either 
slay the guide or take him captive.(*) If you would give 
me all of the horsemen whom (4) you have, I would make the 
enemy unable ever to restore the exiles. The interpreter 
seemed to say what was profitable. Having ascended upon 
the mountains, they beheld the tracks both of men and of 
horses. The track was conjectured to be that of about fifty 
horsemen. I wrote a letter to him (saying) that I would 
come on the next day with all of the pay which the general 
should give me. 1 read his letter the same day, and there 
were in it many notices of former friendship. They seemed 
to be jealous because Clearchus was honored chiefly among 
the Greeks. The trial is not to be kept secret. He came to 
his senses when he read the letter. They are ready for you. 
The men are not prepared. The country appeared(®) to be 
filled with corn and wine. He seemed to be able to take 
many of the enemy captive. He is related (5) to the king by 
birth. Are you related to the king? J am related to Xeno- 
phon. Bid the generals lead the heavy-armed men, and let 
them stand in arms around my tent. If he seems to be trust- 
worthy, I will summon him within as an adviser. 





(2° εἴ τις does not express any doubt as to whether there was any, 
but is used to supply with greater emphasis the place of ὅστις, whosoever, 
whatsover (=all that). Armold. 

(3) alive. 

(4) See ch. 1, note ('%). 

(5) φαίνεται, it appears, is spoken pri narily of that which appears to 
he eye ; δοκεῖ, it seems, is spoken of that which appears to the mind. 

(δ) προςήκων is also used without γένει in this sense. Thucyd. 1: 128, 
uses the phrase, βασιλέως mprsiixovrés τινες καὶ ξυγγενεῖς. This may oe 
*-mpared with propinqui cognatique, Cas. 1: 11. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 79 


δή 6-8. Right hand, δεξιά, This (of a person or thing 
present), οὗτοσί, An attendant, a subject, ὑπήκοος. In the 
sight of, πρὸς c. gen. (A solemn form of asseveration.) 
Unjust, ἄδικος. Towards, negic. acc. Just, δίκαιος, Openly, 
φανερός (adj.). Altar, βωμός. Assurances, πιστά. At least, 
γέ. More, yet, ἔτι. Irepent, μεταμέλει μοι. I acknowledge, 
confess, ὁμολογῶ. Iam guilty, ἀδικῶ. 

I repent. Ido not repent. Do you repent? Does he 
repent ? He does not repent. Do they repent? They do 
not repent. Did he repent? Did they repent? He did not 
repent. They repented. Did you repent? He did not 
repent. He affirmed that he did not repent. They affirmed 
that they did not repent. Did you affirm that you repented ? 
We affirmed that we repented. We affirmed that we did not 
repent. We denied that we repented. They affirm that 
they repent. He denies that he repents. Cyrus asked him, 
Do you confess that you have been unjust to me? He said, 


Yes, for it is inevitable. Cyrus asked him, Do you con- 
fess that you have plotted against me? And he replied, If 
I should confess it, you would never more place confidence in 
me. 


I will never give or receive (the) right hand, since you 
are a traitor both to me and to my king. If you should en- 
gage in war, either with me or with my brother,(*) I would 
quickly make you cease from it. I will never cease from 
the war, as long as the enemy remain in our land. Are you 
a relative of this Orontes who is here? My father used to 
live upon the river Meander. My father having given me 
this Orontes to be an attendant and an adviser, I shall not be 
reluctant to engage in war with the barbarians. I acknow- 
ledge both in the sight of gods and of men, that I have be. 
come unjust towards you. Whatever is just in the sight of 





(7) ὁ ἐμὸς ἀδελφός, my brother ; ἐμὸς ἀδελφός, a brother of mine 





8U EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION 


gods and of men, that I will do to this Orontes after having 
advised with you. You have done harm both to me and ta 
my country, in whatever respect you could. I am ashamed 
because I have both revolted from you, and have been a 
traitor to you. He pretends to be a friend to my father. In 
what respect have you been treated unjustly by my brother, 
hat you now again revolt and become openly am enemy to 
him? He went again to the altars of the gods and affirmed 
that he repented. He went back to the city by the shortest 
route. Having known your own power, did you again en. 
gage in war with me ? Having read the letter of my brothe 
did you again give assurances to the king and receive them 
from him? I should never more seem to you at least, to be 
friendly and faithful to you and your brother, not even if I 
should become (so): for, now the fourth time have I been 
openly plotting against you, and wishing both to slay you 
and to plunder your country. Is there any thing whatever 
in which I have injured either you or your subjects? He 
replied that (there was) not. He has done wrong (5) in hav- 
ing revolted from me, and in having carried on war against 
my subjects. You did harm to my country and injured my 
brother, in whatever respect you could. Having gone to the 
altar, he said, in the sight of gods and men, I revolted from 
you having never been injured by you. The more you in. 
jure my brother, the more violently shall I be enraged. 


§§ 9—11. So far as this person is concerned, τὸ κατὰ τοῦ. 
toy εἶναι. Leisure, σχολή. Out of the way, ἐκποδών. To put 
cut of the way, ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖσϑαι. That, so that, ὡς. Girdle, 
ζώνη. Execution, death, ϑάνατος. Grave, tapos, 6. Volun- 
iarily (as a volunteer), ἐϑελοντής. Kinsman, συγγενής. 1 speak 





(Ὁ As ἠδίκηκα is commonly transitive, ἀδικῶ is often used in the sense 
af the intransitive perf. See Lidd. and Se. sub voce. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITIOII. 8i 


freely, exhibit, ἀποφαίνομαι. Ido well by, εὖ ποιῶ. 1 advise, 
συμβουλεύω. I do homage to, προς κυνῶ (ἑω) (πρός, κυνῶ (éw), 1 
kiss.) I lead out, lead forth, ἐξάγω. 

Some conjectured one thing, some another (lit. others con- 
jectured in another manner.) Some said one thing ; some, an- 
other. Some advised one thing; some, another. Some per- 
ished in one way ; some, in another. I am putting the man 
out of the way. We will put this man out of the way. Has 
he put the man out of the way? Cyrus asked him, Have 
you put the man out of the way? Put this man out of the 
way at once. I am doing you a favor. I wish to do you a 
favor. I have leisure to do you a favor. Have you leisure 
to do me a favor? We have leisure. 76 has leisure to put 
this man out of the way. So far as this man is concerned, I 
have leisure to do you a favor. So far as this man is con- 
cerned, we have leisure to burn the villages. We will put 
-his man out of the way that we may have leisure to do well 
by our friends. We put this man out of the way that we 
might have leisure to ward off our enemies. 

Do you, my friends, speak freely your minds whatever 
seems good to vou. He was formerly a friend to us, but sub- 
sequently having revolted to our enemies, he in many respects 
did mischief to our country. At first he said, I am not guilty, 
but afterwards he confessed every thing. So far as this person 
is concerned we shall have leisure both to do well by our 
friends and to harm.our enemies. I advise that we put him 
out of the way as quickly as possible. We will put this man 
who has been false to us out of the way, that it may no(®) 
longer be necessary to guard against him. It is no longer 
necessary to guard against this man, for we have already put 
him out of the way. Those who formerly did homage('®) to 





(99) Why is the negative μὴ employed here ? 
("°) Observe the distinction which Xen. makes here (§ 10) between 
the imperf. and aorist. 





—— 


ee ee ΞΞ 5 σις, Ξε, -- 


= 


82 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


this man, at that time by the command of Cyrus seized him 
by his girdle for execution. His former subjects were lead. 
ing forth the king himself for execution. The same men, be- 
fore it was plain whether Cyrus would bid them or not, hav. 
ing taken the exile, led him away for execution. Some con 
jecture one thing ; some, another. No one ever('') saw the 
grave of Orontes. Noone ever will see the grave of Orontes, 
The sooner we put this man out of the way, the more leisure 
shall we have to benefit those who are voluntarily our friends. 
Upon this, al], even the kinsmen of Orontes, rose up of their 
own accord and seized him by the girdle. Have you leisure 
to go with me ? They have leisure so far as | am concerned, 
to inflict punishment upon their enemies for what they sup- 
pose they have been injured, and to assist their friends in re. 
turn for the favors which they have received. 





(61) πώποτε, at any time yet, hitherto; πετέ, at any time, 


RXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE ‘SOMPOSITION. 


CHAPTER SEVENTH. 


δῷ 1—4. About midnight, περὶ μέσας νύχτας. Later, tore 
gor. Α little later, ov πολὺ ὕστερον. Morning, ἕως. The [0]. 
lowing morning, ἣ ἐπιοῖσα ἕως. At break of day, ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρα. 
A deserter, αὐτόμολος. See that (how that) ὅπως c. fut. indic. 
(The ellipsis of ὅρα or ὁρᾶτε before ὅπως is frequent.) Liberty, 
Freedom, ἐλευϑερία. Instead of, in preference to, ἀντί, Mul- 
‘titude, numbers, πλῆϑος. Great, much, πολύς. Shouting, 
κραυγή. Superior to, κρείττων, c. gen. Manifold more, πολ.- 
λαπλάσιος. Envied, ζηλωτός. Bold, brave, εὔτολμος. I pos 
sess, κέχτημαι. I think, pronounce happy, congratulate, εὐδαι- 
μονίζω. I endure, ἀνέχομαι. 

At what time (πηνίκα) did he arrive? He arrived about 
midnight,—at break of day. When (πότε) did they arrive ? 
They arrived on the next day—at the dawn of the following 
day—on the same day—shortly after the deserters—upon the 
following morning—a little earlier than the heavy-armed men. 
They will come on slowly. They will come on as quickly 
as possible. They will come on with much shouting. I will 
endure these things. I shall not endure these things. If you 
endure these things, I will praise you. If you do not endure 
these things, 1 shall not praise you. If you shall have en- 
dured these things, I will praise you. Do not endure these 
things. Be not in the habit of enduring these things. 

They were cut in pieces by the barbarians on the same 
day in the passage over the mountains. Having arrived a 





84 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOS:TION. 


little later than we, they went in between both armies and 
stood in arms. Having arrived much earlier than I, he had 
leisure to review his army. He viewed both the Greeks and 
the barbarians, while riding along upon a chariot. The king 
will fight on the following morning. Messengers arrived 

saying, that the admiral would come at the dawn of the fol 

owing day. Deserters arrived at break of day. The king 
will come to fight(') on the following day. He called to- 
gether those who were friendly to him and trustworthy, to 
deliberate how(?) he should order the battle. No one ever 
knew how he died. See that ye be men worthy of your 
fathers. They are not worthy of the liberty they possess. 
You know well that they think us happy for the liberty 
which we possess. Be assured that I would choose liberty 
in preference to all that I possess.(*) See that ye endure the 
great numbers and shouting of the enemy. I took you as 
being superior to many barbarians. He paid them all which 
he had, and promised other things manifold more. He who 
wishes to go home, shall go away envied by those at home. 
If you endure the multitude and the shouting of the enemy, 
you will become bold, and I will make you to be envied by 
those at home. 


δῷ 5—9. Some, ἔνιοι. I satisfy, ἐμπίπλημι. Cold, χειμών 
Heat, καῦμα. Master of, ἐγκρατής. A crown, στέφανος. Enough, 
sufficient, ἱκανός. Paternal, πατρῷος. Somehow, πώς (enclit.). 
Behind, ὄπισϑεν. The foremost, oi πρόσϑεν. Up to, μέχρι or 
’ * , ΓΑ ᾿ 
μέχρις. To (the region) where, μέχρις οὗ. I remember, μέμνη- 
μαι. North, ἄρκτος. South, μεσημβρίας Where, ποῦ. In 


what direction, nj. Without battle, ἀμαχει. 





(") Observe the difference between the English and the Greek idiom 

(2) We have here πῶς in an indirect question: instead of which ὅπωι 
would be more common. Cf. ris and ὅστις. 

3) "Exo, I have, κέκτημαι, I have acquired= I possess. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 85 


Where has your brother gone? He has gone home 
Where has your father gone? He has gone to the north. 
He has gone to the south. When did he go? He set out to. 
day (See 5: 16, or more familiarly, τήμερον). At what time 
did he go? He went at the break of day—about midnight. 
I remember. He remembers. He would remember. I give 
pay. He gives pay. If he should remember, he would give 
pay. Some persons say that if he should remember, he would 
give pay. If he should remember, he would be able to give 
pay. Some persons say that if he should remember, he 
would be able to give pay. He gives what he promises. He 
will give what he promises. If he remember, he will give 
what he promises. Some persons say that if he remember, 
he will give what he promises. 

An exile who was friendly and faithful to us happened to 
be present on that day. If you are a brother of mine, (‘) you 
will not flee. If you are my brother, you will not run away. 
If you fight(*) with me, you will be defeated. (5) If you 
should fight with my brother, I would make you to be 
envied.(”) If you should fight with my brother, some per- 
sons say that you would not be able to conquer him. If you 
should fight with a brother of mine, you would not be able to 
conquer him. He is not able to satisfy the mind of all. Men 
are not able to dwell in that region on account of the cold. I 
fear that I shall not be able to dwell in that region on account 
of the heat. We will make our friend master of the city. A 
friend of ours gave to each of us a golden crown. I am afraid 
that I have not friends enough to whom I may give the pater- 





(4) See ch. 6, (7). 

(5) This condition is evidently different from the preceding. See ch, 
3, (5). 

(*) What word is commonly, used as the pass. of νικῶ (aw) ἢ 

(7) This form of hypothetical proposition is expressed by εἰ with the 
optat in the condition and ἂν with the optat. in the conclusion, 





86 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


nal government. He spoke somehow as follows. How (5) 
did he speak? If he is a child of mine, he will not fight(*) 
behind the others. He is my child, wherefore he will not fight 
behind the foremost (those in front). My paternal govern 
ment extends both towards the north and towards the south to 
that region where men are not able to dwell ; so that('*) I do 
not fear to promise many things. They sewed together skins, 
having filled them with dried hay, so as not to be wet in cross- 
ing the river. I fear that (*') he will be conquered. I fear 
that he will not conquer. I remember those things which 1 
promised long ago. Let us not fight with the masters of the 
country. They will not become masters of the country with. 
out battle. 


δῷ 10—20. I am too late for, ὑστερῶ c. gen. Before, 
previous to,xgoc. gen. I desert, αὐτομολῶ. Dug, ὀρυκτός. 
Ditch, τάφρος. Deep, Budic. In the midst of, at the midst of, 
κατὰ μέσογ. I speak the truth, speak truly, ἀληϑεύω. Prophet, 
soothsayer, μάντις. I abandon the idea (of doing any thing), 
ἀπογιγνώσκω. I am free from care, without care, ἀμελῶ. Tal. 


ent, τάλαντον. Then, accordingly, aga (denoting an inference 
which follows naturally, in accordance with what might be 
expected). In the midst between, μεταξὺ c. gen. (with a verb 


of rest). 
Did he arrive before the battle? He arrived after the 


battle. He was too late for the battle. Many of the enemy 
were taken. They took many of the enemy captive. ‘The 
passage is narrow. ‘The passage between the river and the 





(8) See Kah. ὁ 94, (Ὁ). 

(9) Of the futures, μαχέσομαι, μαχήσομαι, μα χοῦμαι, which was the ordi- 
nary Attic word ? 

(®) See ch. 5: δὲ 10—12, (δ). 

(") After verbs of fearing, μήξε ne; μὴ oi ut. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 87 


ditch is narrow. There is a narrow passage between the 
river and the ditch. There is a narrow passage between 
the mountains and the sea. The river flows between the 
mountains and the sea. (See 4: 4.) Does he speak the 
truth ? Can he speak the truth? Does he wish to speak 
the truth? Does he know how to speak the truth? I gave 
him a talent because he spoke the truth. I will give you 
a talent, if you speak the truth. 

This general being on the march from his own country, 
was too late for the battle by three days. He arrived after 
the battle on the following day. He arrived before the bat- 
tle. He arrived later than I. He arrived earlier than I, 
with ten thousand heavy-armed men. He was present in the 
battle with two thousand horse. Those of the soldiers who 
deserted from me announced these things to the great king. 
At the dawn of the following day, deserters from the enemy 
announced the same things. In that place, a deep ditch was 
dug from sea to sea; and it was impracticable for an army 
to cross it. In the midst of this march they crossed a deep 
river. In the midst between these places, is my paternal 
government. Five canals very deep, about twenty-five stadia 
apart, flow from the Tigris and empty into the Euphrates. 
The pass was a wagon-road, very steep. There was a nar- 
row passage between the mountain and the sea. He dwelt 
in the midst between these places. We beheld many tracks, 
both of men and of horses. At break of day we saw the 
track of about ten thousand horses. I promise him a talent, 
if he shall have spoken truly. If we shall have become 
tnasters of this country, we will make this city great and pros- 
perous. The soothsayer said, the enemy will not fight (these) 
en days. The king will fight on the tenth day.('*) His 
brother withdrew and gave up the idea of fighting on that 





("2) Observe that the expression with the ordinal number is in the 
dat. ; with the cardinal, in the gen. 





— --ς--- -- -ς-- 





88 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITICN. 


day. The king did not fight ; wherefore they marched more 
free from care. He gave up the idea of crossing the river 
He read the letter. He sat upon his chariot reading the let- 
ter. He gave the man a talent because he spoke the truth. 
If you speak the truth I will give you twenty talents. If you 
shall have spoken truly, I will make you to be envied by 
the men at home. If you should speak the truth, I would 
promise you much money. Ifthe king does('*) not('*) fight 
(these) ten days, then he will not fight at all (more lit. after 
that). At that time the king fought on horseback. The king 
always rode upon a war-chariot. He never abandoned the 
idea of fighting. He will fight no longer. He will never 
fight. He fought long ago. He once fought on horseback. 
On the same day he was riding along upon a chariot. On 
that day, he rode along upon his chariot. On the former day, 
he abandoned the idea of advancing so as to fight with 
the Greeks. On the next day he abandoned the idea of with. 
drawing, so that he fought with the barbarians. He withdrew, 
so that he did not fight for ten days. At the dawn of the fol- 
lowing day, he withdrew so as not to fight. . He will fight on 
the tenth day. ‘They announced these things. They an. 
nounced the same things. 





('3) Observe that a conditional clause denoting future time is transla 
ted by the Eng. present. 

('#) The use of οὐ in this conditional clause is apparently an excep 
tion to the rules above given for the use of the negative. Many editions 
(that of Kriiger among them) have μὴ in this place. If οὐ be the true 
eading it was probably used as a repetition of the language, οὐ μαχεῖται, 
just above: and the negative rests on the particular notion contained in 
the verb. Cf. Jelf, § 764. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMIOSITION. 


CHAPTER EIGHTH. 


δὲ 1—7. In the Greek language, like a Greek, Ἑλληνικῶς. 
Inmediately, αὐτίκα. Breastplate, ϑώραξ. A dart, παλτόν. 
Hand, χεῖρ. Next, ἐχόμενος. Lieutenant, ὕπαρχος. At full 
speed, ἀνὰ κράτος. Uncovered, bare, ψιλός. When, ἡνίκα. 
Confusion, τάραχος. Haste, σπουδή. I halt (unloose), κατα- 
λύω. To be full, πλήϑειν. I leap down, καταπηδῶ. I mount, 
ἀναβαίνω. I cry out, βοῶ. I fall upon, make an attack upon, 
ἐπιπίπτω. I put on, ἐνδύω. Head, κεφαλή. I appear, appear 
before, προφαΐνομαι. I meet, ἐντυγχάνω. Without order, 
ἄτακτος. | 

He is putting on his breastplate. Is he putting on his 
breastplate ? He put it on at break of day—about the hour 
of full market. I mount a horse. Has he (aor.) mounted 
his horse? He has not mounted his horse. The lieutenant 
has mounted his horse. I ride at full speed. I ride on horse- 
back. Is he riding on horseback? He is riding at full 
speed. He rode at full speed. He mounted his horse and 
rode at full speed through the plain. I meet any one. Did 
you meet the man. I did not meet him. He met the lieu. 
tenant. He happened to be riding on horseback. He hap. 
pened to be putting on his breastplate. They happened te 
be without order. He leaped from his horse, and took 
darts into his hands. He rode with his head uncovered. 

He halted in the plain, not far from (the place) where the 
Cilicians kept guard. Wherever we are, we intend to halt 








80 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


about full-market time. Leaping down from his chariot, he 
mounted his horse, and cried out in the Greek language that 
the enemy were coming, apparently prepared for battle. See 
that ye be worthy of your liberty, for the enemy are near, 
and will immediately make an attack upon us. Having put 
on his breastplate, he took darts in his hands. He did not 
come into the power of his brother, while he remained there 
The general occupied the left wing, and the lieutenant was 
next. He is riding at full speed, with his head uncovered. 
They were about to halt, when(') the enemy appeared at a 
distance from them. 1 suspect that he will make an attack 
upon them(*) immediately. I already fear that the enemy 
will make an attack upon them. , When the Greeks thought 
that the horsemen would fall upon them while without order, 
much confusion arose among them. He met a messenger 
riding at full speed. He put on his breastplate with much 
haste. The enemy are coming with an outcry, apparently 
prepared for battle. They went to their tents with laughter. 


δῷ 813. A nation, ἔϑνος. Nation by nation, κατὰ ἔϑνη. 
Considerably, συχνόν. To leave an interval (of place or time), 
διαλείπειν. A cloud of dust, κονιορτός. Blackness, thick dark- 
ness, μελανία, A cloud, νεφέλη. Slowly, βραδέως. Practica. 
ble, possible, ἀνυστόν. Silently, σιγῇ. In plain sight, xara 
paris. Afternoon, δείλης. Quietly, noiselessly, ἡσυχῆ. <A 
scythe, δρέπανον. Armed with scythes, δρεπανηφόροςς Axle, 
ἄξων. Obliquely, sideways, εἰς πλάγιον. Extend from, ἀπο. 
τείνω. Plan, γνώμη. Centre, μέσον. On both sides, ἑχατέρω. 
Se. I break through, διακόπτως I drive, ἐλαύνω, I am 





(') ἡνίκα denotes the precise time in distinction from ὅτε which is 
more general. Cf. rnvixa as distinguished from τότε ; πηνίκα, from πότε ϊ 
ἐπηνέκα, from ὁπότε. 

( Observe that σφίσι in the text is indirectly reflexive. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 91 


deceiv:d, ψεύδομαι. To be well, to go well (abs. or 6. dat.), 
καλῶς tyer, I take care, μέλει μοι. 1 surround, χυκλῶ. To 
surpass, lo be over and above, περιεῖναι. How? πῶς. I come 
on, πρόςειμι. 

I proceed. How did they proceed? They proceeded 
slowly. He proceeded as slowly as possible. We proceeded 
as fast as possible. He came on silently and quietly. A 
considerable time afterwards they proceeded. A short time 
afterwards they were in plain sight. Has he arrived? He 
has not yet arrived. He arrived about mid-day—about mid- 
night—at break of day—in the afternoon (gen.)—after the 
battle—before the battle—during the battle. You will not 
take the city without battle. He was too late for the battle. 
They came on, nation by nation. They proceeded at a con- 
siderable distance from one another. 

They proceeded, nation by nation, at a considerable dis- 
tance apart from one another. The cloud of dust, as it were 
thick darkness, appeared on the plain. A cloud appeared 
on the right. When they were nearer, they beheld the great 
multitude and heard the shouting of the enemy. They 
quickly beheld in the plain many horsemen and chariots 
armed with scythes. They advanced slowly and not with 
an outcry as Cyrus said, but as silently as possible. 1 went 
as fast as I could. About the middle of the day, the enemy 
were in plain sight. He came in the afternoon. They made 
an attack upon the city about midnight, as quietly as possible. 
They had many scythes extending obliquely from the axles 
of their chariots, with which they broke through whatever 
they met. They ran as fast as they could, that they migh 
break through whatever they met. The plan was apparently 
to drive through the midst of the plain, and to break through 
whatever they met. They advanced slowly and at a con- 
siderable distance from one another. They proceeded, nation 
by nation, as silently as possible. He was deceived in re. 





eee 


== = ποὺς 


92 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


spect to the outery and the confusion of the barbarians. They 
drove against the enemy’s centre, because the king was 
there. It was their plan apparently to drive against the right 
wing, because they ascertained that the king was there. If 
he conquers the centre of the enemy’s line, he has done 
811. (5) He took care that it might go well with Cyrus. He 
said that if he should succeed well, he would take care to 
make each man envied by those at home. He feared that 
the army would be surrounded on both sides ; seeing that the 
king surpassed the Greeks very much in numbers. [ am 
not willing to draw my army away from the river, for I fear 
that we shall be surrounded by the enemy. The more he 
surpassed them in numbers, the more did they fear that they 
should be surrounded. I fear that we shall not surround the 
enemy on all sides. 


§§ 14-20. In an ever line, ὁμαλῶς. In the same place, 
ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ. In either direction, ἑκατέρωσε. A noise, ϑόρυβος. 


Rank, τάξις, Watchword, σύνθημα. Preserver, σωτήρ. Vic- 
tory, νίκη, Against, opposite, ἀντίος. Sacrifice, ἱερόν, Vic. 
tim, σφάγιον. To run hastily, δρόμῳ ϑεῖν. Spear, δόρυ. 
Without, destitute of, κενὸς 6. gen. There is or was one who, ἔστιν 
ὅςτις. I advance, πρόειμι (πρόειμι, I go forward ; πρόςειμι, I 
go to, towards). I look away, ἀποβλέπω. I pass along, παρέρ- 
ζομαι. To be apart, διέχειν. I meet, συναντῶς. I raise the 
batile-cry, ἐλελίζω, I make a loud noise, δουπῶ. I give way, 
éxxhivo, I shout, φϑέγγομαι. I reach, ἐξικνοῦῖμαι. I take my 
place in the line of battle, καϑίσταμαι εἷς τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ τάξιν. I 
see before, προορῶς Am struck with terror, ἐκπλήττομαι. To 
siand asunder, διίΐστασϑαι. Am hit with an arrow, τοξεύομαι. 
I ride up, ὑπελαύνω. 





(ἢ The pres. or perf. sometimes stands in place of the future, te de 
Bote the certainty of the fut. event. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 93 


Obs. The negative ov in a question, anticipates an affirm. 
ative answer; the neg. μή, a negative answer; e.g. ag ov 
παρῆν ; may be rendered, was he not present ? or, he was pre- 
sent, was he not? ἀρὰ μὴ παρῆν ; he was not present, was he ? 

The enemy are giving way. Are the enemy giving 
way? Are not the enemy giving way? ‘The enemy are 
not giving way, are they ? They cried aloud. They made 
a loud noise. They shouted. ‘They raised the war-cry. 
What is the watchword? He inquired what the watchword 
was. He inquires what the watchword is. He was inquir- 
ing what the watchword was. Was he not inquiring what 
the watchword was? Did he not inquire what the watch- 
word was? He did not inquife what the watchword was, 
did he? He began to go against the enemy. He rode up 
so as to meet Cyrus. He broke through whatever he met. 

The enemy were advancing in an even line; but(‘) we 
were yet remaining in the same place. He looked away in 
either direction, but he did not see the enemy. Much con- 
fusion was created, and a noise passed along through the 
ranks. While the watchword was passing along the first 
time, they inquired what it was: and he(5) replied, (*) Jupiter 
the Preserver, and Victory. He rode along not very near to 
the army as silently as possible. He rode up so as to meet 
the general. He exhorted (him) to tell all whom he chanced 
to meet, what the watchword was. He rode away upon his 
chariot to his own place. They were distant from one an- 
other about five stadia, when the general began to go against 
the enemy. I will go against the enemy at daybreak. I 





(6) It is desirable that the learner should accustom himself to the use 
of the currelative particles μὲν and δέ. 

(5) Kai és, or ὃ dé. The former phrase refers only to persons. Ct 
eh. 1, (9). 

(δ) ὅτι is often used to introduce a direct quotation In such a case, 
we either do not translate it, or else express the clause as orat. obliqua. 








τς Ee "ἘΦ oF = — - : oe ee er α΄. -- — 
———— =— a  559.5.5--ὸ- = 


SSS SS 


SSS 


ἡ 
i 
it 
iq 








94 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITIUN. 


met them in the afternoon. We chanced to meet him abom 
full market-time. The victims are favorable and all will be 
well. The city is about ten stadia distant. ‘They all raised 
the battle-cry to Enyalius, and began to run hastuy. They 
all advanced in an even line, for the ground was ieve! as a 
sea. He spread fear ainong the horses of the enemy by 
making a loud noise with his shield (clashing) against his 
spear. If we conquer the enemy’s centre, they will give 
way and flee. When they saw the enemy giving way, they 
all shouted, and at the same time began to run. The bow. 
men are not yet able to reach the barbarian army. When 
he heard what the watchword was, he said,(”) Well, I re- 
ceive it, and let this be (the watchword). Do not run hastily, 
but follow in military order. I entreat you not to run hastily 
He did not run hastily, for the place was rugged and he saw 
the enemy advancing slowly. They took their places in the 
line of battle with much haste, and having conquered the 
enemy, they pursued in military order. While he was view. 
ing the army, he beheld a man riding up at full speed, and 
crying out to all whom he met(*®) the barbarians are coming. 
He observed(*®) them (after they had been) drawn up in 
companies of horse and of infantry. The scythe-bearing 
chariots, without drivers, were borne through the midst of 
the army. Without military order, there is no advantage in 
the multitude of our soldiers. Some of the chariots were 
borne through the plain; others, to the mountains. Some, 
when they beheld the chariots before (them), fled ; others, 
were cut in pieces. No one suffered any thing (lit. nothing). 
Some, being struck with terror, were taken; others, stand- 





(7) ᾿Αλλὰ is often used in connections like this, and may be expressed 
by the Eng. word well. 

(Ὁ See (6) sap. 

(δ) καταθ:ὥμαι (ἄομαι), I view by looking down upon; θεωρῶ (éw), 1] am 
a spectator, J observe. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 95 


ing apart, suffered nothing. The more they were terrified, 
the more they suffered. Some upon the right wing, others 
upon the left, were hit with arrows. The bowmen were not 
able to reach any one (lit. no one). There was one who was 
left behind. 


δῷ 21—24. Strength, ἰσχύς. Safe, ἀσφαλής. I am induced, 
ἐξάγομαι. Opposed to, along by, κατὰ c. acc. Then, 9a. 
The (part) left, τὸ émenouevor. Yet, nevertheless, ὅμως. 
To extend beyond, ἔξω γίγνεσϑαι. Half, ἥμισυς. 

His strength is upon both sides. His forces are upon 
both sides. Where are his forces? They are around him. 
They are on both sides of him—behind him—in front of him. 
He slew the commander. Did he slay the commander? He 
slew the commander, did he not? He did not slay the com- 
mander, did he? He slew the commander with his own 
hand. 

No one of those drawn up in front of us suffered any thing. 
If he needs to announce any thing to the army, they will 
quickly and easily perceive (it). If he should desire to an- 
nounce any thing to the army, they would thus in half the 
time perceive (it). He supposed that if he should desire to 
announce any thing to the army, they would('®) perceive (it) 
immediately. If his strength is on both sides, he will be in 
the safest (condition). He viewed the army in both direc- 
tions, while riding along not very near to it. He was not 
induced to pursue the enemy, as long as they remained in 
the plain. While he was observing what that part of the 
phalanx opposed to him would do, a messenger arrived, 
saying that the left wing was giving way. Then indeed, 
with the centre of his army he began to move forward. When 
that part of the army which was left began to run hastily, 





(00) Do nct omit ἂν in the apodosis of this sentence and the preceding 











a 








96 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


the Greeks all shouted. Though he occupied the centre of 
his phalanx, yet it extended beyond the enemy’s wing. 
Though he stood in the centre of his own("™) phalanx, yet 
he was struck with terror. He stood between his own pha- 
lanx and that of the enemy. I should be reluctant to stand 
in front of the army. ‘Those who stood in the rear of the 
army feared that they might be surrounded. I will go against 
the enemy. Will you go against the enemy? So far as this 
person is concerned, we will not fear that our own army will 
be cut in pieces. It is time to go against the enemy. The 
left wing gave way and fled. ‘They conquered and pursued 
that (part of the army) against themselves. Having put to 
flight those who were drawn up before the king, they pur- 
sued them with an outcry. So far.as this person is con- 
cerned, we shall have leisure to pursue their army. With 
his own hand he slew their commander. Having in the first 
place put this person out of the way, we shall then have 
leisure to view both the companies of horse and of infantry. 


δὲ 25—29. Eye, ὀφθαλμός. I hit, strike (with a dart or 
javelin), ἀκοντίζω. Breast, στέρνον. I wound, pierce, τιτρώ- 
oxw. I smite, strike, naiw. A servant, ϑεράπων. I fall, 
nintw, I fall upon (not in a hostile sense), περιπέπτω (lit. 
[ fall around). I lie, κεῖμαι. I wear, φορῶ. Like, jusi as, 
ὥςπερ. A table-companion, ὁμοτράπεζος. A rout, τροπή. IT 
scatler, διασπείρω. Except, except that, πλήν. Mostly, σχεδόν. 
I honor, tyua. For, on account of, διὰ c. ace. Fidelity, 


πιστότης. I slay, slaughter, σφάττω. I draw, ond (aw). ἴ re- 
strain myself, ἀνέχομαι. 





—_—<-< ——_—_ »βΦφΚ,Ν-.ὕΞ- 


(1) Observe the difference in the position of ἑαυτοῦ =atro3, and of 
αὐτοῦ or αὐτῶν ; 6. g. ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν, but ἡ αὐτῶν ἰσχύς. The reflexives of 
the Ist and 2d persons have the same position as those of the 3d person 
So also the possessive adj. pronouns. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 97 


I fall upon (in a hostile sense). We will fall upon the 
enemy. The enemy will fall upon us. The enemy will 
fall upon us immediately (αὐτίκα is predicated of fut. 
time). Let us fall upon the enemy immediately. (The sub- 
junctive denotes a fut. event conceived in the mind.) Let 
us not fall upon the enemy. They thought that the enemy 
would fall upon them immediately. I fall upon (ina friendly 
sense). They fell upon him. Did they fall upon him ἢ 
They immediately fell upon him. Did they not all fall upon 
him? They did not all fall upon him, did they ? They all 
immediately fell upon him. They leaped from their horses 
and fell upon him. I pierce. They pierced him. They all 
pierced him through the breast—through the breastplate— 
through the hand—through the foot—through the head— 
under the eye—under the right eye—through the neck— 
through the right foot. 

The bravest of those around him, while fighting for him, 
were slain.('2) A certain person hit him with a dart 
under the right eye, while fighting for himself. He was 
pierced by a certain person through the breast. With his 
own hand he smote the king upon the breast. His most faith- 
ful servants, when they saw that the bravest of their own 
army were slain, and that the king himself had ‘fallen, leaped 
from their horses and fell upon him. The commander him- 
self was slain, and many of the bravest men lay upon him. 
He used to wear a golden necklace, and the other (orna- 
ments) like those who were called the table-companions of 
the king. At that time indeed the rout commenced ; for 
they saw that the commander had fallen, and that the bravest 
men were slain. Having routed those who were in front of 
themselves, they rushed in the pursuit and were scattered 
except a very few (who) yet stood around the general, mostly 








() ἀεοθνήσκω is often in idea 8 pass of ἀποκτείνω. 


5 














98 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


the bravest men and his most faithful servants. Those who 
had been most honored for their friendship and fidelity still 
fought for their king. He drew his scimeter and slew him. 
self. He descries the king and a few about him, mostly the 
bravest and most faithful of his servants. Seeing that his 
bravest men had fallen, he stood and wept. He descried his 
most valuable friends far from himself, in the power('*) of 
the enemy. Having seen his most violent enemy near at 
hand, he no longer restrained himself, but immediately has. 
tened against him. 





(22. See (*) ch. 2. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE [SOMPOSITION. 


CHAPTER NINTH. 


§§ 1—6. Disgraceful, αἰσχρός. From childhood, εὐϑὺς 
παῖς ov (statim parvulus). To be brought up, παιδεύεσϑαι. 
Sobriety, σωφροσύνη. To become intimately acquainted with, 
ἐν πεῖρᾳ γενέσθαι. I learn, καταμανϑάνω. I rule, ἄρχω. Fond 


of learning, φιλομαϑής. Diligent, μελετηρός. An equal in age, 
vlixiotns. I grapple with, συμπίπτω. Finally, τέλος. I draw 
lown, drag down, κατασπῶ (aw). A bear, ἄρκτος, A scar, ὠτειλή. 

Where was he brought up? He was brought at the 
doors of the king. Where (whither) is he going? He is 
going to the south. He is not going to the south on account 
of the heat. They are going towards the north. He grap- 
pled with a bear. He was dragged down from his horse. 
Was he dragged down from his horse? He was dragged 
from his horse, was he not? (See Obs. ch. 8,§14.) He 
was not dragged from his horse, was he ? And finally, he 
was dragged down from his horse. He is diligent. He is 
most diligent. He is the most diligent of his equals in age. 
He is diligent and fond of learning. They are both diligent 
and fond of learning. From childhood, he was most fond of 
learning. From childhood, they learned much sobriety 
From childhood, he seemed to be fond of learning, and dili- 
gent. 

From childhood he neither saw nor heard any thing dis- 
graceful. He was brought up at the doors of the king: so 
that, when yet a child, he was intimately acquainted with the 








100 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


bravest of the Persians. From childhood, we both see and 
hear many things disgraceful. When yet a child he learned 
much sobriety, for he was brought up at the doors of the king, 
He perished fighting for his country, with his bravest men 
about him. He learned both to rule and to be ruled, so that 
they established him in the kingdom. He learned both to 
rule and to be ruled, so as to be established in the kingdom, 
If he does not learn both to rule and to be ruled, they will 
not establish him in the kingdom. If he is not learning ‘oth 
to rule and to be ruled, they will not establish him in the king. 
dom. The boy is most fond of learning and most diligent, so 
that, in all respects, he is the best of those of his own age. 
It is said by many persons who seem to be on intimate terms 
with him, that he is always the most diligent of all men. He 
is most happy in all respects, as is confessed by all men. If 
one should remain a long time at the doors of the king, he 
would learn much modesty. He grappled with a certain 
wild beast ; and finally slew him. On a certain occasion, 
having been dragged from his horse by a bear, he suffered 
many things. He had many scars in front. 


᾿δῷ 7—12. ΠΙ, badly, κακῶς ; worse, κάκιον. Once, once for 
all, ἅπαξ. Very many, πλεῖστοι. Those who are contemporary 
with any one, ot ἐπέτινος. One’slife (lit. the body), to σῶμα. Until, 
τοσοῦτον χρίνον---ἔςτε. A prayer, εἰχή. I make of the highest 
importance, περὶ πλείστου ποιοῦμαι. Accordingly, τοιγαροῦν. 1 
make a treaty, σπένδομαι. I make an agreement, συντίϑεμαι. | 
fare, πράττω. 1 abandon, give up, προΐεμαι. I surpass, νικῶ, 
I requite, ἀλέξομαι. I desire, ἐπιϑυμῶ. It is permitted, ἔστε, 
I report, relate, ἐκφέρω. 

He is false in nothing. Is he fulse in any thing? He is 
false in every thing. He is false tous in nothing. He makes 
it of the highest importance. He makes it of much import- 
ance. [16 makes it of more importance. He makes it of 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 101 


jhe utmost importance to be false in nothing. Does he make 
it of great (much, περὲ πολλοῦ) importance to be false in no» 
thing? They make it of great importance to be false in no- 
thing. Do you make it of the highest importance ? I make 
it of more importance than life (to live). I do weil (trans.). 
[ fare well (intrans.). 
He makes it of the highest importance, to be false in 
nothing. He was false in nothing; accordingly, if he made 
a treaty with any one, and if he made an agreement with 
any one, they placed confidence in him. He was the best of 
all men in all things ; wherefore his enemies feared him and 
his friends placed confidence in him. Know well that I 
would choose you in preference to all that I possess. If you 
should fare even worse yet, I would never abandon you ; for 
I have once(') become a friend to you. Having once made 
a treaty with the exiles, I will never consent to abandon 
them. If he should fare(*) even worse yet, I would neither 
abandon him, nor do him any harm. If any man has done 
me any good, shall endeavor to surpass him. He manifestly 
tries to surpass those who have done him any good or ill. He 
manifestly surpasses both those who do well and those who 
do illby him. He once prayed that he might live until he re- 
quited those who had done him any good. Very many of those 
who are contemporary with us desire to requite both those 
who do well and those who do ill (to them). Those who are 
contemporary with us both see and hear many things dis- 
graceful. It is permitted to our contemporaries to see many 
things (which are) honorable. He seemed to be the most 
worthy to rule of (those who were) his equals in years. He 
was the most worthy to rule of those (who were) contempo- 





(ἢ ἅπαξ, once= once for all ; ποτέ, once = on α certatn occasion. 
(*) πράττω, with εὖ or κακῶς is ordinarily intransitive ; ποιῶ, transt- 


tive 








102 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


rary with him. He was contemporary with Cyrus. He was 
in the power of Cyrus. He did not go into the power of Cy. 
rus. ‘Those who were contemporary with Cyrus desired tc 
give up to him more than to any other one man(*) both their 
money and their lives. More persons desired to give their 
money to him than to any other one man. He, more than 
any other one man, learned(‘) how, both to rule, and to be 
ruled. He, more than any other one man, is able to confer 
benefits on his friends. In him, more than any other on2 man, 
the cities which were intrusted to him placed confidence. 
Some persons reported a prayer of his, that he prayed, he 
might be able, more than any other one man, to requite those 
who had done him any good. 


δὲ 13—15. A public, trodden road, στειβομένη od0g. An 
evil.doer, an offender, κακοῦργος. Especially, conspicuous/y, 
διαφερόντως. Without fear, fearlessly, ἀδεῶς. Most unspar- 
ingly, ἀφειδέστατα. Abundance, supply, agdovia, I mock, de- 
ride, καταγελῶς I avenge myself, τιμωροῦμαι. I overthrow, 
subjugate, καταστρέφω. I incur danger, κινδυνεύω. 

I subjugate. [ subjugated the country. I subjugated the 
country for myself.(°) Did you subjugate the country ? 
Did you subjugate the country for yourself? Did you not 
subjugate the country? You did not subjugate the country 
for yourself, did you? I avenged myself. Did you avenge 
yourself? J avenged myself most unsparingly. Did they 
not avenge themselves? They avenged themselves fearlessly. 

I saw along by the side of the public roads, many men 
deprived of their hands and feet and eyes. He said that he 
desired to inflict punishment upon all offenders. Wherever 





(Ὁ Lit. to him one man at least, they desired to give up the most 
ete. With the phrase, els γε ἀνήρ, cf. εἴ τις καὶ ἄλλος. 
(Ὁ Lit.: one man at least, he learned how especially (μάλιστα), εἰσ 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 108 


we are, we will not allow the unjust to mock. Wherever 
we go, we will inflict punishment upon offenders and honor 
the good especially. They went without fear, wherever they 
desired. He, the most unsparingly of all men, avenged him- 
56}. (5) He subjugated the whole country (for himself). He 
made the bravest and most faithful men rulers of any country 
which he subjugated (for himself). He requited (for himself » 
more than any other one man, those who had done him hai.n 
I attempted (5) to requite (for myself) those who had done 
me any good. I attempted to avenge myself and not to allow 
the unjust to mock (at me). They all of their own accord 
chose (for themselves) Cyrus as commander instead of Tis- 
saphernes. He chose (for himself} those whom he saw willing 
to incur danger. And upon this, they all of their own meee 
stood up (for themselves). He made it (for himself) of et 
highest importance to honor especially those who were g 
for war: accordingly he had a great supply of those who 


were most faithful and brave. He had a greater abundance 


than any other one man, of those who were willing both to 


fight for him and to give up to him (7) their money and their 


lives. 


δῷ 16—21. Unjustly, by unjust means, ἐκ τοῦ ὀδένον, True, 
ἀληϑινός. Justice, δικαιοσύνη. In respect to, εἰς, For the 
sake of, on account of, for, ἕνεκα. Profitable, κερδαλέος. Gain, 
κέρδος. Monthly, month by month, κατὰ μῆνα. Zeal, προϑυ- 
μία. Unrequited, ἀχάριστος. Most efficient, κράτιστος. Boldly, 











(δ) The mid. voice is more or less directly reflexive. It denotes (*) 
that the agent performs the action on himself : (Ὁ) that he performs it for 


himself; (6) that he gets it done for himself. fx aks: 
(8) We must carefully distinguish between the mid. voice in 118. aps 


propriate sense and deponent verbs. 
(7) For themselves, i. e. because they wished s0 to do, and thought 


t for their own interest. 





104 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


ϑαῤῥαλέως. Income, revenue, πρόςφοδος. Skilful, δεινός. Man 
ager, steward, οἰκονόμος. Justly, on the principles of justice 
ἐκ tov δικαίου. A coadjutor, helper, συνεργός. Rich, wealthy, 
πλούσιος. A servant, ὑπηρέτης. Work, ἔργον. To be greedy 
of gain, φιλοκερδεῖν. To exhibit one’s self, ἐπιδείκνυσϑαι. 1 
render obedience, πειϑαρχῶ. I enjoin upon, agostattw. To 
serve, to be a ὑπηρέτης, ὑπηρετεῖν. To serve, to do service to, 
ϑεραπεύειν. I toil, nove, I acquire, κτῶμαι. I take away, 
deprive, ἀφαιροῦμαι. I conceal, ἀποκρύπτω. To be rich, πλου- 
τεῖν. I envy, pdova. To consider aill-rmportant, περὶ παντὸς 
ποιεῖσϑαι. Contrary to, παρὰ c. acc. 

I suffer contrary to the treaty. He suffered contrary to 
the treaty. He suffered nothing contrary to the treaty. The 
se*vant suffered nothing contrary to the treaty. He consider. 
ed it of the highest importance that the servant should suffer 
nothing contrary to the treaty. He made it all-important that 
the servant should suffer nothing contrary to the treaty. 

Those who are greedy of gain unjustly will never employ 
ἃ true(*) army. In respect to justice he manifestly desired 
to exhibit himself: for he made it (for himself) of the highest 
importance to inflict punishment upon those who were greedy 
of dishonest gain. He went onan expedition against the country 
of the Pisidians, not for the sake of money, but to avenge him- 
self.(*) To render honorable obedience toCyrus is more profit- 
able than the monthly gain. They demanded their wages 
monthly. He did not suffer the zeal of any one who had served 
him well tobe unrequited. You will not repent, if you serve me 
well when I have enjoined any thing upon you. He never 
suffered the zeal of those who yielded honorable obedience to 
him, to be unrequited. He used to pray that he might live until 





(8) ἀληθινός, true, i.e. genuine, not spurious; ἀληθής true, truthe 
epeaking, not false. 
(Ὁ Use the participle. 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 105 


he requited('*) those who had done him any good. He was 
most efficient to serve whatever friends he made. He did 
not squander in pleasure the money which he had acquired. 
[le toiled gladly and made acquisitions boldly, when he knew 
that Cyrus would not take his revenues away from him, bur 
that he would give him more. He is a skilful manager on 
the principles of justice ; and he deprives those who are 
greedy of dishonest gain of what they already possess. He 
manifestly tried to use the treasures of those who('!') conceal 
(them for themselves). They were most efficient coadjutors 
in that which (whatever it might be) their friends desired. 
'This is the very thing for which [ myself am in need of 
friends, that I may have helpers. Whomsoever the king 
judged to be competent coadjutors, his subjects gladly served. 
Is he rich 2. He happens to be rich. I will serve you in that 
for whatsoever you need a friend. He does not envy those 


who are rich. I gave him his wages monthly. He has the 


best coadjutors and servants in every work. 


§§ 22—27. Ornament, κόσμος. I adorn, κοσμῶ, Worthy 
of admiration, ἀγαστός. To be wondered at, ϑαυμαστος. Sweet, 
fine flavored, ἡδύς. To-day, τήμερον. Half full, ἡμιδεήῆς. A 
vessel, an earthen wine-vessel, Bixos. Half eaten, ἡμίβρωτος. A 
goose, χήν. Scarce, σπάνιος. A loaf of bread, ἄρτος. Half (adj.) 
ἥμισυς. A half, ἥμισυ. I distribule, διαδίδωμι. I taste, γεύομαι, 
I like, am pleased with, ἥδομαι. I beg, δέομαι. I find, light upon, 
ἐπιτυγχάνω. Iam hungry, πεινῶ. I drink up, éxnivo. 

I taste. I wish to taste. I wish to be tasting (or, to con- 
tinue tasting, pres. infin.). I wish to taste of this wine. ] 
wish to continue tasting this meat. Do you wish to taste of 





(19) {t is important to be in the habit of noticing in all instances the 
reflexive meaning of the mid. voice ; although we do not and perhaps 


cannot easily express it in our translation. 
(!") ἀπὸ adds to κρύπτω the iaea of putting away. 





106 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


this meat? Do you wish to keep tasting of this wine? Dv 
not keep tasting of this wine. Do not taste of this wine. | 
wish to speak the truth. I wish to-be-in-the-habit-of-speak- 
ing-the-truth. 1 beg you to taste of this wine to-day. I will 
taste of it in the afternoon. He drank up the wine. He was 
drinking up the wine. I will drink up the wine. I will not 
aste of the meat, for [am not hungry. Are you not hungry? 
You are not hungry, are you ? 

On many accounts he received very many presents. On 
this account, he received more presents than any one man, 
because he honored the good especially, and did not allow 
the wicked to deride (him). He distributed, I think,('*) 
more gifts to his friends than any other one man, always 
considering ('*) what each one most needed. He considers 
that no ornament is greater to a man than friends well adorn- 
ed. He considered the characters of his friends before he 
distributed gifts to them. It was in accordance with the 
character of Cyrus to avenge himself most unsparingly upon 
evil-doers. He had very many ornaments for his person. 
It seems to me at least, worthy of admiration, that the king 
surpasses his subjects in his zeal to confer favors. It is not 
to be wondered at, that he had a great abundance of those 
who were zealous to incur danger for him. I wish you to 
taste of these things, for I liked them. Do you like this 
wine? I have not tasted a finer-flavored wine for a long 
time. He sent me to-day a vessel half full of wine, and a 
goose half eaten. This wine is very delicious. I beg you 
to drink this wine to-day with those whom you love best, for 
I have not found any finer-flavored wine for a long time. I 
am not fond of wine. I do not like your wine. Corn and 
wine are very scarce in this place. Is your horse hungry ? 





(8) For the peculiar force of οἶμαι as distinguished from οἴομαι, see 
L. & S. sub voce. 
('3) Why is ὅτου used here instead of τοὺ ? 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 107 


Qyrus sent me half loaves of bread, that I might not be hun 
gry. Give this fodder to your horse that he may not be 
hungry. He will drink half('*) of this wine fearlessly. He 
drank up the greater part (lit. the much) of the wine, the 
same day. I will go home to-day. 


§§ 28—31. Proof, τεκμήριον. To be loved, treated 18 a 
friend, ἀγαπᾶσϑαι. I am about to, μέλλω. The cavalry, τὸ 
ἱππικόν. I station, tutto. 

No one has been loved by greater numbers. I judge that 
no one has been loved by greater numbers. I judged that no 
one had been loved by greater numbers. I judged that no 
one was loved by greater numbers. I judged that no one 
was loved (habitually) by greater numbers. The king has 
fallen. 1 perceive that the king has fallen. Has the king 
fallen 2? 1 know that the king has fallen. The king hap- 
pened to have fallen. He happened to be falling. He will 
fall to-day. He is about to fall. He wishes to exhibit him- 
self (habitually). He wishes to exhioit himself (a single 
action). He manifestly wishes to exhibit himself. He de- 
sires to incur danger (habitually). He desires to incur dan. 
ger (a single action). He is about to incur danger. 

No one either of the Greeks or of the barbarians has ever 
been loved by a greater number of persons. Cyrus has been 
loved by a greater number of persons than any other one man. 
The following is a proof that he was loved especially. That 
which happened to him at the close of his life, is a proof that 
he judged rightly both those who were friendly and those who 
were hostile. No one ever attempted to go from Cyrus to 

he king. Many persons attempted to go away from the king 
to his brother, and that too, those who were treated most 
especially as friends by the king. He was commander of 





(4) Recollect that ἥμισυς, πολύς, πλείων, and superlatives, when used 
partitively, take the gender of the word denoting the whole. 








108 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


the cavalry. He was stationed upon the right wing as com. 
mander of the infantry. He commanded all of the cavalry. 
He happened to be a table-companion of the king. Having 
ascertained that the king had fallen, he fled with about a 
thousand men as a body guard. They perished fighting for 
their native country. Thus died a man most worthy to gov. 
ern. They thought that by being faithful and friendly ('*) 
to Cyrus they should obtain the most worthy honor. See 
that you be worthy of the honor which you obtain. When 
he ascertained that the friends and table-companions of Cyrus 
had perished, he fled. When he ascertained that they were 
faithful and friendly, he especially honored them. They 
were not able to find the road, and perished in wandering. 
We quickly found him to be false to us. I never found (lit. 
happened upon) more delicious wine than that which I drank 
to-day with Cyrus. 





(8) When is the adjunct of the subject of the infinitive in the 2omi- 
native ? 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


CHAPTER TENTH. 


δ 1—5. The distance was ; lit. there was (or were) of 
the way. Forward, εἰς τὸ πρόσϑεν. On the other hand, αὖ. 1 
draw up in order of battle, συντάττω. I render assistance, 


ἀρήγω. Intelligent, σοφός. 

I will go to render assistance. He went to render assist- 
ance. He went with the intention of rendering assistance. 
They went to render assistance. Will you go to render as- 
sistance ? Will they not go to render assistance? He will 
not go to render assistance, will he? I will go immediately. 
He went at once. He went once for all. “He went once (on 
a certain occasion). 

The distance was said to be three parasangs. The dis- 
tance was said to be ten stadia to the station whence they had 
hastened. ‘The distance through their own encampment to 
the city, was about five parasangs. Between the river and 
the ditch, the distance was five stadia. All the space be- 
tween the fortresses was seven parasangs. ‘The enemy pur- 
suing, rushed into their encampment. They fled as fast as 
possible through their own(') encampment. They were dis- 
tant from the river about twenty stadia. The river is distant 
from the mountain, sixty stadia. ‘The encampment was not 
far from the city. Call Menon, for he is nearest. They 
have gone forward in the pursuit. He has gone forward in 





-- 


(Ὁ What is the difference in the position of αὐτῶν and αὑτῶν 





110 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


the pursuit of the enemy. And on the other hand, whien 
they heard that the king had conquered that part of the army 
opposed to himself, and had gone forward in the pursuit, they 
collect their own forces and draw them up in order of battle. 
They refused to advance farther. They advanced farther, 
before it was plain what the rest of the army would do. We 
will go to the camp to render assistance. Let us go to the 
camp to render assistance. Let us deliberate whether we 
will send some persons, or will go ourselves to the camp. 
Let us all go as quickly as possible to the camp. Let us call 
those of the soldiers who are nearest, and pursue the enemy 
who are fleeing. Let us not flee. They were plundering 
the camp, supposing that they were already victorious. She 
was intelligent and beautiful. She was said to be the most 
beautiful of her contemporaries. They heard that the wife 
of Syennesis was the most beautiful and intelligent of her 
contemporaries. And on the other hand, the Greeks heard 
that the enemy had left the mountains. 


δῇ 6—12. I inclose, fo’d around, neginticow, In this 
direction, ταύτῃ. I advance, go towards, πρόςειμι, I lead to- 
wards, ngosayw, To close one’s ranks, συστρέφεσϑαι. Onset, 
σύνοδος. Together, ὁμοῦ. To be worsted, μεῖον ἔχειν. I ad- 
vance, go against, ἔπειμι. With ardor, ngodipos. Before, 
the former time, τὸ πρόσϑεν. Standard, σημεῖον. Royal, βασί- 
λειος. An eagle, ἀετός. With outspread wings, ἀνατεταμένος. 
Form, σχῆμα. Behind, beyond, above, ὑπέρ. I halt, stand, 
ἵσταμαι. One’s party, those about one, oi ἀμφί τινα. I turn 
about, face about, ἀναστρέφω. While (in what time), ἐν ᾧ. I 
fall in with, συντυγχάνω. 

Have you fallen in with the king to-day ? I have not 
fal.en in with him for a long time. He said that he fell -in 
with the king. He said that he used to fall in with the king 
at break of day. He saw the royal standard. He affirmed 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PRUSE COMPOSITION. 11} 


that he saw the royal standard. He affirmed that he himself 
(why in the nom. ?) saw the royal standard. They affirmed 
that they themselves saw the royal standard. ‘They denied 
that they themselves saw the royal standard. 

They did not slay any one, but they wounded many. 
They feared the king would inclose the wing on both sides, 
and cut it in pieces. They fear that the Greeks will strike 
and cast darts at them. Let us not fear that the king will 
lead his army in this direction. If the king leads his army 
in this direction, we will cut them in pieces. If the army 
of the king come up in the rear, we will close up our ranks 
and receive him. And at this time they closed up their 
ranks, supposing that the enemy would come up in this direc- 
tion. It was plain that the king(*) was coming up in the 
rear. It was plain that the bowmen were coming up in 
front. It was plain that they would receive those who had 
deserted to the enemy in the first onset. He was a traitor 
to his friends. ‘Those who had deserted, went with the king. 
Those who had deserted, and the king, went together. He 
was worsted in the first onset. Being worsted in the bat. 
tle, they fled as fast as possible. And while they advanced 
with far greater ardor than before, having the royal stand- 
ard—a golden eagle with its wings outspread—the Greeks 
made preparation to receive them. He arrived sooner than 
I with the royal standard. They halted(*) in a certain vil- 
lage. They placed the phalanx in just the same form as at 
first. The hill was filled with horsemen, but the footmen 
were behind the hill in a certain village. They went toa 
certain hill above the village. Beyond the village was a hill 
abounding in vines and trees of every variety. They went 
as far as they could to a certain village (which was) filled 
with corn and wine. In this place they halted, for it was not 





(*) Lit. the king was plain, etc. 
(7) What three tenses of ἴστπυι are intransitive in the act. voice t 








112 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSIT:. NX. 


possible to know what was doing beyond the mountain. While 
they beheld the royal standard, they advanced with the greater 
ardor. The king and his party faced about upon a certain 
hill, and this was filled with men, so as not to know what was 
doing. The king filled the hill with horsemen, so that we 
did not know what was doing. 


§§ 13—19. I make to ascend, dvu3iBatw.—"Adlor ἄλλοϑεν͵ 
some tn one direction, some in another.—Almost, σχεδόν. The 
sun, ὃ ἥλιος. To go down, to set, δύεσϑαι. Nowhere, οὐδαμοῦ. 
I rest, ἀναπαύομαι. Supper-time, δροπηστός. Food, σιτίον. 
Drink, ποτόν. I find, καταλαμβάνω. Without supper, aden- 
voc. Without breakfast, ἀνάριστος. Breakfast, ἄριστον. Pass, 
spend (of time), διάγομαι. Fine flour, ἄλευρον. Want, ἔνδεια. 
Excessively, σφοδρά, To come upon, to seize, λαμβάνειν. To 
perspire, to sweat, ἱδροῦν (όειν). 

The army ascended upon the hill. He made the army 
ascend upon the hill. Some hastened in one direction, some 
in another. Some said one thing, some another. Thus 
he spent the night. Where did you spend the night? 1 
spent the night at home. I found the camp plundered. Did 
you find the camp plundered 5 When did he arrive? He 
arrived about supper-time. He arrived when the sun was 
setting. And finally, after the sun set, he arrived. 

Cyrus was riding on horseback, with his head uncovered. 
He rode through the midst of the city at full speed with his 
nead uncovered, shouting that the king was coming with a 
large army. And when the hill was made bare, he ascended 
(upon it) with about fifty horsemen to observe those things 
which were) beyond it. He made his men ascend upon the 
hill. And finally, they all fled at full speed, some in one 
direction and some in another. And the sun went down, 
almost at the time when they beheld the royal standard. 
They wondered that the enemy nowhere appeared. I won- 


EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 113 


jet what the interpreter does not appear. He wondered that 
his brother nowhere appeared, until it was plain what was 
doing. I wonder that no one is present from the king. About 
the time when the sun went down, a messenger arrived with 
his horae sweating, crying out in the Greek language, that 
the enemy were coming, apparently prepared for battle. 
When we kaew that he was dead, we all wept a long time. 
When we saw that the commander of the enemy had fallen, 
we advanced against (them) with far more courage. They 
rested about midnight. And about supper-time they ascer- 
tained that the general had been slain. They were not able 
to find the road, co that many perished in wandering. They 
found that whatever food or drink they had, and the greater 
part of their other treasures had been plundered by the ene- 
my, so that they went without supper and breakfast. The 
army halted for breakfast about daybreak. They passed 
this night without food or drink. He filled ten wagons 
with fine flour and wine, that he might distribute food and 
drink to the army. He did not yet distribute food and drink 
to the army, so that extreme want came upon them. The 
king nowhere appeared, until the army provided for them- 
selves fifty wagons full of fine flour and wine. He never 
rode in front of the army. We conjectured that he had de- 
serted to the enemy. We suspected tha he had become a 
traitor to us. It is high time to rest, 








VOCABULARY. 





A. 


Abandon, καταλείπω. 2: 18.— 
Evacuate, ἐκλείπω. 2: 24.— 
Yield up, προΐεμαι. 9: 12.— 
Abandon the idea of, ἀπογι- 
γνώσκω. 7: 19.—Am traitor, 
προδίδωμι. 3: 5. 

Able, ἱκανός. 1: 5.—Am able, 
Suvapyor.—Able to be crossed, 
διαβατός. 4: 18. 

Abounding in, ἔμπλεως. 2: 22. 

About, περὲ 6. acc. 2: 12.—Ine 
designations of number, ὡς. 
2: ἢ, 

Above, ὑπέρ. 10: 
Sev. 4: 4. 

Abundance, supply, ἀφϑονία. 
9: 15. 

Accord,—of one’s own a. ἑκών. 
.--ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομύτου. 2: 17. 
—éx τοῦ αὐτομάτου. 3: 13. 

Accordingly, τοιγαροῦν. 9: 9. 

Accrue, γέγνομαι. 1: 8. 

Accuse, αἰτιῶμαι. 2: 20. 

Acknowledge, ὁμολογῶ. 6: 8. 

Acquainted, become intimate- 
ly a. with, ἐν πείρᾳ γίγνομαι. 
9: 1. 


12.—v7eg- 





Admiral, ναύαρχος. 4: 2. 

Admire, ἄγαμαι. 1:9.—Worthy 
of admiration, ἀγαστός. 9: 
24. 

Adorn, κοσμῶ. 9: 23. 

Adorned with gold, χρυσοῦς. 
2: 27. 

Advance, πρόειμι. 8: 14.—Go 
towards, πρόςειμι. 10: 6.— 
Go against, ἔπειμε. 10: 10. 

Advantage, profit, ὄφελος. 3: 11. 

Advice, γνώμη. 3: 13. 

Advise, συμβουλεύω, c. infin. 
6: 9.—advise with, συμβου- 
λεύομαι, c. dat. 1: 10. 

Adviser, σύμβουλος. 6: 5. 

Affirm, φημί. Often used with 
the infin. having a subject ; 
and also, in the imperf., often 
used like the Latin inquam 
to denote a direct quotation. 

After, ἐπεί, 1: 1.-ἐπειδή. 1: 3. 
—As a preposition, meta c. 
acc. 2: 27. 

Afternoon, δεέλη. 8: 8. 

Afterwards, ὕστερον. 3: 2.— 
Yet, longer, ἔτι, 1: 4. 

Again, av. 6: 7.—Back, back 
again, πάλιν. 1: 3. 








116 VOCABULARY. 


Against, ἐπὶ c. acc. 3: 1.-πρὸς 
c. ace. 1: 8.—eis, 1: 11.—Op- 
posite, avtios, 8: 17. 

Ago, long a. πάλαι, 4; 12. 

Agreement,—make an a. gurti- 
Pear, 9: 7. 

Alike, in like manner, ὁμοίως, 
3: 12. 

All, πάντες.--- ΑἸ together, σύμ- 
παντες. 2: 9. 

Allow, ἐῶ. 4: 7. 

Allowance,—a day’s a. χοῖνιξ, 

Almost, σχεδόν. 10: 15. 

Already, ἤδη. 2: 1. 

Also, καί. 

Altar, βωμός. 6: 7. 

Am, εἰμέ. 

Amashamed, αἰσχύνομαι. 8: 10. 

Am astonished, ϑαυμάζω. 2: 18. 

Am ata loss, ἀπορῶ. 3: 8. 

Am come, ἥκω. 

Am conquered, ἡττῶμαι. 2: 9. 

Am conscious, σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ. 
3: 10. 

Am deceived, ψεύδομαι. 8: 11. 

Am destroying, ruining, Avpai- 
γομαι. 3: 16. 

Am displeased, ay Pope. 

Am engaged in military oper- 
ations, στρατεύομαι. 2: 3. 
Am enraged, ὀργίζομαι. 2° 26. 

Am free from care, ἀμελῶ. 

Am friendly, εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχω. 1: 5. 

Am of good courage, ϑαρῤῥῶ. 
3: 8. 

Am gone, οἴχομαι. 4: 8. 

Am grateful, χάριν οἶδα. 4: 15. 

Am guilty, ἀδικῶ (often in the 
sense of the intrans. perf. as 


Am in haste, σπεύδω. 3: 14 

Am hired, μισϑοῦμαι. 3: 1, 

Am hit with an arrow, tofeve- 
μαι. 8: 20. 

Am hungry, mee. 9: 27. 

Am indignant, χαλεπαΐίνω. 4: 12. 

Am induced, ἐξάγομαι. 8: 21. 

Am informed, αἰσϑάνομαι. 
2: 21. 

Am informed beforehand, προ- 
αισϑύνομαι. 

Am jealous, φιλοτιμοῦμαι. 4: 7 

Am king, βασιλεύω. 1: 4. 

Am perplexed, ἀπορῶ. 3: 8. 

Am pleased, ἡδομαι. 2: 18, 

Am reconciled with, συναλλάτ- 
τομαι πρὸς 6.86. 2: 1. 

Am sad, λυποῦμαι. 3: 8, 

Am silent, σεωπῶ. 3: 2. 

Am a spectator, ϑεωρῶ. 2: 10, 

Am surprised, ϑαυμάζω. 

Am terrified, ἐκπλήττομαι. δ: 
13. 

Am troubled, ἀνεῶμαι. 2: 11. 

Am victorious, νικῶ. 10: 4. 

Am willing, ἐθέλω. 2: 26. 

Ambush,—lie in a évedgev. 
6: 2. 

Anchor,—to lie at a. ὅρμῶ, 
4: 6. 

Anciently, τὸ ἀρχαῖον. 1: 6. 

Anger, ὀργή. 

Announce, ἀγγέλλω. 7: 13.— 
ἀπαγγέλλω. 3: 19,—nagay 
yellow, 8: 32.--διαγγέλλω, 
6: 2, 

Another, addo;.— One another, 
(wanting in the nom.; in the 
gen.) ἀλλήλων. 2: 27. 





ἠδίχηκα is trans ). 


Answer, ἀποχρίνομαι. 3: 20, 


VOCABU 


Anticipate, φϑάνω. 3: 14. 

Anywhere, nov, (enclit.) 2: 
27. 

Apart from, χωρὶς c. gen. 4: 
13.—Without, ἄνευ. 3: 1]. 
~-Away from, ἀπό. 8: 10. 
—To be apart, διέχειν. 8: 17. 

Apiece, lit. to the man, to the 
soldier. 3: 21. 

Appear, φαένομαι (causative in 
the act.), 5: 7.—Ap. before, 
προφαΐνομαι. 8: 1. 

Appoint, τέϑημι. 2: 10.—Make, 
now. 1: 2. 

Apprehend, suspect, ὑποπτεύω. 
1: 1—Seize upon, συλλαμ- 
βάνω. 1: 3. 

Ardor,—with a. προϑύμως. 

Arise, spring up, γίγνομαι. 

Armed with scythes, dgenury- 
φόρος. 8: 10. 

Army, στρατιά. 3: 1.-σστρα- 
tevysa. 1: 7.—The mercen- 
ary army, τὸ ξενικόν. 2: 1. 

Arms, armor, ὅπλα, τά. 2:17. 

Around, megi 6. acc. 6: 4.— 
apgic.acc. 2: 3. ; 

Arrange, tattw, and ovytutto. 
2: 15. 
Arrive, ἀφικνοῦμαι, ἥκω, πάρει- 
μι, παραγίγνομαι. 
As, «—Just as, ὥςπερ 
(strengthened form of ὡς). 
3: 16.—As if, ὡς 6. particip. 
—Such as (relat. pron.), 
oiosarg.—As long as, ἕως. 3: 
11.—As much as possible, 
ὡς μάλιστα with the proper 


LARY. 117 


Make to ascend, ἀναβιβάζω, 
10: 14. 
Ascertain, αἰσϑάνομαι. 2: 21. 


:|}Ask (to find out something), 


ἐρωτῶ, aor. ἠρύμην. 3: 18.— 
(to obtain something) αἰτῶ, 
3: 14,—Entreat, δέομαι. 2: 14. 
Assemble, ἀϑροίζω. 1: 6.— 
Collect, ovvayeigo. 
Assembly, ἐκκλησία. 
To call an assembly, συνά- 
yew ἐκκλησίαν. ὃ: 2. 
Assist, ὠφελῶ. 1: 9.—Render 
assistance, ἀρήγω. 10: 5. 
Assurance, πέστις. 2: 26. 
Assurances, πιστά. 6: 7. 
Assure.—be assured, τὴν 776» 
μην ἔχετε. 3: 6. 
At, ἐν. 1: 9.--ὴἠπὶ c. dat. 2: 
13.—At once, 75n.—At least, 
γέ (enclit.). 6: 8.—At that 
time, τότε. 2: 12.—At the 
same time, ἅμα. 2: 9. 
Attendant, ὑπήκοος, 6: 6. 
Attention,—pay attention to, 
ἐπιμελοῦμαι. 1: 5. 
Avenge myself, τιμωροῦμαι. 
9: 13. 
Axle, ἄξων, 8: 10. 


B. 


Back again, εἰς τοὔμπαλιν. 

Banish, ἐκβάλλω. 1: 7. 

Barbarian. βάρβαρος. 2: 14. 

Bare, ψιλύς. 5: 5.—Make bare 
yids 10: 13. 

Base, xuxoc. 4: 8. 

Battle, wazy-— Without battle 





form of δύναμαι. 
Ascend, ἀναβαίνω. 1: 2-— 


ἀμαχεί. 7 9. 











118 VOCABULARY. 


Be assured, τὴν γνώμην ἔχετε. 
3: θ.-- Τὸ be upon, ἐπεῖναι. 
2: 5. 

Bear, ἄρκτος. 9: 6. 

Beast, ϑηρίον. 2: 7.—Beast of 
burden, ὑποζύγιον. 3: 1. 

Beautiful, καλός. 2: 22. 

Because, om. 7: 18.—Often 
denoted by the participle. 

Before, giv. 4: 13.—Previous- 
ly, πρότερον. 2: 26.—The 
former time, τὸ πρόσϑεν. 10: 
10.—Previous to, πρὸ c. gen. 
7: 13.—To, πρὸς c. ace. 1: 3. 

Beg, entreat, δέομαι. 9: 25. 

Begin, ἄρχομαι. 3: 1.—Begin 
to run, δρόμος γίγνεταί μοι. 
2: 17. 

Behalfi—in behalf of, ὑπὲρ c. 
gen. 3: 4. 

Behind, in the rear of, ὄπισ- 
dev. 7: 9.—Beyond, ὑπέρ. 
—Later, ὕστερος. δ: 14. 
—Leave behind, καταλείπω. 
2: 18. 

Belong to, εἶναι c. gen. 1: 6. 

Benefit, ὠφελῶ. 1: 9. 

Bereft, ἔρημος. 3: 6. 

Besiege, πολιορκῶ. 1: 7. 

Best, ἄριστος. 3: 12, 

Between, through the midst 
(with a verb of motion), διὰ 
μέσου ο. gen. 4: 4.—In the 
midst between (with a verb 
of rest), μεταξὺ c. gen. 7: 16. 
—lInto the midst of (after a 
verb of motion), εἰς μέσον c. 
gen. 5: 14. 

Beyond, ὑπέρ. 1: 9.—On the 


Bid, order, κελεύω. 1: 11. 

Blackness, thick darkness, ps 
davia, 8: 8. 

Blow, πληγή. 5: 11. 

Boat, πλοῖον, 2: 5. 

Boldly, ϑαῤῥαλέως. 9: 19. 

Border, adj., ἔσχατος. 2: 19. 

Both, ἀμφότεροι. 1: 1.—Both 
—and 1é(enclit.)—xai. 1: 9, 
τὲ καί. 1: 3.—xai—xal. 2: 3. 

Bowman, τοξότης. 

Bracelet, ψέλλιον. 2: 27. 

Brave, bold, εὔτολμος. 7: 4. 

Bravest, βέλτιστος. 1: 6. 

Brazen, χαλκοῦς. 2: 16. 

Bread, a loaf of bread, ἄρτος. 
9: 26. 

Breadth, εὖρος, τό. 2: 5. 

Break through, διαχόπτω. 8, 
10. 

Breakfast, ἄριστον. 10: 19. 
—Without breakfast, ava- 
ριστος. 10: 19. 

Breast, στέρνον. 8 : 26. 

Breastplate, Sagat. 8: 6. 

Bridge, γέφυρα. 2: 5. 

Bridle, having a gold-studded 
bridle, χρυσοχάλινος. 2: 27. 

Brother, ἀδελφός. 

Brush-wood, ὕλη. δ: 1. 

Build, erect, oixodoua. 2: 9.— 
Construct, ζεύγνυμι. 2: 5. 
Burn, καίω. 6: 1.—Burn down, 

xataxaio. 4: 10, 

Burnish, ἐχκαϑαίρω. 2: 16 

Bustard, wris. 5: 2. 

Buy, ὠνοῦμαι. aor. ἐπριάμην. 

5: 6. 

By (denoting the agent or 





other side, πέραν. 5 10. 


doer), ὑπὸ c. gen.—By, from 


VOCABULARY. 119 


ἐκ c. gen. 1: 6.—By, com- 
munication from, παρὰ c. gen. 
—To denote the immediate 
and powerful influence of the 
agent; also, insolemn assev- 
eraticnsa, πρὸς 6. gen.—By, 
aiong by, παρὰ c. acc. 2: 13. 
—By land, κατὰ γῆν ; by sea, 
κατὰ ϑάλατταν. 


C. 


Cail, καλῶ. 2: 2.—Call, name, 
καλὼ. 2: 8.—Call together, 
συνύγω. 3: 2. 

Calumniate, διαβάλλω. 1: 3. 

Care,—free from care, adv. 
ἠμελημένως. 

Carry on war, πολεμῶ. 1: 9. 

Cast (missiles) at, βάλλω. 3: 1. 

Catch, ϑηρεύω. 2: 13. 

The cavalry, τὸ ἱππικόν. 9: 31. 

Cave, ἄντρον. 2: 8. 

Cease, παύομαι. 2; 2. 

Centre, μέσον. 8: 13. 

A certain, τὲς (enclit.). 

Character, τρόπος. 2: 11. 

Chariot, war-chariot, ἅρμα. 
2: 16. 

Cheerful, ἡδύς. 4: 9. 

Chiefly, μάλιστα. 6: 5.—t10 
μέγιστον. 3: 10. 

Childhood,—from childhood, 
εὐθὺς παῖς ὧν. 9: 4. 

Choose, αἱροῦμαι, aor. εἱλόμην. 
3: ὅ. 

Cilician woman, Κίλισσα. 2: 12. 

Citadel, ἀκρόπολις. 8.1, 

City, πόλις. 

Close, termination. τελευτή. 9: 


30.—1: ..—To close one’s 
ranks, συστρέφεσϑαι. 10: 6. 
Close to, close by, close upon, 

πρὸς c. dat. 

Cloud, νεφέλη. 8: 8.—Cloud of 
dust, κονιορτός. 8 : 8. 

Coadjutor, συνεργός. 9: 21. 

Cold, χειμών. 7: 6. 

Collect, ἀϑροίζω. 1: 6.—ovi- 
λέγω. 1: 9. 

Come or go, ἔρχομσι, εἷμι.--- 
Arrive, agixvotuat.— Am 
come, 7jxw.—Come on, πρός- 
εἰμι. 8: 11.—Come upon, 
seize, λαμβάνω. 10: 18.— 
Come to one’s assistance, 
παραγίγνομαι. 1: 11.—To 
come to one’s senses, ἐν éuv- 
τῷ γίγνεσθαι. δ: 17. 

Command, προέστηκα. 2: 1.— 
Command (to do something), 
xehevw.—Command an army, 
στρατηγῶ. 3: 15. 

Commander, ἄρχων. 1: 2. 

Companion, table companion, 
ὁμοτράπεζος. 8: 25. 

Company of horse, idm; ὁ. of in- 
fantry, tasi¢:—In companies 
of horse and of infantry, xat 
ἴλας καὶ κατὰ τάξεις. 2: 16. 

Compel, try to compel, βιάζο- 
μαι. 3: 1. 

Competent, ἱκανός. 9: 20. 

Conceal, κρύπτω. 4: 12.—a70- 
κρύπτω. 9: 19.--ἐπεκρύπτω. 
ls 6, 

Concern,-—it concerns, μέλει. 
4: 16. 

Concerning, περὲ c. gen. 2: 8 





Conduct, ἄνω. 














VOCABULARY. 


Confer with, συγχίγνομαι. 1: 9. 
Confess, acknowledge, opodo- 
ya. 6: 8,—It is confessed, 
ὁμολογεῖται. 9: 1, 
Confidence,—place confidence 
in, πιστεύω. 2: 2. 
Confusion, τάραχος. 8: 2. 
Congratulate, εὐδαιμονέζω. 7: 3. 
Conjecture, εἰκάζω. 6: 1. 
Conquer, γικῶ. 2: 8.—Get the 
advantage of, περιγίγνομαι. 
1: 10.—Am conquered, 7t- 
τῶμαι. 2: 9. 
Consent, v. ἐθέλω. 2: 26. 
Consent, ἢ. γγώμη. 3: 13. 
Consider, σκέπτομαι. 3: 11.— 
(For the choice between this 
and oxona@, see Lid. and 
Se. sub σκέπτομαι.) 
Considerable, συχνός. 8: 8. 
Considerably, συχνόν. 8: 10. 
Conspicuously, διαφερόντως. 
9: 14. 
Construct, ζεύγνυμι. 2: 5. 
Conterhporary with any one. 
denoted by ἐπὲ c. gen. 6. g. 
οἱ ἐπὶ Κύρου, those who were 
contemporary with Cyrus. 
Contend, ἐρέζω. 2: 8. 
Contest, ἀγών. 2: 10. 
Continually, denoted by the 
verb διάγω. See 2: 11. 
Continue, diay. 2: 11. 
Contrary to, παρὰ c. acc. 9: 8. 
Contribute, συμβάλλω. 1: 9. 
Corn, σῖτος. 4: 19. 
Costly, πολυτελής. 5: 8. 
Country. χώρα. 1: 11.—Native 
country, πατρίς. 3: 6. 
Courage,—with courage, with 





ardor, adv. προϑύμως, ad). 
πρόϑυμος.---Απὶ of good cour- 
age, ϑαῤῥῶ. 3: 8. 

Cross, διαβαίνω. 2: 6. 

Crown, στέφανος. 7: 7. 

Cry out, βοῶ. 8: 1. 

Cut off, ἐκκόπτω. 4: 10.—Cut 
in pieces, xataxontm. 2: 25. 


D. 


Danger, xévduvos:—Incur dan- 
ger, κινδυνεύω. 9: 14. 

Dangerous, ἐπικένδυνος. 3: 19. 

Darkness, thick darkness, 
blackness, μελανία. 8: 8. 

Dart, παλτόν. 8: 3. 

Day, ἡμέρα :—To-day, τήμερον. 
9: 25.—At break of day, 
ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. 7: 2—Onthe 
next day, τὴ ὑστεραίᾳ. 7: 19. 
—On the ensuing. the follow- 
ing day, τῇ ἐπιούσᾳ ἡμέρᾳ. 
7: 2. 

Decease, τελευτῶ. 1: 3. 

Deceived, am deceived, yevdo- 
μαι. 8: 11. 

Decide, γιγνώσκω. 3: 12.—De- 
cide, vote, ψηφέζω. 4: 15. 
Deep, βαϑύς. 7: 14.—Three 
deep, four deep, etc.—éxi 
τριῶν, ἐπὶ τεττάρων, etc. 2: 15. 

Defend myself against, ἀλέξο- 
μαι. 3: 6. 

Delay, διατρίβω. 5: 9. 

Deliberate, βουλεύομαι. 1: 4. 

Delicious, ἡδύς. 5: 3. 

Demand, αἰτῶς 1: 10.—De- 
mand of, from, ἀπαιτῶ, 2: 11]. 
—Demand in addition, προρ» 


VOCABULARY. 121 


ate. 3: 21—Demand (on 
the ground that it is worthy) 
ἀξιῶ. 1: 8. 

Deny, ov φημι, 3: 1. 

Deprive, ἀφαιροῦμαι. 3: 4.--- 
9: 19.--;ὋΒμερῶ or στερίσκω. 
4: 8. 

Deride, καταγελῶ. 9: 13. 

Descend, καταβαΐνω. 2: 23. 

Descry, καϑορῶ. 8: 26. 

Desert, αὐτομολῶ. 7: 13. 

Deserted, ἔρημος. 5: 4. 

Deserter, αὐτόμολος. 7: 2. 

Desire, ἐπιϑυμῶ. 9: 123.---χρήζω. 
3: 20.—Desire earnestly, 
pray, εὔχομαι. 4: 7. 

Desist, παύομαι. 5: 17. 

Destroy, am destroying, λυμαΐ- 
γομαι. 3: 16. 

Destruction, ὄλεϑρος. 2: 26. 

Difficult,—difficult to pass, duc- 
mogeutos. 5: 7. 

Difficulties, πράγματα, 3: 3. 

Difficulty, embarrassment, ἀπο- 
gia, 3: 13, For the plural 
see the foregoing word. 

Dig, ὀρύττω. 5: 5. 

Diligent, μελετηρός. 9: 5. 

Direction—in this direction, 
ταύτῃ. 10: 6. 

Discipline, εὐταξία, 

Discover, see, ἐνορῶ. 3: 15. 

Disgraceful, αἰσχρός. 9: 3. 

Dismiss, apinus. 3: 19. 

Displeased,—I am displeased, 
ἄχϑομαι. 1: 8. 

Dispute, ἀμφιλέγω. 5: 11. 

Distribute, διαδίδωμι. 9: 22. 

Ditch, τάφρος. 7: 14. 

Do, πράττω (either trans. or 





intrans.), ποιῶ (trans.):—Do 
well by, do good, εὖ ποιῶ. 6: 
9. ἀγαϑὸν ποιῶ. 9: 11.—Do 
harm, κακῶς ποιῶ, and κακὸν 
now. 9: 11.—Do homage 
to, προςκυνῶ (from πρὸς and 
κυνῶ I kiss). 6: 10. 

Door, Suga. 2: 11. 

Draw, σπάω. 8: 29.—Draw 
down, drag down, κατασπάω. 
9: 6—Draw away from, 
ἀποσπάω. 8: 13. ἀποσπάο- 
μαι. 5: 3.—Draw up, arrange, 
tutta. 2: 15.—Draw up (to- 
gether, in order of battle), 
συντάττω. 10: 5. 

Drink, 5. ποτόν. 10: 18. 

Drink, ν. πένω ; drink up, ἐχπί» 
yo. 9: 25. 

Drive, ἐλαύνω. 8: 10.—Drive 
out, ἐξελαύνω. 3: 4. 

Due, pass. of ὀφεέλω. 

Dug. ὀρυκτύς. 7:14. 

Dwell, οἰκῶ, 1: 9.—Dwell in, 
évouxw), 2: 24. 


E. 


Each, ἕκαστος. 

Eagle, ἀετός. 10: 12. 

Earlier, πρότερον. 

Effect,—effect an entrance, ste 
βάλλω. 2: 21. 

Efficient,—most efficient. xga- 
τιστος. 9: 20. 

Either—or, 7—7- 3: 5.—In ei- 
ther direction, ἑκατέρωσε. 8: 
14. 

Elder, δά]. πρεσβύτερος. 1: 1 

Elude, ἀποδιδράσκω. 4: 8, 











122 VOCABULARY. 


Embark, ἐμβαίνω. 4: 7. 
Embarrassment, ἀπορία. 3: 13. 
Employ, χράομαι. 3: 18. 
Empty (of a river), ἐμβάλλω. 
2: 8. 
Encamp, στρατοπεδεύω. 3: 7. 
Enclose, fold around, περεπτίύσ- 
ow, 10: 9. 
Encompass, περιέχω. 2: 2: 
Endeavor, πειρῶμαι. 1: 7. 
Endure, ἀνέχομαι. 7: 4. 
Enemy, πολέμιος. 3: 12.—Pri- 
vate enemy, ἐχϑρός. 3: 12. 
Engaged in military opera- 
tions, στρατεύομαι. 2: 3. 
Enjoin upon, προςτάττω. 9: 18. 
Enraged.—am enraged, ogyi- 
ζομαι. 2: 26. 
Enter, εἰσέρχομαι. 2: 21. 
Enterprise, πρᾶξις. 3: 16. 
Entreat, δέομαι. 1: 10. 
Envied, ζηλωτός. 7: 4. 
Envy, v. φϑονῶ. 9: 19. 
Equal, an equal in age, ἡλικεώ- 
της. 9: 5. ' 
Equipment, στύλος. 2. 3. 
Escape, ἐχφεύγω. 3: 2.—uto- 
φεύγω. 4: 8. 
Especially, μάλιστα. 6: 5.— 
διαφερόντως. 9: 14. 
Establish, καϑίστημι. 1: 3. 
Esteem, think, νομίζω. 2: 27. 
Evacuate, ἐκλείπω. 2: 24. 
Even, xoi.—Not even, οὐδέ. 3: 
12.—In an even line, ὁμαλῶς 
8: 14. 
Evil-doer, xaxotgyos. 9: 13. 
Every, πᾶς.---ΟΥ̓ every vari- 
ety, παντοδαπός. 2; 22.—On 
every side, πάντῃ. 2: 22. 


3 


Exceedingly, ἰσχυρῶς. 2: 2). 

Except, εἰ μή, 4: 18.---πλήν 
8: 25. 

Excessively, σφοδρά. 10: 18, 

Execution, death, ϑάνατος. 6: 
10. 

Exhibit, ἐπιδεέκνυμαι. 9: 16 

Exhort, κελεύω. 

Exile, φυγάς. 1: 9.—o φεύγων. 
1: 7.---ὸ ἐκπεπτωχως. 1: 7. 
Expedient,—it seems expedi- 

ent, δοκεῖ. 

Expedition,—I make an expe- 
dition against, στρατεύομαι 
εἰς. 1: 11.—Joinin an expedi- 
tion against, συστρατεύομαι 
ἐπὶ α. acc. 4: 3. 

Expel, ἐκβάλλω. 1: 7. 

Express, λέγω. 2: 1], 

Extend from, ἀποτείνω. 8: 10. 
Extend beyond, ἔξω yiyveo- 
Jus. 8: 23.—Extend down 
καϑήκειν. 4: 4. 

Eye, ὀφϑαλμός. 8: 27. 


F, 


Face about, ἀναστρέφω. 10: 8, 

Fail, ἐπιλείπω. 5: 6. 

Faithful, πιστός. 

Fall, xiatw.—Fall in with, é- 
τυγχάνω. 2: 37.---συντυγχάνω. 


10; 8.—Fall upon, ἐπεπέπτω. 


8: 2.—Fall upon (lit. fall 
arov.nd, not in ἃ hostile 
seuse), περιπέπτω. 8: 28. 

Fa’se,—prove false, am false 
to, ψεύδομαι. 3: 5, 





Yar off, πόῤῥω. 3: 12.—-Fur 


VOCABULAAY. 123 


much (an intensive word), 
πολύ. 10: 10. 

Fare, v. πράττω. 9: 10. 

Father, πατήρ. ᾿ 

Favor,—receive favors, εὖ πάσ- 
χω. 3: 4. 

Fear, v. δέδοικα or δέδια.---φο- 
βοῦμαι. 9: 9. 

Fear, n. φόβος. 2: 18. 

Fearlessly, ἀδεῶς. 9: 13. 

Feet,—hundred feet, πλέϑρον. 

Fellow-soldier, συστρατιώτης. 
2: 26.—Fellow-soldiers! av- 
dors στρατιῶται. 3: 3. 

Few, ὀλίγοι. 

Fidelity, πιστότης. 8: 29. 

Fight, μάχομαι. 5: 9. 

Fill up, πέμπλημι. 5: 10. 

Filled, μεστὸς. 4: 19. 

Finally, τέλος. 9: 6. 

Find, εὑρέσκω. 2: 25.—Find, 
catch, καταλαμβάνω. 10: 18. 
Light upon, ἐπιτυγχάνω. 9: 25 

Fine-flavored, sweet, ἡδύς. 9: 
25.—Fine flour, ἄλευρον. 10: 
18, 

First—after that, πρῶτον pér— 
εἶτα δέ. 2: 16. 

Fish, ἰχϑύς. 4: 9. 

Flay, éxdeigw. 2: 8. 

Flee, φεύγω (fut. mid.).—Flee 
for refuge, καταφεύγω. 5: 13. 

Flourishing, εὐδαίμων. 5: 10. 

Flow, dew. 2: 7.—Flow round, 
περιῤῥέω. 5: 4. 

Fly, πέτομαι. 5: 3. 

Follow, ἕπομαι. 3: 6. 

Following. ἐπιών. The foll »w- 
ing day. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα ἡμέρα. 7 2. 

Folly, εὐήϑεια, 3: 16. 





Fond of learning φιλομαϑής 
9: 5. 

Food, σιτίον. 10: 18. 

Foolish, εὐήϑης. 3: 16. 

Foot, πούς. 5: 3.—Foot forces, 
πεζοί. 10: 193.---δύναμις πεζή. 
3: 12.—On foot, πεζῇ. 4: 18. 

For, on account of; often de- 
noted by the gen. without a 
prep.—dia c. ace. 8: 29.— 
ἕνεκα 6. gen, 9: 21.—For the 
sake of, ἕνεκα c. gen. 5: 9.— 
For, to; oftener denoted by 
the dat. case.—eis. 1: 9.— 
For (an end in view), ἐπὲ c. 
dat. 3: 1.—For, conj. γάρ 
(postpos.).—For what? τέ; 
acc. synec. 3: 18. 

Forage, χιλός. δ: 7. 

Force.—by force, Big. 4: 4.— 
Try to force, βιάζομαι. 3: 1. 
Force a passage, εἰςβάλλω. 
2: 21. 

Forces, δύναμις. 1: 6.—Foot, 
equestrian, naval forces, δύ- 
γαμις πεζή, ἱππική, ναυτική. 
3: 12. 

Fordable, διαβατὸς πεζῇ. 4: 18. 

Foreign friend, ξένος. 

Foreign soldier, ξένος. 

Foremost, the foremost, οὗ 
πρόσϑεν. 

Form, σχῆμα. 10: 10. 

Former, πρότερος. 4: [2.-.- 
πρύσϑεν. 

Formerly, πρόσϑεν. 3: 18. 

Fortified, ἐρυμνός. 2: 8. 

Fortress, wall, τεῖχος. 4: 4, 

Forward, εἰς 10 πρόσϑεν. 10: 5 
—Go forward, πρόειμι. 2:17 





124 VOCABULARY. 


Move forward (intrans. ), ἐπε- 
χωρῶ. 2: 17. 

Forward, ν. ἀποπέμπω. 1: 

Fountain, κρήνη. 2: 13. 

Free, ἐλεύϑερος.-- ΕἾ trom 
care, adv. ἡμελημένως. 

Freedom, ἐλευϑερέία. 7: 3. 

Freely,—speak freely, exhibit, 
ἀποφαίνομαι. 6: 9. 

Frequently, πολλάκις. 2: 11. 

Friend, φίλος. 1: 2.—To be 
treated as a friend, ἀγαπᾶσ- 
Pat. 9: 29. 

Friendly, —am friendly, εὐνοΐ.- 
κῶς. ἔχω. 1: 5.—Ina friendly 
manner, πρὸς φιλίαν. 3: 19. 

Friendship, φιλία. 3: 5. 

From, away from, ἀπό.--Οὐἱ 
of. éx.—Communication from 
(before the name of a per- 
son, denoting agency), παρὰ 
c. gen. 

Front,—in front of, πρό. 2: 17. 

Frontier, ad}. ἔσχατος. 2: 19. 

Fugitive, the fugitive, ὃ φεύ- 
yor. 

Fall, πλήρης. 2: 7.—Half full, 
ἡμιδεής. 9: 25.—Full, com- 
plete, ἐντελής. 4: 13.—To be 
fall, πλήϑειν. 8: 1. 


8, 


G. 


Ga'n, κέρδος. 9: 17.—To be 
greedy of gain, φιλοκερδεῖν. 


General, orgarnyos.—Act as 
general, στρατηγῶ, 3: 15. 
Get, τυγχάνω. 4: 15. 

Gilt, δῶρον. 2: 27. 

Girdle, ζώνη. 6: 10. 

Give, δίδωμι.---ἀποδίδωμι. 2: 
11.—Give orders, nagayyed. 
do. 1: 6.—Give out, grow 
weary, ἀπαγορεύω. δ: 3.— 
Give permission, ἐπιτρέπω. 
2: 19.—Give trouble, πράγ- 
pata παρέχω. 1: 11.—Give 
way, ἐκκλίνω. 8: 19.—Give 
way, give place to, ὑποχωρῶ, 
4: 18, 

Gladly, ἡδέως. 2: 2. 

Go, ἔρχομαι, εἶμι. 2: 11.—Aul- 
yo, πορεύομαι. 2; 1.—Goup, 
ἀναβαίνω. 1: 2.—Go down, 
καταβαίνω. 2: 22,—Godown, 
set (of the sun), δύεσϑαι. 10: 
15.—Go along, παρέρχομαι. 
4: 4.—Go forward, πρόειμι. 
2: 17.—Go in, εἰφέρχομσι. 
2: 21.—Go from, ἀπέρχομαι. 
9: 29.—Go further, ἰέναι τοῦ 
πρόσω. 3: 1—Go against, 
ἰέναι ἐπὶ cc. acc. 3: 1.—Go 
over, διαβαίνω. 2: 6.—Go on 
board (a ship), ἐμβαίνω. 4: 
7.—Go into the power of, 
ἔρχομαΐ tive εἰς χεῖρας. 2: 26. 
—Let go, ἀφέημι. 3: 19. 

Golden, adorned with gold, 
χρυσοῦς. 2: 27.—Having ὃ 





9: 16. 
Garrison, φυλακή. 1: 6. 
Gates, πύλαι. 
Gazelle, dogxas. 5: 2. 


gold-studded bridle, zgvao- 
| χάλινος. 2: 27. 

|Gone,—am gone, οἴχομαι. 4: 8 
| Good, ayados.—It seems good 


| δοκεῖ. 2: 1. 


VOCABULARY. 126 


Goodress, ἀρετή. 4: 8. 

Goose, χήν. 9: 26. 

Govern, προέστηκα. 2: 1.---ἄρ- 
χω, 4: 10. 

Gevernor, ὃ agzur.—One who 
has been governor, ὁ ἄρξας. 
4: 10, 

Government, ἀρχή. 1: 3. 

Grapple with, συμπέπτω. 9: 6. 

Grateful,—am grateful, χάριν 
οἶδα. 4: 15. 

Grave, τύφος. 6: 11. 

Greater, μείζων, comp. of μέγας. 
The greater part, τὸ πολύ. 
4: 13. 

Grecian (lit. of the Greeks) 
gen. plur. of ““AAnr. 

Greek, “Any. 2: 14.—In the 
Greek language, “βλληνικῶς. 
8: 1. 

Ground,—on the ground that, 
ὡς 6. particip. 

Guard, s. φύλαξ (denoting a 
single person); φυλακή (col- 
lective); — Body-guard = 
guards about one’s self, pu- 
λακες περὶ ἑαυτὸν or -τήν. 2: 
12, 

Guard, v. φυλάττω. 2: 1. 

Guest, ξένος. 

Guilty,—am guilty, ἀδικῶ. 


H. 


Half ἥμισυς. 8: 2323.---ἶμισυ, τό. 
9: 26.—Half eaten, ἡμέβρω-. 
τος. 9: 26.—Half full, ἡμιδε- 
ἧς. 9: 25.—Half more, ἡμιό- 
λιον. 3: 21. 


stand, ἵσταμαι. 10: 12.—Halt, 
unloose, καταλύω. 8: 1. 

Hand, χείρ. 8: 3—Onthe other 
hand, av, 10: δ, 

Hang up, χρεμάννυμι, 2: 8. 

Happen, τυγχάνω. 1: 2. 

Happy. εὐδαίμων.--- hink, pro- 
nounce happy, εὐδαιμονίζω 
7: 3. 

Hard, harsh, χαλεπός. 3: 12. 

Harm, injure. ἀδικῶ. 4: 9, 

Haste, σπουδή.--- ἢ much 
haste, πολλῇ σπουδῆ. 8: 4.— 
Am in haste, σπεύδω. 3; 14. 

Hasten, ὁρμῶμαι. 2: 5. 

Have, ἔχω. 2: 1.—tors μοι. 2: 
1.—I have, there is born to 
me, γίγνεταί μου. 1; 1. 

Hay, χόρτος. 5: 5. 

Head, κεφαλή. 8: 6. 

Hear, hear of, axovw, 2: 5. 

Heat, καῦμα. 7: 6. 

Heavy-armed-man, ὁπλίτης. 

Heights, ἄχρα, τά. 2: 21. 

Helmet, xgavos. 2: 16. 

Helper, συνεργός. 9: 21. 

Here, αὐτοῦ. 3: 11—Hither 
(after a verb of mo*ion), δεῦ- 
go. 3: 19. 

Hereupon, ἐκ τούτου. 2: 17. 

Hill, γήλοφος. 5: 8. 

Hinder, χωλίω. 3: 16. 

Hired,—am hired, μισϑοῖμαι. 

eet. 

Hit, (with a dart or javelin,) 

axovtita. 8: 27—Am hit 

w:th an arrow, τοξεύομαι. 8 

20. 

Homage,—do homage to, προς:- 





Halt, χαϑέζομαι. 5: 9.—Halt, 


xur@. 6: 10. 














VOCABULARY. 


Home, homeward, οἴκαδε (after 
verbs of motion). 2: 2.—At 
home, οἴκοι. 1: 10. 

Honor, s. τιμή. 9: 29.—v. τιμῶ. 
9: 28.—Honor before, prefer 
in honor, προτιμῶ. 6: 5. 

Honorable, τίμιος. 2: 27. 

Hope, ἐλπίς. 2: 11. 

Horse, iamos.—On_ horseback 
(with verbs signifying to 
ride, to proceed, ὀχεῖσϑαι, 
ἐλαύνειν, etc.) ἐφ᾽ ἵππου: (with 
verbs meaning to fight (μά- 
χεσϑαι), to hunt (Pygever), 
ag ἵππου, ἀπὸ ἵππου. 2: 7. 

Horseman, ἱππεύς. 5: 3. 

Hostile, πολέμιος. 2: 19. 

How, in a direct question, πῶς ; 
in an indirect, ὅπως. 3: 11. 

Hunger, λιμός. 5: 5. 

Hunt, ϑηρείω. 2: 7. 


1. 


l, denoted by the termination 
of the verb. If any empha- 
sis rests upon it, ἐγὼ is ex- 
pressed. 3: 5.—I for my part, 
I at least, ἔγωγε. 3: 18. 

If εἰ (before the indic. and op- 
tat.); ἐὰν (before the sub- 
junct.). 

tll, badly, xaxes.—I fare ill, 
κακῶς nmoattw.—lI treat ill. 
κακῶς ποιῶ. 

Immediately, εὐθύς. 5: 8.—av- 
aixa (only of future time). 
8: 2. 

implacable, zadencs. 3: 12. 


Implicit] y,—most implicitly, as 
much as possible, 7 δυνατὸν 
μάλιστα. 3: 15. 

Impose, inflict, ἐπιτέϑημι. 3: 10, 

Impost, δασμός. 1: 8. 

Impracticable, impassable, «- 
μήχανος. 2: 21. 

In, into, εἰς c. acc. (after a verb 
of motion).—In, ἐν c. dat. 
{after a verb of rest).—In 
front of, πρὸ c. gen. 2: 17. 

Income, revenue, πρόφοδος. 9: 
19. 

Indeed, δή. 3: 5. 

Indignant,—am indignant, za- 
λεπαίνω. 4: 12. 

Induced,—am induced, éuyo- 
μαι. 8: 21. 

Inevitable,—it is inevitable, 
avayxn. 6: 8. 

Infest, πράματα παρέχω. 1: 11. 

Inflict,—inflict punishment, 4é- 
κην ἐπιτίϑημι. 3: 10.—Inflict 
blows, πληγὰς ἐμβάλλω. 5: 11. 

Inhabitants, οἱ ἐνοικοῦτες c. ace. 
or οἰκοῦντες ἐν c, dat. 2: 24. 

Injure, ἀδικῶ (trans. or intrans. 
in the pres.). 3: 10. 

Inner, ἔσωϑεν, 4: 4. 

Innkeepers, of τὰ καπηλεῖα 
ἔχοντες. 2: 24. 

Inspect, xatacxond (fut. and 
aor. common. supplied from 
κατασκέπτομαι). 5: 12. 

Instead of, in preference to 
artic. gen. 7: 3. 

Intelligent, σοφός. 10: 2. 

Interpreter, éguqrevs. 2: 17 





lonian, Ἰωνικός. 1% 6. 


VOCABULARY. 127 


J. 


Jealous,—am jealous, φιελοτι- 
povpar, 4: 7. 

Join in an expedition against, 
συστρατεύομαι ἐπὲ ο. acc. 4: 3, 
—Join in a war against, ovp- 
πολεμῶ πρὸς c. acc. 4: 2. 

Journey, ὁδός, 7. 

Judge, 8. κριτής. 

Judge, ν. κρένω. 9: 30.---γιγνώσ- 
κω. 3: 12, 

Just, δίκαιος. 3: 5.—Just as, 
ὥςπερ. 3: 16. 

Justice, δικαιοσύνη. 9: 16. 

Justly, what is just, δίκαια 
(neut. plur. of δίκαιος). 3: 5. 


K. 


Keeping,—in keeping with, 
πρὸς c. gen, 2: 11]. 

King, Bavdevc.—Am king, βα- 
σιλεύω. 1: 4. 

Kingdom, βασιλεία, ἡ. 1: 3. 

Kinsman, συγγενής. 6: 10. 

Knee, γόνυ, τό. 5: 13.—Upon 
the knees (after a verb of mo- 
tion), πρὸς τὰ γόνατα. 5: 13. 

Know, οἶδα. 3: 5.—Know well, 
ev oida.—Know well, know 
how, am acquainted with, 
ἐπίσταμαι. 3: 12. 7: 3: 25. 
—Know, decide, judge, χι)- 
γωσχω. 3: 12. 

Knowledge,— without the 
knowledge of, λάϑρα c. gen. 


3: 8. 
L. 
Laborious, ἐπίπονος. 3: 19. 





Land, yij.—By land, κατὰ γῆν. 

Land, v. ἀποβιβάζω (trans.) 
4: 5. 

Language,—in the Greek lan- 
guage, Ἑλληνικῶς. 8: 1. 

Large, μέγας. 

Late,—am too late for, ὑστερῶ 
6. gen. 7: 12. 

Later, adj. ὕστερος.--- Adv. ὕστε- 
gor.—A little later, ov πολὲ 
ὕστερον, 5: 16. 

Laughter, γέλως. 2: 18, 

Lay up, κατατέϑεμαι (reflex.). 
3: 3. 

Lead, éyw.—Lead away, ἀπά- 
yo. 3: 14.—Lead out, lead 
forth, éayw. 6: 10.—Lead 
towards, προςάγω. 10: 9. 

Leader, guide, ἡγεμών. 3: 16. 

Leap down, xatanedw. 8: 3. 

Learn, μανϑάνω. 9: 4.—xate- 
μανϑάνω. 9: 3, 

Learning,—fond of learning, 
φιλομαϑής. 9: 5. 

Leave, λείπω, 2: 21.—Leave an 
interval (of space or time), 
διαλείπω. 8: 10.—Leave be- 
hind, καταλείπω. 2: 18.— 
Leave behind, leave remain- 
ing, ὑπολεέπω. 2; 25,—Leave 
off, cease, παύομαι. 2: 2. 

Left, εὐώνυμος. 2: 15.—The 
(part) left, τὸ ἐπιλεεπόμενον 
8: 18. 

Leisure, σχολή. 6: 9. 

Lest, μή. 

Letter, ἐπιστολή. 6: 3. 

Level, ouados. 5: 1. 

Levy, 5. συλλογή. 1: 6. 

Levy, v. συλλέγω. 1: 7 








128 VOCABULARY. 


Liberty, ἐλευϑερία. 7: 3. 

Lie, κεῖμαι. 8, 27.—Lie in am- 
bush, ἐνεδρεύω. 6: 2. 

Lieutenant, ὕπαρχος. 8: 5. 

Life, βίος. 1: 1.—One’s life, τὸ 
σῶμα. 9: 12. 

Lift up, αἴρω. 5: 3. 

Light-armed-man, χυμνήτης. 
2: 3. 

Like, similar to, παραπλήσιος. 
3: 18.—In accordance with, 
πρὸς c. gen. 2: 11.—Just as, 
ὥςπερ. 8: 29. 

Like, am pleased with, ἥδομαι. 
9: 26. 

Live, gain a subsistence, fu. 
5: 5.—Live upon, diayiyvo- 
μαι ἐσϑίων. 5: 6—Dwell, 
οἰκῶ. 1: 9. 

Lofty, ὑψηλός. 2: 22. 

Long, paxgos.—A long time, 
πολὺς χρόνος. 9: 25.—Long 
ago, πάλαι. 4: 12.—As long 
as, ἕως. 3: 11. 

Longer, yet, ἔτι. 3: 9.—No 
longer, οὐκέτι, μηκέτι. 

Look, βλέπω. --- Look away. 
ἀποβλέπω. 8: 14. 

Loth,—am loth, ὀκνῶ. 3: 17. 

Love, φελῶ. 9: 28. 


M. 


Magnificently, μεγαλοπρεπῶς. 
δ: 17, 

Make (for myself), ποιοῦμαι. 
Make an expedition against, 
στρατεύομαι εἷς. 1: 11.—To 
make one’s head-quarters at, 
ὁρμᾶσϑαι ἐκ, etc. 1: 9.— 


Make of the highest impor 
tance, περὲ πλείστου ποιοῦμαι 
9: 7.—Make war, πολεμῶ. 1 
5, 8, 9, L1.—1ov πόλεμον ποιοῦ" 
μαι. 5: 9.—Make an agree 
ment with, συντίϑεμαι. 9: 7 
—Make a treaty, σπένδομαι 
9: 7. 

Man, homo, ἄγϑρωπος, vir, ἀνήρ. 
2: 20. 

Manage, 7gattw.—Dispose, δι- 
ατέϑημι. 

Manager, οἰκονόμος. 9: 19. 

Manifest, δῆλος. 

Manifestly. clearly, σαφῶς. 4: 
18, 

Manifold more, πολλαπλύσιος. 
7:3 

Many, nmolioi.i-As many as 
possible, ὅτε πλεῖστοι. 1: 11. 

March, πορεύομαι. --- March, 
(spoken of the general), 
ἐξελαύνω. — March against, 
στρατεύομαι εἰς. 1: 1]. 

Market, market-place, ἀγορά. 
2: 10. 

The market-men, οὗ ἐκ τῆς a 
γορᾶς. 2: 18. 

Master of, ἐγκρατής. 7: 7. 

Meat, flesh, xgéa (nom. sing. 
κρέας). 5: 3. 

’Meet, συναντῶ, 8: 15.—évtvy- 
χάνω. 8: 1. 

Mentioned,—have mentioned, 

εἴρηκα. 2: 5, (A defective verb 
pres. supplied by gyi fut. 
ἐρῶ.) 

Mercenary, ξένος. 1: 10.-͵μεσ- 





ϑοφόρος. 4: 3.—The merce- 
nary army, τὸ ξενικόν. 3: 1. 


VOCABULARY. 12S 


Merchant-ship, odxas. 4: 6, 

Messenger, ἄγγελος. 2: 21. 

Midnight, — about midnight, 
περὶ μέσας νύχτας. 7: 1. 

Midst, μέσος, cf. inconstruction 
Lat. medius. When the ar- 
ticle stands before it, we 
translate it, the middle, the 
central ; in the midst of, at 
the midst of, κατὰ μέσον. 7: 
14.—In the midst between, 
(with a verb of rest), μεταξὺ 
c. gen. 7: 16—(Aftera verb 
of motion), διὰ μέσου c. gen. 
4: 4, 

Milesian, Μιλήσιος. 

Military,—am engaged in mili- 
tary operations, στρατεύομαι. 
2: 3. 

Mill-stone, ὕνος ἀλέτης. 5: 5. 

Millet, μελίνη. — Millet-flour, 
σῖτος μελίνης. 5: 10. 

Mind, advice, γγώμη. 6: 9. 

Mingle, κεράννυμι. 2: 13. 

Mischief,—do mischief to, xa- 
κῶς ποιῶ. 

Missing, ἀφανής. 4: 7. 

Mock, καταγελῶ. 9: 13. 

Money, χρήματα. 1: 9. 

Month, μήν. 1: 10. 

Monthly, month by month, 
κατὰ μῆνα. 9: 17. 

More, μᾶλλον comp. of μάλα.--- 
πλέον comp. of πολύ. 2: 11. 
—More, yet, ἔτι. 6: 8. 

Morning, &ws.—The following 
morning, 7 ἐπιοῦσα ἕως. 7: 1. 

Most, the very most, om πλεῖσ- 
tow 1: 11. 

Mostly. σχεδόν. 8: 95. 


Mother, μήτηρ. 1: 3. 

Mount (a horse), ἀναβαίνω ἐπὶ 
c.ace. 8: 8, 

Mountain, ὄρος. 

Move forward (intrans ), ἐπε- 
χωρῶ, 2: 17. 

Much, wodve.—Much mw wes 
χρήματα πολλά. 2: 12. 

Mud, πηλός. 5: 7. 

Multitude, πλῆϑος. 7: 4. 


N. 


Name. 5. ὄνομα. 2: 23.—Name 
call, v. καλῶ. 2: 8. 

Narrow, στενός. 4: 4.—Narrow 
place, στενοχωρία. 5: 7. 

Narrowly, a little, μικρόν. 3: 2. 

Nation, ¢9vo¢.—Nation by na- 
tion, κατὰ ἔϑνῃ. 8: 9. 

Near, ἐγγύς. 

Necessary,—it is necessary, 
unavoidable, avayxyn.—lIt is 
necessary, needed, det.—It is 
necessary, expedient, ζρή- 
3: 11. 

Neck, τράχηλος. 5: 8. 

Necklace, στρεπτός. 2: 27. 

Need,—em in need, δέομαι. 9: 
21. 

Neglect, ἀμελῶ. 3: 11. 


«| Never, οὔποτε (com. with the 


future), οὐδέποτε (com. with 

the pres. or fut.) οὐδεπώποτε 

(only with the past) ; μήποτε, 

μηδέποτε and μηδεπώποτε are 

used when the sense requires 

this form of the negative. 
1: 4.—6: 2. 





Next, ἐχόμενος. 8: 4.—On the 








130 VOCABULARY. 


next day, τὴ ὑστεραίᾳ (56. 
ἡμέρᾳ). 2: 21. 

No longer, οὐκέτι, μηκέτι. 

No one, οὐδεις, μηδείς, 

Noise, ϑόρυβος. 8: 16. 

Nonsense, φλυαρία. 3: 18, 

North, ἄρκτος. 7: 6. 

Not, ov; ovx (before the smooth 
breathing); οὐχ (before a 
rough breathing) ; ov (when 
it is the last word in the 
clause) ; μή (when the sense 
requires this form of the 
negative). Not yet, οὔπω, 
μήπω. 

Nothing, οὐδέν, μηδέν. 

Notice, remembrance, ὑπύμνη- 
μα. 6: 3. 

Now, viv: now, already, ἤδη. 

Nowhere, οὐδαμοῦ. 10: 16. 

Numbers, πλῆϑος. 7: 4. 


O. 


Obey, πεέϑομαι. 2: 2.—Render 
obedience, πειϑαρχῶ. 9: 17. 

Obliquely, sis πλάγιον. 8: 10. 

Observe, ϑεωρῶ. 2: 10.—Ob- 
serve, see, ὁρῶ aor. εἶδον. 2: 
18.—Descry, καϑορῶ. 10: 14. 
—Fix the attention on, xata- 
vou. 2: 4. 

Obtain, τυγχάνω. 4: 15.—Ob- 
tain in return, dytuyogatw. 
5: 5. 

Occupy, ἔχω. 2: 15. 

Of, commonly denoted by the 
gen.—Of one’s own accord, 
ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου. 2: 17.— 
ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου. 3: 13. 





Offender, evil-doer, xaxovgyos 
9: 13. 

Often, πολλάκις. 

On, énic. gen. ἐφ᾽ ἅρματος. 2: 
16.—éni c. acc. (after a verb 
of motion). 2: 22.—On horse- 
back, ag ἵππου, ἀπὸ ἵππου. 
2: 7. This phrase is used 
with ϑηρεύω, μάχομαι and 
wherever from may be pred- 
icated. Otherwise, as with 
ἐλαύνειν and ὀχεῖσϑαι, ἐφ᾽ ἵπ- 
που is used.—On the next 
day, τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ. 2: 21.—On 
foot, πεζῇ. 4: 18.—On ac- 
count of, often denoted by 
the gen. without a preposi- 
tion.—évexa c. gen. 9: 21.— 
διὰ c. accusative—On this 
account, dia τοῦτο. 2: 8. 

Once, on a certain occasion, 
ποτέ (enclit.). 5: 7.—Once 
for all, ἅπαξ. 9: 10,—At 
once, ἤδη. 

One, sig; a certain one, tis (en- 
clit.).—One of opposite party, 
ἀντιστασιώτης. 1: 10. 

Onset, σύνοδος. 10: 7. 

Openly, φανερός. 6: 8.—Openly 
at least, ἔν ye τῷ φανερῷ. 3: 
21. 

Opportunely, εἰς τὸ δέον. 3: 8. 

Oppose, κωλύω. 2: 21. 

Opposed to, along by, κατὰ Cs 
acc. 8: 21. 

Opposite, xatartimégas ὁ. gen. 
1: 9.—avtios. 8: 17.—One 
of opposite party, ἀνειστασι- 
ὠτης. 1: 10. 

Oppress, πιέζω. 1: 10, 


VOCABULARY. 131 


Order, v. xeAevw.—Give orders, 
παραγγέλλω. 1: 6. 

Order, law, νόμος. 2: 15.—Ar- 
rangement, military order, 
τάξις. 2: 18.—In order that, 
ἵνα, ὡς, ὁπως. 

Ornament, κόσμος. 9: 23. 

Ostrich, στρουϑὸς ἡ μεγάλη. 
δ: 2. 

Other, ἄλλος :---ξιερος. 2: 20. 
This word denotes a more 
marked difference than ἄλλος. 

Ought, denoted by χρή. 4: 14; 
also, by δεῖ and the verbal 
In -τεος. 

Out of, éx, ἐξ (before a vowel). 
—Out of the way, ἐκποδών. 
To put out of the way, éx- 
ποδὼν ποιεῖσϑαι. 6: 9. 

Outery, κραυγή. 2: 17. 

Outer, the outer, ὁ ἔξω. 4: 4. 
Overcome, νικῶ. 2: 8—Sur- 
pass, περιγίγνομαι. 1: 10. 

Overpower, βιάζομαι. 4: 5. 

Overthrow, καταστρέφω. 9: 14. 

Owe, ὀφείλω. 2: 11. 


P. 


Palace, βασίλεια, τά. 2: 7. 

Palm-tree, going. δ: 10.— 
Fruit of the palm-tree, Bud- 
avog 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ φοίνικος. 5: 10. 

Park, παράδεισος. 2: 7. 

Part, specimen, μέρος. 5: 8.— 
The greater part, τὸ πολύ. 
4: 13. 

Partridge, πέρδιξ. δ: 3. 

Pass, 8. εἰςβολή. 2: 21. 

Pasa, spend, (of time) διαγίγνο 


μαι. 10: 19,—Pass along, πα' 
θέρχομαι. 8: 16. 

Passage, πάροδος. 4: 4.—Pas- 
sage over, ὑπερβολή. 2: 25. 
—Force a passage, εἐςβαλλω. 
2: 21. 

Paternal, πατρῷος. 7: 6. 

Pay, μισϑύς. 

Pay, v. μισϑὸν δίδωμι. 1: 10.— 
μισϑὸν ἀποδίδωμι. 2: 12.— 
Pay attention to, ἐπεμελοῦμαι. 
1: 5. 

Paymaster, μισϑοδύτης. 3: 9. 

Peace,—make peace with, xa- 
ταλύω πρὸς c. acc. 1: 10. 

Perceive, αἰσϑάνομαι. --- Per- 
ceive beforehand, προαισϑά- 
vouot. 1: 7. 

Perish, ἀπόλλυμαι (trans. in the 
act.) ;—anodrncxw. 9: 31. 

Permit, ἐάω. 4: 7.—énitgénw. 
2: 19.—It is permitted, ἔστι, 
ἔξεστι. 

Perplexed,—am_ perplexed, a- 
πορῶ. 3: 8. 

Persian, Πέρσης. 

Persuade, πεέϑω. 

Phalanx, φάλαγξ, 2: 17. 

Pigeon, περιστερά, 4: 9. 

Place, χωρίον. 2: 24.—Region, 
τόπος. 5: 1.—Narrow place, 
στενοχωρία. δ: 7.—In that 
place, ἐνταῦϑα. 2: 1—In 
place (after a verb of motion 
and denoting distribution), 
κατὰ χώραν. 5: 17. 

Place confidence in, πιστεύω. 

2: 2. 

Plain, δῆλος. 2: 11.—In plain 





sight, καταφανής. 8: 8. 








132 VOCABULARY. 


Plain, πεδίον. 2: 22. 

Plan, γνώμη. 8: 10. 

Plea —on the plea that, ὡς ς 
particip. 1. 10. 

Pleased,—am _ pleasea, ἡδομαι. 
2: 18. 

Pleasure,—waste in pleasure, 
καϑηδυπαϑῶ. 3: 3. 

Plot, s. ἐπιβουλή. 1 : ὃ, 

Plot, βουλεύομαι. 1: 7.—Plot 
against, ἐπιβουλεύω. 1: 3. 
Plunder, ἁρπάζω. 2: 25.—diag- 
πάζω. 2: 19.---ἀφαρπάζω. 2: 27. 
Point out, ἐπιδείκνυμαι. 3: 13. 

Possess, κέκτημαι. 7: 3. 

Possible, of such a nature as, 
οἷός τε. 3: 17.—Practicable, 
ἀνυστός. 8: 11.—As many 
as possible, ὅτι or ὡς πλεῖσ- 
τοι (often strengthened still 
farther by δύναμαι) :---]!ὶ is 
possible, ἔστι. 4: 4. 

Power, Suvaui¢—Am in the 
power of any one, εἰμὲ ἐπὶ 
τινι. 1: 4.—Go into the pow- 
er of, ἔρχομαΐ τινι εἰς χεῖρας. 
2: 26. 

Praise, ἐπαινῶ. 3: 7. 

Pray, εὔχομαι. 4: 7. 

Prayer, εὐχή. 9: 11. 

Preparation, παρασκευή. 2: 4. 

Prepare, provide, παρασκευάζω. 





10: 18.—Prepare in turn, in 
opposition, ἀντιπαρασκευάζο- 
μαι. 2: 5. 

Present,—to be present, παρεῖ- 
var, 1: 1--Things present, 
τὰ παρόντα. 3: 3.—In the 
yresent circumstances, ἐχ τού- 
των. 3: 11. 


Present, gift, δῶρον. 9: 22. 

Present, v. didwpt.—Presen 
hold forth, προβάλλομαι. 2 
17, 

Preserver, σωτήρ. 8: 16. 

Pretence, πρόφασις. 2: 1.—On 
the pretence that, ὡς c. par- 
ticip. 

Pretend, make pretence, προς» 
ποιοῦμαι. 3: 14. 

Pretext, πρόφασις. 1: 7. 

Prevent, κωλύω. 3: 16. 

Previously, πρότερον. 2: 26. 

Private,—private person, ἰδιώ- 
της. 3: 11—For one’s own 
private use, εἰς τὸ idtov—tivi, 
3: 3. 

Produce, v. φύω. 4: 10. In- 
trans. in the perf. and 2d aor. 
act, 

Profit, advantage, ὄφελος. 3: 11. 

Profitable, κερδαλέος. 9: 17.— 

Profitable, useful, ὠφέλεμος. 
6: 2. 

Promise, ὑπισχνοῦμαι. 2: 2 

Proof, τεχμήριον. 9: 29. 

Prophet, soothsayer, μάντις 
7: 18. 

Prosperous, εὐδαίμων. 2: 6. 

Provide, παρασκευάζω. 10: 18 

Provisions, ἐπιτήδεια, ta. 3: 14. 
—The act of taking in pro- 
visions, ἐπισιτισμός. 5: 9.—I 
furnish myself with, take in 
provisions, ἐπισιτέζομαι. 4: 19. 

Punishment, dixn.—To inflict 
punishment, δίκην ἐπιτιϑέναι 
3: 10. 

Purchase, ὠνοῦμαι, aor, ἐπριά' 





μην. 5: 6.—ayopate 3° 14 


VOCABULARY. 133 


—Purchase in return, ἀντα- 
γοράζω. 5: 5. 

Purple, φοινικοῦς. 2: 16. 

Pursue, διώχω. 4: 8. 

Put, place, tiPyjus.—Prt any- 
thing in its place, κατὰ χώραν 
τι τίϑεμαι. δ: 17.—Put on, 
ἐνδύω. 8: 3.—Put to death, 
ἀποχτείνω. 1: 3. 


Q. 


Quarters,—to make one’s head 
quarters at, ὁρμᾶσϑαι ἐκ. 1:9. 

Quick, ταχύς, ϑάττων, τάχιστος. 
2: 20. 

Quickly, ταχέως, ταχύ. 5: 3.— 
τύχα. 8: 8.---διὰ ταχέων. 5: 
9. Comp. ϑᾶττον. sup. τάχισ- 
to.—As quickly as he could, 
7 ἐδύνατο τάχιστα. 2: 4. 


R. 


Raft, σχεδέα. 5: 10. 

Rank, τάξις. 8: 19. 

Rather, μᾶλλον. 1: 8. 

Reach, ἐξικνοῦμαι. 8: 19.— 
Reach, arrive at, ἀφικνοῦμαι 
sig. 2: 25. 

Read, ἀναγιγνώσκω. 6: 4. 

Readily, ἡδέως. 2: 2. 

Ready, ἕτοιμος. 6: 3. 

Rear,—in the rear, ὄπισϑεν. 
10: 6. 

Receive, take, λαμβάνω. 2: 26. 
—Receive (pay) φέρω. 3: 21. 
Receive (a thing offered) 
δέχομαι. 8: 17.— Receive 
favors εὖ πάσχω. 3° 4. 





Reconciled,—become recon- 
ciled with, καταλύω πρὸς Ο, 
acc. 1: 10.—Am _ reconciled 
with, συναλλάττομαι πρὸς Cc. 
acc. 2: 1.—xutaddattouc c. 
dat. 6: 2. 

Recover, take back, ἀπολαμβά- 
yo. 4: 8. 

Reed, κάλαμος. 5: 1. 

Region, τόπος. 5: 1. 

Refuse, ov φημι. 3: 1. 

Related, (by birth), γένει προς- 
ἥκων. 6: 1.—(By the ties of 
hospitality), ξένος. 1: 10. 

Reluctant,—am reluctant, ox- 
vo. 3: 17. 

Remain, μένω. 2: 6. 

Remember, μέμνημαι. ἢ: 5. 

Repent, μεταμέλει μοι. 6: 7. 

Reply, ἀποκρίνομαι. 3: 20. 

Report, éxpégw. 9: 11. 

Requite, ἀλέξομαι. 9: 11. 

Rescue, (by entreaty), ἐξαιτῶ, 
1: 3. 

Rest,—the rest of, ὁ ἄλλος, ob 
ἄλλοι. 2: 15 

Rest, v. ἀναπαύομαι. 10: 16 

Restore, κατάχω. 1: 7. 

Restrain myself, ἀνέχομαι. 8: 
26. 

Retain, hold, ἔχω. 4: 7. 

Return,—in return for, ἀντί, 
3: 4, 

Revenue, πρόςοδος. 9: 19.— 
Sucpos. 1: 8. 

Review, ἐξέτασις. 2: 9.—To 
review, ἐξέτασιν ποεεῖν. 

Revolt, ἀφέστημε in the mid. 
and in the perf. pluperf. and 
2d aor. act. 1: 6. 








a 


Sate 


STR 


Ba ST 


or. ὅν dia 


134 VOCABULARY. 


Rich, wealthy, πλούσιος. 9 : 16. 
—To be rich, πλουτεῖν. 9: 19. 

Ride, éAavyw.—Ride along, ride 
by, παρελαύνω. 2: 16.—Ride 
up, ὑπελαύνω. 8: 15. 

Right, δεξιός. 2: 1ξ. 

Right-hand, δεξιά, 6: 6.—On 
the right, ἐν δεξιᾷ. 5: 1. 

Rightly, ὀρϑῶς. 9: 30. 

River, ποταμός. 2: 5. 

Road, ὁδός. 2: 13.—Wagon- 
road, ὁδὸς ἁμαξιτός. 2: 21.— 
A public, trodden road, στει- 
βομένη ὁδός. 9: 13. 

Rob, ἀναρπάζω. 3: 14.---πο- 
συλῶ. 4: 8. 

Robe, στολή. 2: 27. 

Round about, κύκλῳ. δ: 4. 

Rout, τροπή. 8: 25. 

Route, od0¢.—By the shortest, 
the quickest route, τὴν ταχίσ- 
τὴν ὁδόν. 2: 20. 

Royal, Bagidesog. 10: 12. 

Rugged, ὀχυρός. 2: 22. 

Ruining.—am ruining, λυμαΐ- 
rouot, 3: 16. 

Rule, ἄρχω. 9: 4. 

Run, τρέχω. 5: 2.—Run away 
from (by stealth), ἀποδιδράσ. 
χω. 4: 8.—Run forward, 
προτρέχω. 5: 2—Begin to 
run (lit. a running begins to 
me), δρόμος γίγνεταί μοι. 2: 
17. 

Running, with a running pace, 
δρόμῳ. 5: 3. 


Ss. 


Sacrifice, ἱερόν. 8: 15. 


Ι 





Sad,—am sad, λυποῦμαι. 3:8 

Safe, ἀσφαλής.---ἴη the safest 
(place, condition), ἐν avga 
λεστάτῳ. 8: 22. 

Safely, ἀσφαλῶς,---ἔστερον,---ὖσ 
τατα. 

Sail, πλέω.---ϑ}} away, ἀπο 
πλέω. 8: 14. 

Sail, ἱσείον. 5: 3. 

Same, αὐτὸς with the article 
before it. 

Satisfy, ἐμπέπλημι. 7: 8. 

Say, déyw.—Say, affirm, φημέ, 
fut. ἐρῶ.--Ἴτ is said, λέγεται. 
2: 8. 

Scar, wrecdy. 9: 6. 

Scarce, σπάνιος. 9: 

Scatter, διασπεέρω. 

Scimeter, ἀκινάχης. 2: 27. 

Scythe, δρέπανον. 8: 10.— 
Scythe-bearing, dysxarngo- 
ρος. 8: 10. 

Sea, Saiatra.—By sea, κατὰ 
ϑάλατταν. 

Seasonably, εἰς τὸ δέον. 3: 8, 

Seasons, ὡραι. 4: 10, 

ϑρογοῖ, -τ to be kept secret, 
ἀπόῤῥητος. 6: 5. 

Secretly, expressed by the 
verb λανϑάνω. For the con- 
struction, see 1: 9. 

See, ὁρῶ. 2: 18.—See, discov- 
er, ἐνορῶ. 3: 15.—See before, 
προορῶ. 8: 20.—See that, 
onws c. fut. indic. 7: 3. 

Seems, it seems, δοκεῖ.---ΤΊ 
seems good, expedient, δοκεῖ 
3: 11—2: 1. 

Self, αὐτὸς in apposition with 
a noun or pronoun. 


VOCABULARY. 135 


Sell, πωλῶ, 5: 5. 

Send, méunw.—Send away, 
ἀποπέμπω. 1: 3.—Send for, 
μεταπέμπομαι. 1: 2.—Send 
with, συμπέμπω. 2: 20.— 
Send orders, magayyédlw. 2: 
1. 

Sent for, μετάπεμπτος. 4: 3. 

Separated—to be separated, 
drawn asunder, διασπᾶσϑαι. 
5: 9. 

Servant, ϑεράπων. 8: 23.— 
ὑπηρέτης. 9: 18. 

Serve, do service to, ϑεραπεύω. 
9: 20.—Serve, to be a ὑπη- 
ρέτης, ὑπηρετεῖν. 9: 18. 

Set (of the sun), δύομαι. 10: 15. 

Set out, πορεύομαι. 

Settle, καϑέστημι. 

Several, ἕχαστοι. 1:.6. 

Sew together, συσπάω. 5: 10. 

Shall have, ete., denoted by 
the adverb ἂν with the 
aor. subjunct. in dependent 
clauses: by the perf. act. 
particip. with the fut. of εἰμὲ 
in independent clauses. 

Shield, ἀσπές. 

Ship, vaic.—War-ship, τριήρης. 
—Merchant ship, odxas. 

Short,—a short distance, Bga- 
χύ. 5:3. 

Shout, φϑέγγομαι. 8: 18, 

Shouting, κραυγή. 7: 4. 

Sick,—am sick, ἀσθενῶ. 1: 1. 

Side,—on every side, πάντη. 3: 
22.—On both sides, ἑκατέρω- 
Sev. 8: 13.—On the side of, 
πρό. 4: 4,.—On the other 
side, πέραν. 5: 10. 


Sideways, εἰς πλάγιον. 8 10. 

Seize, AauSarw.—Seize before- 
hand, προκαταλαμβάνω. 3: 
14, 

Sight,—in plain sight, καταφα- 
vig. 8: 8.—In the sight οὗ 
πρὸς c. gen. (A solemn form 
of asseveration). 6: 6. 

Silent,—am silent, σιωπῶ. 3: 
2. 

Silently, σιγῇ. 8:11. 

Silver, ἀργύριον. 

Similar, παραπλήσιος. 3: 18. 

Since, because, ἐπεέ, 3: 5. This 
idea is often denoted by the 
particip. alone. 

Sink, καταδύω. 3: 17. 

Sit, κάϑημαι. 

Skill, cogia. 2: 8. 

Skilful, δεινός. 9: 19. 

Skin, δέρμα. 2: 8.—Tanned 
skin, διφϑέρα. 5: 10. 

Slave (by capture) ἀνδράπο- 
δον. 2: 27. 

Slay, anoxteive.—Slaughter, 
ogetw.—Kill, κατακαΐνω τε 
κατακτείνω. 6: 2.—9: 6. 

Sleep, καϑεύδω. 3: 11. 

Slow.—am slow to, ὑχνῶ. 3: 17. 

Slowly, βραδέως. 8: 11.—Slow- 
ly, leisurely, σχολαίως. 5: 
9. 

Smite, strike, tai. 8: 26. 

So—as, οὕτω or οὕτως---ὡς. 2: 
15.—So as, ὥςτε. 1: 5.—So 
far as this person is concern- 
ed, τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι. 6: 


9, 
Sobriety, σωφροσύνη. 9: 3: 





Soldier, στρατιώτης.---ὁπλέτης 





a i als me ΨΡΙΣΘΙ = Pe —_—— 
a == ᾿ «τ a BI τὰς ὡς... » 


Ps pal A Seen 8 AE Saal σαν εὐ di ag Ψ 
- : aoe —< λα ἢ 
&s 


Pte ae “Ὁ 


~—_ 


he ae 


ἃ 
| 


© ὅτι, eo 


VOCABULARY. 


heavy-armed soldier.—ze- 
ταστής, targeteer.—yuurntys 
or ψιλός, light-armed soldier. 
Some, 101. — Some, certain 
persons, τινές. 7: 5.—Some 
—others, οἱ μὲν---οἱ δέ. 

Somehow, πώς (enclit.). 

Sometimes, ἐνίοτε. 5: 2. 

Son, παῖς. 1: 1. 

Sooner, earlier, πρότερος. 2: 25. 
—Adv. ϑᾶττον. 5: 8. 

Sound a trumpet, σαλπέξω. 

Source, πηγή. 2: 7. 

South, μεσημβρία. 7: 6. 

Sovereignty, ἀρχή. 1: 2. 

Speak, 4éyw.—Speak the truth, 
speak truly, ἀληϑεύω. 7: 18. 

Spear, δύρυ. 8: 18. 

Specimen, part, μέρος. 5: 8. 

Speed,—at full speed, ava xga- 
tos. 8: 1. 

Spend (of time), διαγέγνομαι. 
10: 19.—Expend (of money), 
δαπανῶ. 1: 8.—3: 3. 

Spices, ἀρώματα. 5: 1. 

Splendor, λαμπρότης. 2: 18. 

Split, σχέξζω. 5: 12. 

Squander, καϑηδυπαϑῶ. 3: 3. 

Stand, ἕστηκα (in this sense in 
the perf. pluperf: and 2d aor. 
act. and throughout the mid.) 
3: 2.—Stand armed, τέϑεμαι 
τὰ ὅπλα. 5: 14.—Stand asun- 
der, Sitotupor, 8: 20. 

Standard, σημεῖον. 10: 12. 


Station, arrange, tattw. 9: 31. 


Stay, remain, μένω. 2: 21. 


Stone, λέϑος. 5: 12.—Stune te 
death, καταπετρῶ. 3: 2.—xa- 
ταλεύω. 5: 14. 
Strength, ἰσχύς. 8: 22. 
Strong, ἰσχυρός. 5: 9. 
Strongly, ἰσχυρῶς. 2: 21. 
Struck,—am struck with terror, 
ἐκπλήττομαι. 8: 20. 
Subject, ὑπήκοος. 6: 6. 
Subjugate, καταστρέφω. 9: 14. 
Subsequently, ὕστερον. 
Subsist upon, διαγέγνομαι ἐσ- 
ϑίων. 5: 6. 
Succeed, xutangattw. 2: 2.— 
Succeed another, διαδέχο- 
μαι. δ: 2. 
Successful,—am successful, for- 
tunate, εὐτυχῶ. 4: 17. ᾿ 
Suffer, πάσχω. 9: 6.—ev πάσχω, 
I receive favors. 3: 4,—Suf- 
fer, permit, éaw. 4: 7. 
Sufficient, ἱκανός. 7 : 7. 
Summon, παρακαλῶ. 6: 5. 
Sun, ἥλιος. 10: 15. 
Superior,—become superior to, 
περιγίγνομαι. 1: 10. 
Superior to, χρεέετων. 7: 3. 
Supper, δεῖπνον. --- Without 
supper, ἄδειπνος. 10: 19.— 
Supper-time, δόρπηστος. 10° 
17. 
Supply, ἀφϑονία. 9: 15. 
Support, τροφή. 1: 9. 
Support, v. τρέφω. 1: 9. 
Suppose, γομέζω. 2: 27. 
Supposition,—on the supposi- 
tion that, ὡς c. particip. 


Steep, ὄρϑιος. 2: 21.—mganyg.| Surpass, am over and above, 
5: 8. (Down hill opposed to περίειμι. 8: 13.—Surpase, 





6g 910g, up hill ) 


conquer, six@. 9: 11. Sur 


VOCABULARY. 137 


pass, become over and above, 
περιγίγνομαι. 1: 10. 
Surprised, — am _ surprised, 
ϑαυμάζω. 3: 3. 
Surround, κυχλῶ. 8: 13. 
Suspect, ὑποπτεύω. 3: 1. 
Suspend, κρεμάννυμι. 2: 8. 
Suspicion, vroyia. 3: 21. 
Sweet, fine-flavored, ἡδύς. 9: 
25.—Sweet-scented, εὐώδης. 
5: f. 


Ze 


Table-companion, ὑμοτράπεζος. 
8 : 25. 

Take, λαμβάνω. 1: 2.—Take 
away, apagotua. 9: 19.— 
Take back, ἀπολαμβάνω. 4: 
8.—Take beforehand, προκα- 
ταλαμβάνω. 3: 14.—Take any 
one captive, ζῶντά tive αἱρῶ. 
6: 2.—Take command, lead, 
στρατηγῶ. 3: 15.— Take coun- 
sel, βουλεύομαι. 1: 4.—Take, 
lead, ἄγω. --- Take under 
(one’s protection), ὑὕπολαμ- 
Buvw.—Take vengeance up- 
on, τιμωροῦμαι. 8: 4. 

Talent, τάλαντον. 7: 18. 

Talk, mere talk, φλυαρία. 3: 18. 

Tame, πρᾶος. 4: 9. 

Tamely, πράως. 5: 14. 

Tanned skin, διφϑέρα. 5: 10. 

Targeteer, πελταστής. 2: 9. 

Taste, γεύομαι. 9: 26. 

Tender, ἁπαλός. 5: 2. 

Tent, oxnrn. 2: 18. 

Tent-cover, σχέπασμα. 5: 10. 


Terrified, — am terrified, é- 
πλήττομαι. 5: 13.—Am much 
terrified (lit. much terror is 
to me), φόβος πολύς ἐστὲ μοι. 
2: 18. 

Than, 7. 1: 5. 

That, denoting a subordinate 
declaration after the verba 
sentiendi, is generally ex- 
pressed by the accus. and 
infinitive or participle: after 
verbs expressing or implying 
a declaration, (verba decla- 
randi), ot or ὡς with a finite 
mood iscommonly used: that, 
so that, ὡς. 1: 5.—That, in 
order that, ὅπως, 1: 4.—iva. 4: 
18.—( After verbs of fearing) 
μή, like the Lat. ne.—At that 
time, τότε. 2: 12.—After that, 
εἶτα, ἔπειτα. 

Then, tore.—Then, after that, 
εἶτα, ἔπειτα. 3: 2.—Then in- 
deed, ἔνϑα δή. 8: 24.—Then, 
accordingly, (denoting an in- 
ference which follows natu- 
rally, in accordance with 
what might be expected), 
ἄρα. 7: 18. 

There, ἐνταῦϑα. 2: 1.---αὐτόϑι. 
4:6.—éxei. 8: 12.—évFa. 5:8. 

Think, ἡγοῦμαι. 2: 4.---7ομίζω, 
—otouct, οἶμαι. (For the pe- 
culiar force of οἶμαι, see Lid. 
and Sc. sub. οἴομαι.) 

This, ovroc.—Of a person > 
thing present, οὑτοσί, 6: 6, 

Thracian, Θρᾷξ, 1: 9. 

Through, διὰ c. gen. 2: 5. 





Termination, τελευτή. 1: 1. 


Throw, int. 5: 12.—ginto. 5:8, 








VOCABULARY. 


Thus, (as above-mentioned) 
οὕτω, before a vowel, οὕτως. 
1: 9. (As follows), ade. 6: 5. 
- τοιάδε. 3: 2. 

Till, πρίν. 1: 10. 

Time, zeovos.—Long time, πο- 
λὺς χρόνος. 3: 2.—Proper 
time, high time, ὥρα. 3: 11. 
—At that time, tore. 2: 12. 
—At the same time, ἅμα. 2: 
9. 

To; often expressed by the dat. 
without a preposition when 


Trouble, give trouble, πράγμα 

ta παρέχω. 1: 11. 

Troubled—am greatly trou- 
bled, χαλεπῶς φέρω. 3: 3.— 
troubled, ἀνιῶμαι. 2: 11. 

True, ἀληϑινός. 9: 17. 

Truly, by the gods, μὰ τοὺς 
ϑιεούς. 4: 8. 

Trumpet sounds, σαλπέζει (im- 
pers.). 2: 17. 

Trustworthy, πιστός. 

Try, πειρῶμαι. 1: 7.—Try to 
force, compel, βιάζομαι. 3: 1. 


motion is not denoted.—g0¢ | Tunic, χιτών. 2: 16. 


c.acc. 1: 8.---ς (only betore 
names of persons). 2:4.—To, 
into, εἰς. 2: 8.—To, as far as 
to, ἐπὶ α. acc. 2: 5.—To the 
number of, εἰς. 2: 3.—To, up 
to, μέχρι or μέχρις.---Ἴο the 
region where, μέχρις ov. 7: 
0. 

Together, ὑμοῦ. 10: 8. 

Toil, πονῶ. 9: 19. 

Touch, ἅπτομαι. 5: 10. 

Towards, éni c. acc. 2: 17.— 
negi c. acc. 4: 8. 

Track, foot-print, ἔχνιον. 6: 1. 
—Beaten track, στέβος. 

Transport, transport-vessel, 
πλοῖον. 

Treacherous, δόλιος. 4: 7. 

Treasures, χρήματα. 

Treat ill, κακῶς ποιῶ. 4 : 8. 

Treated—to be treated as ἃ 
friend, ἀγαπᾶσϑαι. 9: 29. 

Treaty, σπονδαί. 9: 8.—-Make 
a treaty, σπένδομαι. 9: 7. 

Tree, δένδρον. 2: 22. 

rial, κρίσις. 6: 5. 


| Turn about, face about, ἀνα- 


στρέφω. 10: 8. 
U. 


Uncovered, bare, ψιλός, 8: 6. 

Under, ὑπὸ c. acc. (after a verb 
of motion). 8: 27. 

Unjust, ἄδικος. 6: 8.—Unjust 
towards, ἄδικος megi ὁ. ace. 
6: 8. 

Unyjustly, by unjust means, ἐκ 
τοῦ ἀδίχου. 9: 16. 

Unobserved by, denoted by 
λανϑάνω, 3: 17.—1 do any 
thing unobserved by any one. 
λανϑάνω τινὰ ποιῶν τι; OF 
with less emphasis on the 
first word, λανϑάνων τινὰ ποιῶ 
τι. Cf. τυγχάνω, φϑάνω, διάγω. 

Unprepared, ἀπαράσκευος. 1: 6. 
Less prepared, anugauxevag- 
τότερος. δ: 9. 

Unrequited, ἀχάριστος. 9 : 18, 

Unsparingly,—most unspar 





ingly, ἀφειδέστατα. 9° 13. 


VOCABULARY. 139 


Until, πρίν. 1: 10.-τοσοῦτον 
χρόνον---ἔστε. 9: 11. 

Unwillingly, ἄκων. 3: 17. 

Up, ἀνά; 1 go up, ἀναβαίνω.---Ἰ 
go up upon,I ascend, ἀνα- 
βαίνω énic.acc. 2: 22,—Up to, 
μέχρι or μέχρις. 7: 6. 

Upon, ἐπὲ c. gen. (after a verb 
of rest). 2: 21.—émi c. acc. 
(after a verb of motion). 2: 
22.—Upon this, ἐκ τούτου. 2: 
17. 

Upward, ἄνω. 2: 1. 

Urge, κελεύω. 

Use, v. χράομαι. 3: 18.—Used 
to, denoted by the imperf. 
tense. Note, ch. 1; (2). 

Use,—for one’s own private 
use, εἰς τὸ ἰδιον---τενί, 3: 3. 

Useful, χρήσιμος. 6: 1. 


V. 


Valuable, (worthy of much). 
πολλοῦ ἄξιος. 3: 12.—The 
(things) most valuable, τὰ 
πλείστου ἄξια. 4: 7. 

Variety,—of every variety, 
παντοδαπός. 2: 22. 

Vengeance,—take vengeance 
upon, τειμωροῦμαι. 3: 4, 

Venison, ἐλάφεια (χρέα). 5: 2. 

Very, μάλα. 

Vessel, ship, γαῦς ;—vessel for 
wine, βῖκος or βίκος. 9: 25. 

Victorious,—to be victorious, 
γιχᾷν, 10: 4. 

Victory, νίκη. 8: 16. 

Village, κώμη. 4: 9. 


Violently, ἰσχυρῶς. δ: 11. 

Virtue, ἀρετή. 

Voluntarily, (as a volunteer), 
ἐθελοντής. 6: 9. 

Voluntary, ἑκών. 1: 9. 


W. 


Wage war, πολεμῶ. 1: 5, 8,9, 
11, 

Wages, μισϑός. 

Wagon, ἅμαξα. δ: 7.—Wagon- 
road, ὁδὸς ἁμαξιτός. 2: 921. 

Wall, fortress, τεῖχος, 4: 4. 

Wander, πλανῶμαι. 2: 25. 

Want, v. déozou.— Want little, 
ὀλίγου δέω. 5: 14, 

Want, s. ἔνδεια. 10: 18. 

War, πόλεμος. δ: 9.—Wage, 
carry on war, 7odsua@.—Join 
in a war against, συμπολεμᾶ 
πρὸς C. acc. 

War-chariot, agua, 2: 16. 

Ward off, ἀλέξομαι. 3: 6. 

Wares, ara, ta, 2: 18. 

Waste in pleasure, καϑηδυπα- 
Ga. 3: 3. 

Watch-word, σύνϑημα. 8: 16, 

Water, ὕδωρ. 5: 7. 

Way, road, ὁδός. 2: 13. 

Weak, ἀσϑενής. 5: 9. 

Wealthy, πλούσιος. 9: 16. 

Wear, φορῶ. 8: 29. 

Weary,—grow weary, ἀπαγο- 
gevw. 5: 3. 

Weep, δαχρύω. 3: 2. 

Well, ev. 4: 8.—xaddic. 2: 2, 
—To do well by, εὖ ποιεῖν. 
6: 9.—To be well, to go well 





Vine, ἄμπελος. 2; 22. 


with, καλῶς ἔχειν, 8: 13.— 





140 VOCABULARY. 


Well-peopled, οἰκούμενος. 4: 
1.—Wel -watered, ἐπέρῥυτος. 
2: 22. 

Wet, βρέχω. 4: 17. 

What, τέ ;--ὖ τι (in an indirect 


question) . -- of what sort, | 


qualis, οἷος. 3: 13.— For 
what, in what, τί, 3: 18. 
acc. ΒΥΏ. 

When,—at the time when, Ore. 
2: 9—When=alter, ἐπεέ, 
9: 1.--ὀῤιἰήλθειδή. 3: 4.—When 
is often denoted by the par- 
ticip. in Greek. When, (the 
definite time when), πηνίκα 
(interrog.) ; ἡνἶχα (relat.). 8: 
1. 

Whence, oder (relat.). 3: 17. 

Where (relat. adv-), ov. 2: 22. 
-- ποῦ (interrog.); ποῖ (in- 
terrog. with a verb of mo- 
tion). 

Wherefore, οὖν (postpos.). 1: 6. 
It denotes an inference ; ὥςτε 
followed by the indicative 


Who, what, τές, 1i.—Ogtic, ἥτις, 
6 τι (in indirect questions). 

Whoever, ὅςτις. 1: 5. 

Whole, ὅλος. 2: 17.-πᾶς with 
the article prefixed. 

Wholly, παντάπασιν. 2: 1. 

Why, τέ, διὰ τὲ (in ἃ direct 
question). δι᾽ 0, δί a (rela- 
tive). ὃ: 15. 

Width, εὖρος. 2: 23. 

Wife, γυνή. 2: 12. 

Wild, ἄγριος. 2: 7. 

Wine, οἶνος. 2: 13. 

Wing, πτέρυξ. 5: 3.—xagag (of 
an army, lit. horn). 10: 
9. 

Wisdom, σοφία. 2: 8. 

Wish, βούλομαι. 1: 1.--εϑ έλω, 
2: 26. 

With, σὺν (in company with): 
---μετὰ (participating with): 
—nagé c. dat. (by the side of). 
1: 5.—The participles ἔχων, 
λαβών, φέρων, χρώμενος, may 
often be translated, with. 2: 











denotes a consequence,are-| 3, 5, 6.—3: 4, 7:—azo (lit. 


sult, and may be rendered, 


from, denoting the means). 


wherefore. 1:8.—d:’ 0, on| 1: 9. 
account of which fact, for Withdraw, ἀποχωρῶ. 2: 9. 
which reason. 2: 31. --- διὰ] Within, εἴσω c. gen. 2: 31. 


τοῦτο, for this reason. 2:8. 


Without, ἔξω. 4: 5. (without 


Wherever, ὅπη (with a verbof}| =on the outside). — ἄνευ 
motion) ;--ὅπου (with a verb (without = destitute of) 6. 


of rest). 3: 6. 


gen. 3: 11—Without the 


Whether, εἰ. 3: 5—Whether knowledge of, λάϑρα c. gen. 


—or, πότερον---ἤ. 4: 13. 
While, (in what time). & ᾧ. 
10: 10.—While is often de- 
noted by the participle. e. g. 
molepovrtav. 1: 8. 


3: 8. --- κενὸς (without = 
empty) c. gen. 8: 20.— 
Without order, ἄτακτος. 8: 
2. 

Wonder, ϑαυμάζω. 10: 16.— 





VOCABULARY. 


To be wondered at 'μασ- 
τός. 9: 94, τ ᾿ 
Wood, ξύλον. 5: 12. 
Work, ἔργον. 9: 18. 
Worse, χάχιον, 9: 10, 
Worsted,—to be worsted, μεῖον. 
ἔχειν. 10: 8. 


Yet, ὅμως. 8: 23. (yet =-nev- 
ertheless).—é1 (yet =long- 
er.—aw (yet=up to this 
mee} 2: 26.—Not yet, οὔπω. 

0: —No longer, οὐκέτι. 

Worth,—it is worth, δύναται. 5: | Yield, tas 3:4 


6.—Worth mu 
. ch, valuable, | Young, »έος.---ώ “ 
πολλοῦ ἄξιος. 3: 19. Ι ᾿- τ γε0ς.---ατερος,---ὐτατος, 


— usiog.—Worthy of 
admirati ᾿ ἧς : 

τῇ ion, ἄγαστος. 9: Z. 
Wound, τιτρώσχω. 8: 26 


Write, γράφω, 6: 3. 





| Zeal, προϑυμία. 9: 18. 
| Zealous, πρόϑυμος. 3: 19. 











— ὁ αἱ 


«ἄξια ok. Tet δ. rer πὰ wen ™ — 
: = Ξ = 3 == = == — eal - τῆς σῷ, ἄϑὶ 


pean πρός σφῶν ὦν Mets a tne Si a 
4 - δα =, ΄ « 


Σ «ἸὙΦ 


Tare 2 


A LIST OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS 


INVOLVED IN THESE EXERCISES, 


WITH THE PRINCIPAL PARTS 


WHICH ARE USED BY THE ATTIC WRITERS. 





ἄγαμαι, 1 admire, ἀγάσομαι, 
ἠγάσϑην. ᾿ 
ἀγείρω, I collect, assemble, ἀγε- 
ρῶ, aor. ἤγειρα, Pass. pert. 
ἀγήγερμαι, aor. ἠγέρϑην. 
ἄγω, 1] lead, ἄξω, perl. ἢχὰ, aor. 
ἤγαγον, pass. perf. ἤγμαι, BOF. 
ἤχϑην, aor. mid. nyayouyy. 
uiga (sw), 1 take, αἵρησω, ἤφῆχα, 
aor. εἷλον, pass. ἤρημαι, ηρὲ- 
oy. . > , 
αἰσϑάνομαι, I percerve, αἰσϑη- 
σομαι, ἤσϑημαι, aor. no Fopny. 
ἀκούω, I hear, ἀκούσομαι, ἀκη- 
χοα, ἤκουσα, pass. perf. and 
nor. ἤκουσμαι, ἠκούσϑην. 
ἀλέξομαι, 1 avert from myself, 
ἀλεξήσομαι, ἠλεξάμην. re 
ἁρπάζω, I seize, snatch, agnucw 
and ἁρπάσομαι, ἥρπακα, aor. 
ἥνπασα, pass. perf. and aor. 
ἥρπασμαι, ἥρπασϑην. 
ἀφικνοῦμαι, ἴ arrive, ἀφίξομαι, 
ἀφῖγμαι, apixouny. 


βαίνω, I go, walk, βήσομαι, βέ- 
βηκα, aor. ἔβην. 
βάλλω, I cast, βαλῶ, Be Binxa, 
βέβλημαι,͵ ἐβλήϑην. ; 
βούλομαι, I wish, βουλήσομαι, 
βεβούλημαι, ἐβουληϑὴν and 
ἠβουλήϑην. : 
γελῶ (aw), I laugh, γελασομαι, 
sometimes γελάσω, ἐγέλασα. 
γίγνομαι, I am born, become, 
γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι and yé- 
yova, ἐγενόμην. 
γιγνώσκω, I know, γνώσομαι, 
ἔγνωκα, ἔγνων, pert. and aor. 
pass. ἔγνωσμαι, ἐγνωσϑην. 
δέδοικα rarely δέδια, I fear, aor. 
ἔδεισα. Other tenses supplied 
by φοβοῦμαι. 
δείχνυμι, and δεικνύω, I show, 
δείξω, δέδειχα, ἔδειξα, perf. and 
aor, pass. δέδειγμαι, ἐδείχ ϑην 
δέρω, I flay, δερῶ, aor. ἔδειρα. 
δέομαι, I want, I beg for, δεησο- 
μαι, δεδέημαι, ἐδεήϑην. 





ἄχϑομαι, J am weighed down, 


displeased, ἀγϑέσομαι͵, ͵χϑὲσ- | 


ϑην. 


δέω, 1] bind, δήσω, δέδεκα, ἔδησα, 
perf. and aor. pass. δόδεμαι, 
ἐδέϑην. 


IRREGULAR VERBS. 143 


διδράσκω, used only in compo- 
sition, ἀπο-, dia-, éx-, J run 
away, skulk, δράσομαι, δέδρα- 
xa, ἔδραν. 
δίδωμι, I give, ϑώσω, δέδωκα, aor. 
ἔδωχα (used chiefly in the 
sing.) ἔδων (used in the dual 
and plural indic. and in the 
other moods and particip.), 
perf. and aor. pass. δέδομαι, 
ἐδόϑην. 
δοκῶ, 1 seem, think, δόξω, ἔδοξα, 
δέδογμαι. 
δύναμαι, I am able, δυνήσομαι, 
δεδύνημαι, ἐδυνήϑην and ἠδυ- 
γήϑην. 
δύω, I cause to enter, sink, δύσω;, 
δέδυκα, ἔδυσα, δέδυμαι, ἐδύ- 
ϑην;--δύνω and ἔδυν are 
more common than δύομαι, 
ἐδυσάμην in the intrans. sense. 
ἑάω, see ἐῶ. 
ἕζομαι, poetic, see καϑέζομαι. 
ἐθέλω, I will, wish, ἐϑελήσω, 
ἠϑέληκα, ἡϑέλησα. 
εἰμέ, I am, ἔσομαι, imperf. ἦν. 
εἶμι, 7 will go, imperf. nev and 
ait. 
εἴρηκα, see φημί. 
ἐλαύνω, I drive, fut. ἐλῶ, ἐλήλακα, 
ἤλασα, ἐλήλαμαι͵ ἠλάϑην. 
ἐπαινῶ (ἑω), I praise, ἐπαινέσω. 
ἐπαινέσομαι.---ἤνεκα --- ἡγεσα-- 
ἤνημαι--ηνέϑην. 
ἐπιμέλομαι and ἐπιμελοῖμαι, | 
care for, ἐπιμελήσομαι, ἐπι- 
μεμέλημαι, ἐπεμελήϑην. 
ἵπομαι, I follow, ἕψομαι, imperf. 
sinouny. 


rarely ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυϑα, 
aor. ἤλϑον. 

ἐρωτῶ (aw), I ask, ἐρωτήσω, ete. 
aor. ἠρόμην. 

ἐσϑίω, I eat, fat. ἔδομαι, perf. 
ἐδήδοκα, aor. ἔφαγον, perf. and 
aor. pass. ἐδήδεσμαι, ἠδὲσ- 
ony. 

εὑρίσκω, I find, εὑρήσω, εὕρηκα, 
aor. εὗρον, perf. and aor. pass. 
εὕρημαι, εὑρέϑην. 

ἔχω, I have, ἕξω, ἔσχηκα, impert. 
εἶχον, aor. ἔσχον, perf. and 
aor. pass, toynuat, ἐσχέϑην. 

ἐὼ (uw), ἐάσω, tiuxa, εἴασα, aor. 
pass. εἰάϑην. 

ζεύγνυμε and ζευγνύω, I join, 
ζεύξω, ἔζευξα, perf. and aor. 
pass. ἔζευγμαι, ἐζεύχϑην and 
éCuyny. 

ἥδομαι, Lam pleased, ἥσϑήσομαι, 

ἤσϑην. 

ϑαυμάζω, I wonder at, Ladmire, 

fut. mid. 

ϑνίσκω, comm. ἀποϑνήσκω, 1 

die, ἀποϑανοῖμαι, ἀποτέϑνη- 

κα, Aor. ἀπέϑανον. 

inut, I send, throw, ἥσω, εἶκα;, 

aor. ἧκα used chiefly in the 

sing. indic.; for the dual and 

plural with the dependent 

moods and the particip., the 

aor, 2d is commonly used, 

εἶτον, εἵτην, εἶμεν, εἶτε, εἷσαν, 

or less common, ἕμεν, ἕτε, ἔσαν, 

subjunct. ὦ, optat. εἴην, im-. 

perat. ἕς, infin. εἶναι, part. εἷς ; 

aor. mid. εἵμην; perf. and aor. 

pass. εἶμαι, εἴϑην and ἔϑην. 





- τ 
ἔρχομαι, I come, or go fut. εἶμι 


« - » t 
ἱκνοῦμαι, comm. agix., é&ex., 1 








144 EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


come, ἵξομαι, ἵγμαι, ἱκόμην 
(aor. ) 
ἵστημι, I cause to stand, ot, 1900, 
ἔστησα, ἕστηκα present in 
meaning and intrans., ἑστή- 
χειν, or εἱστήκειν imperf. in 
meaning and intrans.; 2daor. 
ἔστην intrans. ; perf. and aor. 
pass. ἕσταμαι, ἐστάϑην, mid. 
ἵσταμαι I stand, also trans. 
I set up for myself, aor. ἐστη- 
σάμην common trans. 
καϑέζομαι, I sit down, fut. κα- 
ϑεδοῦμαι, imp. ἐκαϑεζόμην. 
καϑεύδω, I sleep, καϑευδήσω, 
imperf. καϑηῦδον, also ἐχά- 
ϑευδον, rarely καϑεῦδον. 
καλῶ (éw), J call, fut. καλῶ, κέ- 
χληχα͵ ἐχάλεσα, perf. and aor. 
pass. κέκλημαι, ἐχλήϑην. 
κεῖμαι, Ilie, fut. κείσομαι, imperf. | 
ἐκείμην, subjunct. etc. χέωμαι, 
κεοίμην,͵ κεῖσο, κεῖσϑαι, κεΐμε- 
γος. ' | 
χεράννυμι, and κεραννεῶ, I 
mingle, κεράσω and κερῶ, xE- 
xpaxa, ἐκέρασα, xexgapas, later 
χεχέρασμαι, ἐχράϑην and éxs- 
ράσϑην. 
κλίνω, I bend, incline, κλινῶ, &x- 
diva, κέχλιμαι, éxdid ny. 
κρεμάνγυμι, I suspend, κρεμάσω 
and χρεμῶ, ἐχρέμασα, ἐχρεμάσ- 
ϑην. 
agiv, I separate, judge, κρινῶ, 


μαι, I have acquired= I pos- 


8688. 


3 [ 
κτείνω, comm. ἀποχτείνγω, I 


slay, κτενῶ, ἔκτονα (pert. 2d), 
ἔχτειγα, less COMM. EXTavOY ; 
for the perf. and aor. pass. 
τέϑνηκα, and ἀπέθανον were 


commonly used. 


λαμβάνω, 1 take, λήψομαι, εἴλη- 


qa, aor. ἔλαβον, εἴλημμαι, ἐλήφ- 
ony. 


λανϑάνω, I escape nolice, am 


concealed, λήσω, λέληϑα sy- 

nonymous with the present, 

ἔλαϑον. 

λέγω, I say, λέξω, λέλεγμαι, ἐλέχ- 

Diy ; avitionl collect, συλ- 

λέξω, συνείλοχα, συνείλεγμαι, 

συνελέγην, so in the other 

compounds which mean ἴο 

collect, to choose. 

λείπω, I leave, λείψω, λέλοιπα, 

ἔλιπον. . 

μανϑάνω, I learn, μαϑῆησομαι͵, 

μεμάϑηκα͵ ἔμαϑον. : 

μάχομαι, 1 fight, fut. μαχοῖμαι, 
less comm. μαχέσομαι, μέ- 
μάχημαι, ἐμαχεσάμην. 

μέλει, it concerns, μελήσει, μεμέ- 
ληχε. 

μέμνημαι, 1 remember, μεμνήσο- 
μαι. 

μένω, I remain, μενῶ, μεμένηκα, 
ἔμεινα. 

γομίζω, I think, suppose, Att. 
fut. γομιῶ, γενόμικα, etc. 





κέχρικα, ἔχρινα, κέχριμαι, ἐχρί- 
ϑην, ἐχρινάμην. 

κτάομαι, I acquire, κτήσομαι, 
ἐχτησάμην͵ κέχτημαι and ἔ ἔχτη-" 


͵ » 
| οἶδα, I know, εἴσομαι, ier plu- 
| perf. in form. imperf. in mean- 


| ing. 
' οἴχομαι, 1 am gone, οἰχήσομαι, 





IRREGULAR VERBS 145 


@zouny imperf. in form, gen- 
erally an aorist in meaning. 
ὅλλυμι, comm. ἀπόλ- 1 destroy, 
lose, ὀλῶ, ὀλώλεκα, perf. 2d 
ὄλωλα intrans., aor. ἄλεσα, 
aor. mid. ὠλόμην. 
ὁράω see ὁρῶ. 
ὀρύσσω or oguttw, J dig, ὀρύξω, 
ὀρώρυχα, aor. wousa, oguiguy- 
μαι, ὠρύγην. 
ὁρῶ, J see, imperf. ἑώρων, aor. 
εἶδον, fut. ὄψομαι, perf. ἑώρα- 
κα, perf. pass. ἑώραμαι or ὧμ- 
Hat, aor. pass, ὥφϑην. 
ὀφείλω, I owe, ought, ὀφειλήσω, 
aor. ὥφελον, later ὄφελον used 
only in expressing a wish. 
nuiw, I strike, takes σ in the 
pass. perf. and aor. 
πάσχω, I feel, am affected, nel- 
σομαι, πέπονθα, aor. ἔπαϑον. 
παύω, I cause to cease, παύσω, 
πέπαυκα, ἔπαυσα, πέπαυμαι, 
ἐπαύϑην and ἐπαύσϑην. 
πείϑω, I persuade, πείσω, πέ- 
neixa, πέποιϑα intrans. and 
present in meaning, J trust, 
aor. ἔπεισα, perf. and aor. 
pass. πέπεισμαι, ἐπείσϑην. 
πέτομαι, later, ἵπταμαι, 1 fly, 
πετήσομαι comm. πτήσομαι, 
aor. ἐπτόμην, less comm. 
éntauny, later ἔπτην. 
πίμπλημι, ΓΗ͂Ι, πλήσω, πέπληκα, 
ἔπλησα, πέπλησμαι͵ ἐπλήσϑην. 
πίπτω, J _ fall, fut. πεσοῦμαι, 
perf. πέπτωκα, aor. ἔτεσον. 
πλέω, I sail, nlotoopes, oftener 
niavooimat, πέπλευκα, ἔπλευ- 


πλήττομαι, I am struck, pert 
πέπληγμαι, aor. ἐ; dives, perf, 
2d act. πέπληγα (sometimes 
in a pass.sense). The other 
parts of the act. voice were 
supplied by πατάσσω, or na. 


TUTTO. 
πορεύομαι, I go, march, πορεύ- 
Tomas, πεπόρευμαι, ἐπορεύ- 
ny, 
gs, ῥυήσομαι, seldom ῥεύσομαι, 
ἐῤῥύηκα, aor. ἐῤῥύην, seldom 
ἔυξευσα. 
σαλπέζω, I sound the trumpet, 
σαλπέγξω, ἐσάλπιγξα. 
σχέπτομαι, I consider, seldom 
used in the present and im- 
perf. ; instead of it σχοπῶ or 
σχοποῖμαι and ἐσκόπουν or 
ἐσκοπούμην are more com- 
mon ; fut. σχέψομαι, aor. ἐσ- 
κεψάμην, perf. é ἔσκεμμαι. 
onaw, I draw, takes σ in the 
passive. 
onévOw, I pour out (a libation), 
onsiow, ἔσπεικα͵ ἔσπεισα; mid. 
σπένδομαι, I make a treaty. 
στερῶ, commonly in the simple 
verb, στερίσχω, στερήσω, etc, 
στρέφω, I turn, twist, στρέψω, 
ἔστροφα, ἔσ τρέψα, ἔστραμμαι, 
ἐστρέφϑην. 
σφάζω or σφάττω, I slay, σφάξω 
ἔσφα: α, ἔσφαγμαι, ἐσφάγην. 
τάσσω οἵ τά ττω, / arrange , TuSar, 
τέταχα, ἕν τέταγμαι, ἐτὰχ- 
ϑην. 
τέϑημι, I place, ϑήσω, τέϑεικα, 
aor. ἴῃ the sing. indic. ἔϑηκα, 





σα, pass. takes σ. 


T 


etc.,in the dual and plur, indig 





— : — 
SES ot* ἢ τας ΨΩ - 


SS τας [a οὐὐῆα κοντα 
Se Ee στ ΕΣ τς Σ 


Ses = 
A ae ae ~ = 
a ee 


ἊΝ τος στ ταν 
- πον Soe 
= ee 


146 RXERCISLS IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


and in the other moods, and 
particip. the 2d aor. ἔϑετον, 
ἐθέτην,͵ ἔϑεμεν, etc. ; perl and 
aor. pass. τέϑειμαι, ἐτέϑην. 

τιτρώσκω, I wound, τρώσω, TE- 
τρωμαι, ἐτρώϑην. 

τρέπω, I turn, τρέψω, τέτροφα, 
ἔτρεψα, τέτραμμαι, ἐτρέφϑην, 
ἐτράπην comm. in the sense 
of the mid.: ἐτραπόμην, re- 
flexive; ἐτρεψάμην I routed, 
I put lo flight. 

τρέφω, I nourish, ϑρέψω, TETQO- 
ga, ἔϑρεψα, τέϑραμμαι, ἐτρά- 
φην. 

τρέχω, 1 run, ϑρέξομαι, comm. 
δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, aor. 
ἔδραμον. 

τρίβω, 1 rub, τρίψω, perf. and 
aor. Pass. τέτρεμμαι, ἐτρίφϑην, 
comm. ἐτρέβην. 

τυγχάνω, I obtain, hit, happen, 
τεύξομαι, τετύχηκα, ΒΟΓ. ἔτυχον. 

ὑπισχνοῦμαι, 1 promise, ὑποσχή- 
σομαι, ὑπέσχημαι, ὑπεσχόμην. 

φαίνω, 1 make to appear, show, 
φανῶ, ἔφηνα, πέφασμαι, ἐφαν- 
ϑην oftener ἐφάνην. 

φέρω, I bear, carry, fut. οἴσω. 
perf. ἐνήνοχα, perf. and aor. 
pass. ἐνήγεγμαι, ἠνέχϑην, aor. 

act. ἤνεγκα, and ἤνεγκον. In 

the ist pers. of these two 

aorists, and in the optat. the 

usage is very fluctuating ; 











but of the remaining forms 
we find a preference given 
in the act, to the infin. ἐνεγ- 
xsiv, part. éwyxer,and the 
2d pers. sing. imperat. ἔνεγκε, 
all from the 2d aor. ; while 
the other parts together with 
the whole of the mid. are 
taken from the Ist aor. Butt. 

φεύγω, I flee, gt vSouut, πέφευγα, 
aor. ἔφυγον. 

φημὶ. I say, fat. ἐρῶ, perf. εἴρη- 
κα, perf and aor. pass, εἴρη- 
μαι, ἐῤῥήϑην and ἐῤῥέϑην, aor. 
act, εἶπα or εἶπον. The 2d 
aor. was far more common. 
Of the Ist aor. the forms. 
εἶπας, εἴπατε and εἰπάτω were 
the most frequent, yet even 
these were constantly ex- 
changed for the correspond- 
ing forms of the 2d aor. Butt. 

φϑάνω, [ anticipate, fut. φϑή- 
σομαι, perf. ἔφϑακα, aor. ἔφ- 
ϑασα or ἔφϑην. 

φύω, 1 produce, φύσω,͵ ἔφυσα, 
πέφυκα, 2d aor. ἔφυν The 
last two forms are intransi- 
tive. 

χρή, sud. χρῇ; optat. χρείη, infin. 
χρῆναι, part. χρεών (τό) : fut. 
χρήσει, imperf. ἐχρῆν comm. 
χρῆν. 

ὠνοῦμαι, 1 purchase, ὠνῆσομαι 
etc., aor. ἐπριάμην. 


GREEK AND ENGLISH IND | 
‘ EX TO “ 
CIPAL NOTES. ν᾽»... 





A. 


Adverbs and clauses used ad- 


jectively. ch. 2. (3). 


Aeolic form of the optat aor. 


where used. ch. 2. (9). 


ch. 6. δῇ 1 5. (5). 


E. 


> ‘ 
Lay ‘ , . ae . 
and εἰ distinguished. ch. 3, 


Agent or doer, how expressed.| (35). 


ch. 2. (46). 
αἰτῶ and ἐρωτῶ distinguished 


ch. 3. (41). 


Aorist tense defined. ch. 1. 


_@) 
umes and ποτὲ distinguished. 
ch. 9. (1). 


Apprehend—different senses. 
ch. 1. (8). 

Article instead of a possessive 
Pronoun. ch. 1. (11). 

avtos—meanings. ch. 2, (49). 


C. 
Cause, concomitant of an ac- 


tion etc. denoted by the par- 
ticip. ch. 1. (10). 


D. 


δὲ and καὶ distinguished. ch. 2. 


Ei τις, εἴ τ i 
‘—meaning. ch. 6. 


-| $$ 1-5. (2). 


EAS ei and παραγενέσθαι dis- 
__ tinguished. ch. 1. (39). 
ἐπεὶ and ὅτε distinguished. ch 
1. (6). : 
Euphemism, τελευτῶ for ἀπο- 
: ϑνησχω. ch. 1. (7), 
ἔχϑρος and πολέμιος distin- 
guished. ch. 3. (29). 


H. 


unas and ποτὲ distinguished, 

ch. 9. § 7. (1). 

7fiovs,—construction. ch 
ἊΝ ch. 9, 

νίκα and ὅτε distinguished. 
ch. 8. ὃ 1. (1). 


εν 


Ι. 





ro Imperfect tense defined. ch, 1. 


(2). 





SS ee ὦ... er -.-. . 


INDEX. 


K. 


κέχτημαι and ἔχω distinguished. | 


ch. 7. § 1. (3). 


M. 


μη distinguished from ov. ch. 3. 
(7).—In prohibitions. ch. 3. 
(8).—After verbs of fearing. 
ch. 7. (11). 

Metonymy of ὅπλα for ὁπλῖται, 
ch. 2. (13). 

Middle voice defined. ch. 9. 


(5). 


N. 


ναῦς, πλοῖον etc. distinguished. 
3. (39). 

Negatives ov and un distin- 
guished. ch. 3. (7):—nega- 
tives after ὥςτε. ch. 5. (6): 
—negative connectives. ch. 
3. (25). 


O. 


O 3é,—use of this phrase. ch. 1. 


(9). 


οἴχοι and olxude distinguished. 
ch. 2. (36). 
Ὅπη and ὅπου distinguished. | 





ch. 3. (15). 
Optative in dependent clauses. | 
ch. 1. (12). 


we, as, as if, cn. lL. (4) :—on 
the ground that, ch. 1. (5) 
—d with the particip. and 
a; with the optat. distin- 
guished. ch, 1. (16). 

ὥςτε followed by the indic. and 
the infin. ch. 1. (26):—with 
the negative. ch. 5. (6). 

ὕτε and ἐπεὲ distinguished. 
ch. 1. (6). 

due used to introduce a direct 
quotation. ch. 8. (6). 

οὐ and μὴ distinguished. ch. 3. 
(7). : 

οὕτω or οὕτως and ὡδε distin- 
guished. ch. 1. (36). 


P. 


Participle—agreement with 
the subject of the verb. ch. 1. 
(1):—defined. ch. 1. (10):— 
instead of a substantive. 
ch. 2. (43):—fut. partivip. 
how translated. ch. 1. (40): 
—where we should use the 
infin. &c. ch. 1. (24): λαβαν, 
ἔχων, εἴο., translated with. 
ch. 2. (4). 

Position οἵ αὑτοῦ and of αὐτοῖ. 
ch. 8. § 21. (11). 

πράγματα and χρήματα distin- 
guished. ch. 3. (10). 

Present or perf. instead of the 
fut. ch. 8. (3). 

Prohibitions how expressed. 
ch. 3. (8). 


INDEX, 


Pronouns, my, your, his, etc. 
when expressed. ch. 1. (11). 


S. 


Subjunctive in dependent 
clauses. ch. 1. (12), 


149 


σὺν c. dat. and μετὰ c. gen. dis- 
tinguished. ch. 2. (38). 


ft 


τελευτῶ a euphemism for ane 
ϑνήσχω, ch. 1. (7). 





Time, denoted by the part‘ci 
irt.cl 
ch. 1. (10). . Pp 





FIRST 8668 
ACCORDING TO THE TEXT OF KRUGER. 


NOPHON’S ANABASIS, 


+ 
4 
A 


— 
oA 


τεσ ριξε Repel en Ξιφῖ are Sa re :5: 55:5 
nn nen ποσός οι - ——— 
a 


Roe a ne ges oy ὡς-- 


ernest 





Ce per ree em 


ie 


ore 


Ἢ: 
ΕΣ 


THE 


FIRST BOOK 


OF 


XENOPHON’S ANABASIS, 


ACCORDING TO THE TEXT OF KRUGER. 


cai A NT 
A a ek = 


Re te a Pa wre 
PL ον 
ae seers = 





d. Augsiov καὶ Παρυσάτιδος παῖδες γίγνονται δύο, 
4 4 ~ 4 4 
πρεσβύτερος μὲν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ 
’ , ~ δ Φ ΄ 4 ~ , > , 4 
ἤσϑένει Augeiog καὶ ὑπώπτευε τελευτὴν τοῦ βίου, ἐβούλετό 
- Ε] ~ € ‘ » | 
υἱ τὼ παῖδε ἀμφοτέρω παρεῖναι. Ὁ μὲν οὖν πρεσβύτερος 
»-" ‘ ~ τι τ 
παρὼν ἐτύγχανε" Κῦρον δὲ μεταπέμπεται ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἧς 
Ι] Α , , ‘ 4 
αὐτὸν σατράπην ἐποίησε, καὶ στρατηγὸν δὲ αὐτὸν ἀπέδειξε 
, σ ΄ ~ , » , ᾿ 
πάντων ὅσοι εἰς Καστωλοῦ πεδίον ἀϑροίζονται. ᾿Αναβαίνει 
- ~ ΄ 4 ~ 
ovr ὁ Κῦρος λαβὼν Τισσαφέρνην ὡς φίλον, καὶ τῶν Ἑλλή- 
νῶν δὲ ἔχων ὁπλίτας ἀνέβη τριακοσίους, ἄρχοντα δὲ αὐτῶν 
, ser ‘ ~ " 
Ξενίαν Παῤῥάσιον. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος καὶ κα- 
ξέστῃ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, Τισσαφέρνης διαβάλλει 
| ΄ς- " ‘ > ‘ e > , > ~ ε ‘ 
τὸν Κύρον πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοι αὐτῷ. ‘O δὲ 
, , 4 , ~ ε > ~ ε 3 , 
πειϑέται τὲ καὶ συλλαμβάνει Κῦρον ὡς anoxrevav’ ἡ δὲ μη- 
‘ , 4 
Tne ἐξαιτησαμένη αὐτὸν ἀποπέμπει πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν. Ὁ 
ε ~ σ 
δ᾽ ὡς ἀπῆλϑε κινδυνεύσας καὶ ἀτιμασϑ είς, βουλεύεται ὅπως 
" w A, ~ > ~ > > * , 
μήποτε ἔτι ἔσται ent τῷ ἀδελφῷ, ἀλλ᾽, ἢν δύνηται, βασι- 
, 4 ‘ ~ “- 
λεύσει ave ἐχείνου. Παρύσατις μὲν δὴ ἡ μήτηρ ὑπῆρχε τῷ 
᾽ - - Ἅ 
Κύρῳ, φιλοῦσα αὐτὸν μᾶλλον 7 τὸν βασιλεύοντα ᾿Αρταξέρξην. 
ad > ~ ~ ‘ 4 
Ogrig δ᾽ ἀφικνοῖτο τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν, πάντας 
΄σ ‘ > , ΄σ ΝῊ ~ ~ » 
οὕτω διατιϑεὶς ἀπεπέμπετο ὥς ϑ᾽ ἑαυτῷ μᾶλλον φίλους sivas 


ΣΡ AOE AP PEN 
Σὰν. ae ae δι pe 


" Ayatom 


ena ee 





154 , "AvaBacig. A. «΄. x. α΄. 155 


ἢ βασιλεῖ. Καὶ τῶν nag ἑαυτῷ δὲ βαρβάρων ἐπεμελεῖτε Agiorinnos δὲ ὁ Θετταλὸς ἐτύγχανε ξένος ὧν αὐτῷ, καὶ 10 
ὡς πολεμεῖν τε ἱκανοὶ εἴησαν καὶ εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχοιεν αὐτῷ. πιεζόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν οἴκοι ἀντιστασιωτῶν ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν 

fs Τὴν δὲ Ἑλληνικὴν δύναμιν ἤϑροιζεν ὡς μάλιστα ἐδύνατο Avgor εἶτ αὐτοὶ αὐτὸν εἰς διςχιλίους ξένους καὶ τριῶν μηνῶν 
ἐπικρυπτόμενος, ὅπως ὅτι ἀπαρασκευαστότατον λάβοι βασιλέα. even, ὡς ovze περιγενόμενος ἂν τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν. ‘O 
Ὧδε οὖν ἐποιεῖτο τὴν συλλογήν. ὋὉπόσας εἶχε φυλακὰς ἐν δὲ ages δίδωσιν αὐτῷ εἰς τετρακιςχιλίους καὶ ἕξ μηνῶν 
ταῖς πόλεσι, παρήγγειλε τοῖς φρουράρχαις ἑκάστοις λαμβά- μισθὸν, ταν δεῖται αὐτοῦ μὴ πρόσϑεν καταλῦσαι πρὸς τοὺς 
vew ἄνδρας Πελοποννησίους ὅτι πλείστους καὶ βελτίστους, price asain πρὶν ὧν αὐτῷ συμβουλεύσηται. Οὕτω δὲ αὖ 
ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοντος Τισσαφέρνους ταῖς πόλεσι. Καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν TO ἐν Θετταλίᾳ thar Davey αὐτῷ τρεφόμενον στράτευμα. 
us Jorinat πόλεις Τισσαφέρνους τὸ ἀρχαῖον, ἐκ βασιλέως δε- Πρόξενον δὲ τὸν Βοιώτιον, ξένον ὄντα αὐτῷ, ἐκέλευσε 11 
δομέναι, τότε δ᾽ ἀπέστησαν πρὸς Κῦρον πᾶσαι πλὴν Μιλήτου" λαβόντα ἄνδρας ὅτι πλείστους παραγενέσϑαι, ὡς εἰς Πισίδας 

7 ἐν Μιλήτῳ δ᾽ ὁ Τισσαφέρνης προαισϑόμενος τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα βουλόμενος στρατεύεσϑαι, ὡς πράγματα παρεχόντων τῶν Πι- 
βουλευομένους, ἀποστῆναι πρὸς Κῦρον, τοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ἀπέ: σιδὼν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χώρᾳ. «Σοφαίΐνετον δὲ τὸν “Στυμφαάλιον καὶ 
χτεινε, τοὺς δ᾽ ἐξέβαλεν. ὋὉ δὲ Κῦρος ὑπολαβὼν τοὺς φεύ- “Σωχράτην τὸν ‘Ayaor, ξένους ὄντας καὶ τούτους, ἐκέλευσεν 
γοντας συλλέξας στράτευμα ἐπολιόρκει Μίλητον καὶ κατὰ γῆν - Seas λαβὸν τας ἐλϑεῖν ὅτι πλείστους, ὡς πολεμήσων Τισ- 
καὶ κατὰ ϑάλατταν καὶ ἐπειρᾶτο κατάγειν τοὺς ἐχπεπτωχό- ee σὺν τοῖς φυγάσι τῶν Μιλησίων. Καὶ ἐποίουν» οὗ. 
τας. Καὶ αὕτη αὖ ἄλλη πρόφασις ἦν αὐτῷ τοῦ ἀϑροίζειν τως onthe, ! 

8 στράτευμα, Πρὸς δὲ βασιλέα πέμπων ἠξίου ἀδελφὸς ὧν β. ἔπει δ᾽ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ ἤδη πορεύεσθαι ἄνω, τὴν μὲν > 
αὐτοῦ δοϑῆναί οἱ ταύτας τὰς πόλεις μᾶλλον ἢ Τισσαφέρνην πρόφασιν ἐποιεῖτο ὡς Πισίδας βουλομενὸς ἐχβωλεῖν σαντά- 
” wo, ok eae , δ were te NAGY EX τῆς γώρας" καὶ ἃ Peal δωδ eae! , 
ἄρχειν αὐτῶν" καὶ ἢ μηήτὴρ συνέπραττεν αὐτῷ ταυτὰ οςφτὲ : 7s χώρας και ἀϑροίζει OOS ἔπι TOVTOVS τὸ τὲ βαρ- 
βασιλεὺς τῆς μὲν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιβουλῆς οὐκ ἠσϑάνετο, Trs- βαρικὸν καὶ τὸ Ελληνικὸν ἐγταῦϑα στράτευμα" καὶ παραγ- 
σαφέρνει δὲ ἐνόμιζε πολεμοῦντα αὐτὸν ἀμφὶ τὰ στρατεύματα yedlas 09 te Κλεάρχῳ λαβόντι ἥκειν ὅσον ἦν αὐτῷ στράτευμα 
δαπανᾶν" ὥςτε οὐδὲν ἤχϑετο αὐτῶν πολεμούντων. Καὶ γὰρ 4 “Ἵριστίππῳ συναλλαγέντι πρὸς τοὺς οἴκοι ἀποπέμψαι 
ὁ Κῦρος ἀπέπεμπε τοὺς γιγνομένους δασμοὶς βασιλεῖ ἐκ τῶν meg ἑαυτὸν ὃ εἶχε στράτευμα" καὶ Ξενίᾳ τῷ ᾿“ρκάδι, ὃς 
πόλεων ὧν Τισσαφέρνης ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων. αὐτῷ προειστήκει τοῦ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι ξενικοῦ, ἥκειν παρήγ- 

δ “Addo δὲ στράτευμα συνελέγετο αὐτῷ ἐν Χεῤῥονήσῳ τῇ 7ειλε λαβόντα τοὺς ἄνδρας, πλὴν ὁπόσοι ἱκανοὶ εἴησαν τὰς 
καταντιπέρας ᾿Αβύδου τόνδε τὸν τρόπον. Κλέαρχος ἦν Aaxe- ἀχροπόλεις φυλάττει». ᾿Ἐκάλεσε δὲ καὶ τοὺς Μάώητον πολι- 2 
δαιμόνιος, φυγάς. Τούτῳ συγγενόμενος ὁ Κῦρος ἠγάσϑη τε ορκοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς φυγάδας ἐκέλευδε σὺν αὑτῷ στρατεύε- 
αὐτὸν καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτῷ μυρίους δαρεικούς. ‘O δὲ λαβὼν τὸ σϑάϊ, ὑποσχόμενος αὐτοῖς, εἰ καλῶς καταπράξειεν ἐφ᾽ ἃ ἐστρα. 
χρυσίον στράτευμα συνέλεξεν ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν χρημάτων καὶ τεύετο, μὴ πρόσϑεν παύσασϑαι πρὶν αὐτοὺς καταγάγοι οἴκαδε: 





ἐπολέμει ἐκ Χεῤῥονήσου ὁρμώμενος τοῖς Θραξὶ τοῖς ὑπὲρ Oi δὲ ἡδέως ἐπείϑοντο" ἐπίστευον γὰρ αὐτῷ" καὶ λαβόντες 
Ἑλληςπόντον οἰκοῦσι καὶ ὠφέλει τοὺς Ἕλληνας" ὥςτε καὶ τὰ ὁπλα παρῆσαν εἰς “Σάρδεις. Ξενίας μὲν δὴ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν 3 
τοήματα συνεβάλλοντο αὐτῷ εἰς τὴν τροφὴν τῶν στρατιωτῶν πόλεων λαβὼν παρεγένετο εἰς Σάρδεις, ὁπλίτας εἰς τετρακις- 
αἱ ἙἙλληςποντιακαὶ πόλεις ἑκοῦσαι. Τοῦτο δ᾽ αὖ οὕτω τρειρό χιλίους. ; Πρόξενος δὲ παρῆν ἔχων ὁπλίτας μὲν εἰς mevraxo- 
ἀετὸν ἐλάνϑανεν αὐτῷ τὸ στράτευμα. σίους καὶ χιλίους, γυμνήτας δὲ πενταχοσίους, Σοφαίνετος 3s 





156 ᾿νάβασις. A, «. x. . 157 


ὁ Στυμφάλιος ὁπλίτας ἔχων χιλιους, “Σωκράτης δὲ ὁ ᾿4χαιὸς Κελκινῶν ἀκρόπολιν. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔ ἔμεινε Κυρος ἡμέρας τριά- 
ὁπλίτας ἔχων ὡς πεντακοσίους " Πασίων δὲ ὁ Μεγαρεὺς εἰς κογεα καὶ ἧκε Κλέαρχος ὁ ““ακεδαιμόνιος, φυγάς, ἔχων 
ἑπταχοσίους ἔχων ἄνδρας παρεγένετο" ἦν δὲ καὶ οὗτος καὶ ὁπλίτας χιλίους καὶ πελταστὰς Θρᾷκας ὁ ὀκταχοσίους καὶ τοξό- 

4 ὁ Σωκράτης τῶν ἀμφὶ Μίλητον στρατευομένων. Οὗτοι μὲν τας Κρῆτας διαχοσίους. “ἅμα δὲ καὶ “Σωσίας παρῆν ὁ Συ- 
εἰς Σάρδεις αὐτῷ ἀφίκοντο. Τισσαφέρνης δέ, κ κατανοήσας ρακόσιος ἔχων ὁπλιτας τριαχοσίους, καὶ i Sogetoeengys 0 A¢- 
ταῦτα καὶ μείζονα ἡγησάμενος εἶναι ἢ ἢ ὡς ἐπὶ Πισίδας τὴν κὰς ἔχων ὁπλίτας χιλίους. Καὶ ἐνταῦϑα Κῦρος ἐξέτασιν καὶ 
παρασκευήν, πορεύεται ὡς βασιλέα ἡ ἐδύνατο τάχιστα ἱππέας ἀριϑμὸν τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων ἐποίησεν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ᾽ καὶ ἐγέ. 

5 ἔχων ὡς πεντακοσίους. Καὶ βασιλεὺς μὲν δὴ ἐπεὶ ἤκουσε γοντο οἱ σύμπαντες ὁπλῖται μὲν μύριοι καὶ χίλιοι, πελτασταὶ 
παρὰ Τισσαφέρνους τὸν Κύρου στόλον, ἀντιπαρεσκενάξ ἔτο. δὲ ἀμφὶ τοὺς διρχιλίους. 

Κῦρος δὲ ἔχων οὗς εἴρηκα ὡρμᾶτο ἀπὸ Σάρδεων" καὶ ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς δύο, παρασάγγας δέκα, 1 
ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Aviiug σταϑμοὺς τρεῖς, παρασάγγας εἴχοσι εἰς Πᾶλτας, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔ ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας τρεῖς, 
καὶ δύο, ἐπὶ τὸν Μαίανδρον ποταμόν. Τούτου τὸ εὖρος δύο ἐν αἷς Ξενίας ὁ “Agung τὰ “ύκαια ἔϑυσε καὶ ἀγῶνα ἔϑηκε" 

6 πλέϑρα" γέφυρα δὲ ἐπῆν ἐζευγμένη πλοίοις ἑπτά. Τοῦτον τὰ δὲ ἀϑλα ἦσαν σελεγγίδες χρυσαῖ" ἐθεώρει δὲ τὸν ἀγῶνα 
διαβὰς ἐξελαύνει διὰ Φρυγίας σταϑμὸν ἕνα, παρασάγγας καὶ Κυύρος. Evrev dev ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς δύο, παρασάγγας 
ὀχτώ, εἰς Κολοσσάς, πόλιν οἰκουμένην καὶ εὐδαίμονα καὶ δώδεκα, εἰς Κεραμὼν ἀγορών, πόλιν οἰκουμένην, ἐσχάτην 
μεγάλην. Ἐνταῦϑα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά" καὶ ἧκε Μένων ὃ πρὺς τῇ Μυσίᾳ χώρᾳ. ᾿Εγντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς τρεῖς, li 
Θετταλὸς ἔχων ὁπλίτας χιλίους καὶ πελταστὰς πεντακοσίους, παρασάγγας τριάκοντα, εἰς Καῦσερου πεδίον, πόλιν οἰκουμέ- 

7 Δόλοπας καὶ Aintvag καὶ ᾿Ολυνθίους. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει viv. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας πέντε" καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις 
σταϑμοὺς τρεῖς, παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν, εἰς Κελαινάς, τῆς Φρυ- ὠφείλετο μισϑὸς πλέον 3 ἢ τριῶν μηνῶν" καὶ πολλάκις ἰόντες 
γίας πολιν οἰκουμένην, μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. Ἐνταῦϑα ἐπὶ τὰς ϑύ rene ἀπήτουν. 0 δὲ ἐλπίδας λέγων διῆγε καὶ δῆ- 
Κύρῳ βασίλεια ἦν καὶ παράδεισος μέγας ἀγρίων ϑηρίων λος si se tiedier ov γὰρ ἦν πρὸς τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου ἔχοντα 
πλήρης, ἃ ἐχεῖνος ἐϑήρευεν ἀπὸ ἵππου, ὁπότε γυμνάσαι βου- un ἀποδιδόναι. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἀφικνεῖται Ἐπύαξα ἡ “Συεννέσιος 12 
λοιτο ἑαυτόν τε καὶ τοὺς ἵππους. Are μέσου δὲ τοῦ παρα. γυνὴ τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως παρὰ Κῦρον" καὶ ἐλέγετο Κύρῳ 
δείσου ῥεῖ ὁ Μαίανδρος ποταμός" αἱ δὲ πηγαὶ αὐτοῦ εἰσιν δοῦναι χρήματα πολλά. Τῇ δ᾽ οὖν σερατιᾷ τότε ἀπέδωχε 
ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων" ῥεῖ δὲ καὶ διὰ τῆς Κελαινῶν πόλεως. Κῦρος μισϑὸν τεττάρων μηνῶν. Εἶχε δὲ ἡ Κίλισσα καὶ φυ- 

8 Ἔστι δὲ καὶ μεγάλου. βασιλέως βασίλεια ἐν Κελαιναῖς ἐρυμτὰ λακὴν περὶ αὑτὴν Κίλικας καὶ "Aonevdiove ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ 
ἐπὶ ταῖς πηγαῖς τοῦ Μαρσύου ποταμοῦ ὑπὸ τῇ ἀκροπέλει. συγγενέσϑαι Κῦρον τῇ Κιλίσσῃ. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύγει σταϑμοὺς 13 
Ῥεῖ δὲ καὶ οὗτος διὰ τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐμβάλλει εἰς τὸν Μαί. δύο, παρασάγγας δέκα, εἰς Θύμβριον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. Ἔν- 
ανδρον" τοῦ δὲ Μαρσύου τὸ εὖρος εἴχοσι καὶ πέντε ποδῶν. ταῦϑα ἦν παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν κρήνη ἡ Μίδου καλουμένη τοῦ 
Ἐνταῦϑα λέγεται ᾿Ἵπόλλων ἐχδεῖραι Μαρσύαν, νικήσας ἐρί- Φρυγῶν βασιλέως, ἐφ᾽ ἡ λέγεται Μίδας τὸν Σάτυρον ϑη- 
ζοντά οἱ περὶ σοφίας, καὶ τὸ δέρμα χρεμάσαι ἐν τῷ ἄντρῳ ρεῦσαι οἴγῳ κεράσας αὐτήν. 
ὅϑεν αἱ πηγαί" διὰ δὲ τοῦτο ὁ ποταμὸς καλεῖται Μαρσύας. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς δύο, παρασάγγας, δέκα, 14 

9 Ἐνταῖϑα Ξέρξης, ὅτε ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἡττηθεὶς τῇ μάχῃ εἰς Τυριαῖον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας 
ἀπεχώρει, λέγεται οἰκοδομῆσαι ταῦτά τε τὰ βασῶεια ναὶ τὴ» τρεῖς. Καὶ λέγεται δεηϑῆναι ἡ Κίλισσα Κύρου ἐπιδεῖξαι τὸ 





158 "AvaBacte. A. a, x. β΄. 159 


στράτευμα ἑαυτῇ" βουλόμενος οὖν ἐπιδεῖξαι ἐξέτασιν now σάγγας εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε πρὸς Δάναν, πόλιν οἰκουμένην, μὲ 

5 εἴται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων. "Exe. γάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς" ἐν ᾧ 
λευσε δὲ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ὡς νόμος αὐτοῖς εἰς μάχην, οὕτω Κῦρος ἀπέκτεινεν ἄνδρα Πέρσην Μεγαφέρνην, φοινικιστὴν 
ταχϑῆναι καὶ στῆναι, συντάξαι δὲ ἕχαστον τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ. βασίλειον, καὶ ἕτερόν τινα τῶν ὑπάρχων [δυνάστην], αἰτιασά. 
᾿Ἐτάχϑησαν οὖν ἐπὶ τεττάρων" εἶχε δὲ τὸ μὲν δεξιὸν Μένων μέρος ἐπιβουλεύειν αὑτῷ. 
καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὸ δὲ εὐώνυμον Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου, ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐπειρῶντο εἰςβάλλειν εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν" ἡ δὲ 21 

[6 τὸ δὲ μέσον οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοί. ᾿Εϑεώρει οὖν ὁ Κῦρος εἰςβολὴ ἦν ὁδὸς ἁμαξιτός, ὀρϑία ἰσχυρῶς καὶ ἀμήχανος εἰς- 
πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς βαρβάρους" οἱ δὲ παρήλαυνον τεταγμένοι ελϑεῖν στρατεύματι, εἴ τις ἐκώλυεν. Ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ Svévve- 
κατ᾽ ἴλας καὶ κατὰ τάξεις" εἶτα δὲ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, παρελαύ- σιν εἶναι ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων φυλάττοντα τὴν εἰςβολήν" δι᾿ ὃ ἔμει- 
γων ἐφ᾿ ἅρματος καὶ ἡ Κίλισσα ἐφ᾽ ἁυνμαμάξης. Εἶχον δὲ vev ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. 1 δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἧκεν ἄγγελος λέ- 
πάντες κράνη χαλκᾶ καὶ χιτῶνας φοινικοῦς καὶ κνημῖδας καὶ γῶν ὅτι λελοιπὼς εἴη «Συέννεσις τὰ ἄκρα, ἐπεὶ ἤσϑετο τό τε 

17 τὰς ἀσπίδας ἐκκεκαϑαρμένας. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ πάντας παρήλασε, Μένωνος στράτευμα ὅτι ἤδη ἐν Κιλικέᾳ ἦν εἴσω τῶν ὀρέων 
στήσας τὸ ἅρμα πρὸ τῆς φάλαγγος μέσης πέμψας Πίγρητα καὶ OTL τριήρεις ἤκουε περιπλεούσας ἀπ᾽ ᾿Ιωνίας εἰς Κιλικίαν 
τὸν ἑρμηνέα παρὰ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τῶν ᾿Ελλήτων ἐκέλευσε Ξαμῶν ἔχοντα τὰς ““ακεδαιμονίων καὶ αὐτοῦ Κύρου. Κῦρος 22 
προβαλέσϑαι τὰ ὅπλα καὶ ἐπιχωρῆσαι ὅλην τὴν φάλαγγα. ὃ ov ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη οὐδενὸς κωλύοντος καὶ εἶδε rie 
Oi δὲ ταῦτα προεῖπον τοῖς στρατιώταις " καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐσάλπιγξε, σκηνὰς Ov ἐφύλαττον οἱ Κίλικες. Ἐντεῦϑεν δὲ κατέβαινεν 
προβαλλόμενοι τὰ ὅπλα ἐπήεσαν. “Ex δὲ τούτου ϑᾶττον εἰς πεδίον μέγα καὶ καλὸν καὶ ἐπίβρῥυτον καὶ δένδρων 
προϊόντων σὺν κραυγῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου δρόμος ἐγένετο παντόδαπῶν σύμπλεων καὶ ἀμπέλων: πολὺ δὲ καὶ σήσα- 

18 τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνάς. Τῶν δὲ βαρβάρων φύβος μὸν xo μελίνην καὶ κέγχρον καὶ πυροὺς καὶ κριϑὰς φέ: 
πολὺς καὶ ἄλλοις καὶ ἥ τε Κίλισσα ἔφυγεν ἐκ τῆς ἁρμαμά- get. “Ὅρος δ᾽ αὐτὸ περιέχει ὀχυρὸν καὶ ὑψηλὸν πάντῃ ἐκ 
Eng καὶ οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς καταλιπόντες τὰ MIG ἔφευγον" οἱ θαλάττης εἰς ϑάλατταν. Καταβὰς δὲ, διὰ τούτου τοῦ πεδίου 93 
δὲ Ἕλληνες σὺν γέλωτι ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνὰς ἦλϑον. Ἡ δὲ Κίλισσα ἤλασε σταϑμοὺς τέτταρας, παρασάγγας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν, εἰς 
ἰδοῦσα τὴν λαμπρότητα καὶ τὴν τάξιν τοῦ στρατεύματος Ταρσούς, τῆς Κιλικίας πόλιν μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. Ἔ»- 
ἐθαύμαζε. Κῦρος δὲ ἥσϑη τὸν ἐκ τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰς τοὺς βαρ- earthy ἦσαν τὰ «Συεννέσιος βασίλεια τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως" 
βάρους φόβον ἰδών. but μέσης δὲ τῆς πόλεως ῥεῖ ποταμὸς Κύδνος ὄνομα, εὖρος 

9  ἘΝντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς τρεῖς, παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν, ὅν. πλεϑρων. Ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον οἱ ἐνοικοῦντες 24 
εἰς ᾿Ικόνιον, τῆς Φρυγίας πόλιν ἐσχάτην. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμεινε usta «Συεννέσιος εἰς χωρίον ὀχυρὸν ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, πλὴν οἱ τὰ 
τρεῖς ἡμέρας. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Avxaoviag στα- καπηλεῖα ἔχοντες " ἔμειναν δὲ καὶ οἱ παρὰ τὴν ϑάλατταν oi- 
ϑμοὺς πέντε, παρασάγγας τριάκοντα. Ταύτην τὴν χωραν Μοῦρτι ἐν Σόλοις καὶ ἐν ᾿Ισσοῖς. 

20 ἐπέτρεψε διαρπάσαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὡς πολεμίαν οὖσαν. *Ev- ἔπύαξα δὲ ἡ “Συεννέσιος γυνὴ προτέρα Κύρου πέντε ἡμέ. 25 
τεῦϑεν ὁ Κῦρος τὴν Κίλισσαν εἰς Κιλικίαν ἀποπέμπει τὴν ρας εἰς Tagoove ἀφίκετο. Ἔν δὲ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶ» ὀρῶν τῇ 





~ , a , ων “-" , , "Ὁ ’ 
ταχίστην ὁδόν" καὶ συνέπεμψεν αὐτῇ στρατιώτας ovg Μένων εἰς τὸ πεδίον δύο λόχοι τοῦ Μένωνος στρατεύματες ἀπώ- 
4 ¢~ ἃ . > : δ Ψ ς , ΄ - - 
εἶχε καὶ αὐτὸν Μένωνα τὸν Θεσσαλόν. Κῦρος δὲ μετὰ τῶν lovzo. Oi μὲν ἔφασαν ἁρπάζοντάς τι κατακοπῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν 
i ΄ , . ἔ ‘ , ‘ 
ἄλλων ἐξελαύνει διὰ Καππαδοκίας σταϑμοὺς τέτταρας, maga: Κιλίκων, οἱ δέ, ὑπολειῳϑέντας καὶ οὐ δυναμένους εὑρεῖν τὸ 





160 Avapaces. A. δε 7. 16) 


ἄλλο στράτευμα οὐδὲ τὰς ὁδοὺς εἶτα πλανωμένους ἀπολέ ἐνοικοῦντας Ἕλληνας τὴν γῆν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ κῶν ils hie 
26 ofa. Ἦσαν δὲ οὗτοι ἑκατὸν (ἕκαστος) ὁπλῖται. Οἱ δ᾽ Coe ὑμᾶς ἐπορευόμην, iva, εἴ τι δέοιτο, ὠφελοίην αὐτὸν av? 
ἄλλοι ἐπειδὴ ἧκον, τήν τε πόλιν τοὺς Ταρσοὺς διήρπασαν, διὰ ὧν εὖ ἔπαϑον va ἐχείνου. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὑμεῖς οὐ βούλεσϑε 5 
τὸν ὄλεϑρον τῶν συστρατιωτῶν ὀργιζόμενοι, καὶ τὰ βασίλεια συμπορεύεσϑαι, ἀνάγκη δή μοι ἢ ὑμᾶς προδόντα τῇ Κύρου 
τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ. Κῦρος δὲ ἐπεὶ εἰςήλασεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, μετεπὲμ- φιλίᾳ χρῆσϑαι ἢ πρὸς ἐχεῖνον ψευσάμενον ped ὑμῶν ἰέναι. 
πετο Συέννεσιν πρὸς ἑαυτόν" ὃ δὲ οὔτε πρότερον οὐδενί πω Εἰ μὲν δὴ δίκαια norhow οὐκ elke, aleteoac δὲ ole rae 
κρείττονι ἑαυτοῦ εἰς χεῖρας ἐλϑεῖν ἔφη οὔτε τότε Κύρῳ ἰέναι σὺν ὑμῖν ῦ, τι ἂν δέῃ πείσομαι. Καὶ οὕποτε ἐρεῖ οὐδεὶς, ὡς 
87 ἤϑελε, πρὶν ἡ γυνὴ αὐτὸν ἔπεισε καὶ πίστεις ἔλαβε. Μετὰ ἐγὼ Ἕλληνας, ἀγαγὼν εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους προδοὺς τοὺς Ἔλ- 
δὲ ταῦτα ἐπεὶ συνεγένοντο ἀλλήλοις, «Συέννεσις μὲν Κυρῳ ληνας τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων φιλίαν εἱλόμην" ἀλλ ἐπεὶ ὑμεῖς 8 
ἔδωκε χρήματα πολλὰ εἰς τὴν στρατιάν, Κῦρος δὲ πῃ “" ἐϑέλετε πείθεσϑαι οὐδὲ ἕπεσϑαι, ἐγὼ σὺν ὑμῖν ἕψομαι 
δῶρα ἃ νομίζεται παρὰ βασιλεῖ τίμια, ἵππον χρυσοχάλινον καὶ ὅ,τι ἂν δέῃ πείσομαι. Nouiter γὰφ ὁμῶς μὲ elvan 
καὶ στρεπτὸν χρυσοῦν καὶ ψέλια καὶ ἀκινάκην χρυσοῦν και “aL πατρίδα καὶ φίλους καὶ 





niall τξτὶ. 5 Pips ; ove. xe συμμάχους, καὶ σὺν ὑμῖν μὲν 

στολὴν Περσικὴν καὶ τὴν χώραν μηκέτι ἁρπαζεσϑαι, τὰ uy ξέναι τίμιος ὅπου ἂν ὦ, ὑμῶν δ᾽ ἔρημος ὧν οὐκ ἂν ἱκανὸς 

δὲ ἡρπασμένα ἀνδράποδα, ἦν nov ἐντυγχάνωσιν, ἀπολαμ- εἶναι οἶμαι οὔτ᾽ ἄν φίλον ὠφελῆσαι οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐχϑρὸν ἀλέξα. 
βάνειν. wee. Ἶ σθαι. ite ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰὐντος ὁπὴ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς οὕτω τὴν 

1 7. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμεινε Κῦρος καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ ἡμέρας εἰ- γνώμην ἔχετε. se 
χοσιν" οἱ γὰρ στρατιῶται οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω" Tavera εἶπεν" οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται οἵ τε αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου καὶ 7 
ὑπώπτευον γὰρ ἤδη ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἰέναι" μισϑωϑῆναι δὲ οὐχ οἱ ἄλλοι ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες, ὅτι οὐ φαίη παρὰ βασιλέα πο- 
ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἔφασαν. Πρῶτος δὲ Κλέαρχος τοὺς αὑτοῦ στρα- θρεύεσϑαι, ἐπήνεσαν" παρὰ δὲ Ξενίου καὶ Tadivaiaieied 
τιώτας ἐβιάζετο ἰέναι" οἱ δὲ αὐτόν τε ἔβαλλον καὶ τὰ ὑπο. ᾿ ἢ διρχίλιοι λαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ csmneifiign: Spamasiians 

2 ζύγια τὰ ἐχείνου, ἐπεὶ ἤρξατο προϊέναι. Κλέαρχος δὲ τότε δεύσαντο παρὰ Κλεάρχῳ. Κῦρος δὲ τούτοις ἀπορῶν τε καὶ 8 
μὲν μιχρὸν ἐξέφυγε τὸ μὴ καταπετρωϑῆναι, ὕστερον δ᾽, wae λυπούμενος μετεπέμπετο τὸν Κλέαρχον" ὁ δὲ ἰέναι μὲν οὐκ 
ἔγνω ὅτι οὐ δυνήσεται βιάσασϑαι, συνήγαγεν ἐκκλησίαν τῶν ηϑελε, λάϑρᾳ δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν πέμπων αὐτῷ ἄγγελον 
αὑτοῦ στρατιωτῶν. Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἐδάκρυε πολὺν χρόνον» ἔλεγε ϑαῤῥεῖν, ὡς καταστησομένων τούτων εἰς τὸ δέον" μετα- 
ἑστώς" οἱ δέ, ὁρῶντες ἐθαύμαζον καὶ ἐσιώπων" εἶτα ἔλεξε πέμπεσϑαι δ᾽ ἐκέλευεν αὑτόν" αὐτὸς δ᾽ οὐχ hon ἐδ Ma 
τοιάδε. δὲ ταῦτα συναγαγὼν τούς τε ued ἑαυτοῦ στρατιώτας καὶ 

8 ἊΑνδρες στρατιῶται, μὴ ϑαυμάζετε ὅτι χαλεπῶς φέρω τοὺς προφελϑόντας αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τὸν βουλόμενον 
τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασιν. ᾿Εμοὶ γὰρ Κῦρος ξένος ἐγένετο ἔλεξε τοιάδε. 
καί μὲ φεύγοντα ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος τά τε ἄλλα ἐτίμησε καὶ : Aviges στρατιῶται, τὰ μὲν δὴ Κύρου δῆλον ὅτι οὕτως 
μυρίους ἔδωκε Sapexots* οὺς ἐγὼ λαβὼν οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἰδιον ἔχει πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὥςπερ τὰ ἡμέτερα πρὸς ἐκεῖνον" οὔτϑ pend 
κατεϑέμην ἐμοί, GA? οὐδὲ καϑηδυπάϑησα, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς ὑμᾶς ἡμεῖς ἔτι ἐχείνου στρατιῶται, ἐπεί γε οὐ συνεπόμεϑα αὐτῷ, 

( ἐδαπάνων. Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἐπὶ τοὺς Θρᾷκας ἐπολέμησα οὔτε ἐχεῖνος ἔτι ἡμῖν μισϑυδότης. Ὅτι αὐτο ἀμ 
καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἕλλάδος ἐτιμωρούμην we? ὑμῶν, ἐκ τῆς Χεῤ- νομίζει ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν οἶδα" ὥςτε καὶ μεταπεμπομένου αὐτοῦ 
ὁονήσου αὐτοὺς ἐξελαύνων, βουλομένους ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τοὺς 








162 ᾿ἄναβασιςφ. 


οὐκ ἐθέλω ἐλϑεῖν, τὸ μὲν μέγιστον, αἰσχυνόμενος, ὅτι συν. 
owe ἐμαυτῷ πάντα ἐψευσμένος αὐτόν, ἔπειτα καὶ μοι τα 
11 λαβών μὲ δίκην ἐπιϑῇ ὧν νομίζει ὑπ ἐμοῦ Sento Det, μοι 
οὖν δοκεῖ οὐχ ὥρα εἶναι ἡμῖν καϑεύδειν οὐδ ἀμελεῖν ἡμῶν 
αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ βουλεύεσϑαι ὅ,τι χρὴ ποιεῖν ἐκ τούτων. Καὶ 
ἕως γε μένομεν αὐτοῦ, σκεπτέον μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ὅπως 7 
ἀσφαλέστατα μενοῦμεν" εἴ τε ἤδη δοκεῖ ἀπιέναι, ὅπως [ὡς 
ἀσφαλέστατα ἄπιμεν καὶ ὅπως τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἕξομεν" ee 
12 γὰρ τούτων οὔτε στρατηγοῦ οὔτε ἰδιώτου ὄφελος οὐδέν. 
δ᾽ ἀνὴρ πολλοῦ μὲν ἄξιος φίλος εὗ ἂν φίλος ἥ, χαλεπώτατος 
δ᾽ ἐχϑρὸς ᾧ ἂν πολέμιος ἧ. Ἔτι δὲ δύναμιν ἔχει καὶ 
πεζὴν καὶ ἱππικὴν καὶ γαυτικήν, ἣν πάντες ὁμοίως ὁρῶμέν 
τε καὶ ἐπιστάμεϑα᾽ καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ πόῤῥω δοκοῦμέν pee av- 
τοῦ καϑῆσϑαι. Ὥςτε ὧρα λέγειν ὅ,τι τις γιγνώσκει ἄριστον 
εἶναι. : aoa me : 
13 Tavra εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο. Ἔκ δὲ τούτου ἀνίσταντο Οἱ 
μὲν ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, λέξοντες ἃ ἐγίγνωσκον, οἱ δὲ καὶ ὑπ᾽ 
ἐκείνου ἐγκέλευστοι, ἐπιδεικνύντες οἵα εἴη ἀπορία ἄνευ τῆς 
14 Κύρου γνώμης καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀπιέναι. Eig δὲ δὴ εἶπε, “γῇ 
ποιούμενος σπεύδειν ὡς τάχιστα πορεύεσϑαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, 
στρατηγοὺς μὲν ἑλέσϑαι ἄλλους ὡς τάχιστα, εἰ μὴ βούλεται 
Κλέαρχος ἀπάγειν" τὰ δ᾽ ἐπιτήδεια ἀγοράξεσϑαι" ἡ δ᾽ ἀγορὰ 
ἦν ἐν τῷ βαρβαρικῷ στρατεύματι" καὶ συσκευάζεσϑαι " ἐλ- 
ϑόντας δὲ Κῦρον αἰτεῖν πλοῖα, ὡς ἀποπλέοιεν" ἐὰν δὲ μὴ 
διδῷ ταῦτα, ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν Κῦρον, ὅςτις ὡς διὰ φιλίας 
τῆς χώρας ἀπάξει. ᾿Εὰν δὲ μηδὲ ἡγεμόνα διδῷ, — 
τεσϑαι τὴν ταχίστην, πέμψαι δὲ καὶ προκαταληψομένους 
τὰ ἄκρα, ὅπως μὴ φϑάσωσι μήτε ὁ Kugos μήτε ot Κίλικες 
καταλαβόντες, ὧν πολλοὺς καὶ πολλὰ χρήματα ἔχομεν ie 
παχότες. 
ἰδ Οὗτος μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτα εἶπε" μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Κλέαρχος 
εἶπε τοσοῦτον. ‘2¢ μὲν στρατηγήσοντα ἐμὲ ταύτην τὴν 
στρατηγίαν μηδεὶς ὑμῶν λεγέτω" πολλὰ γὰρ ἐνορῶ δι᾿ ἃ ἐμοὶ 


A. αὐ x. 7. 163 
τοῦτο οὐ ποιητέον" ὡς δὲ τῷ ἀνδρὶ ὃν ἂν ἕλησϑε πείσομαι 
ὗ δυνατὸν μάλιστα, ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὅτι καὶ ἄρχεσϑαι ἐπίσταμαι, 
ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος μάλιστα ἀνϑρώπων. 

Μετὰ τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέστη, ἐπιδεικνὲς μὲν τὴν εὐήϑειαν 16 
τοῦ τὰ πλυῖα αἰτεῖν κελεύοντος, ὦ ὥρπερ παλιν τὸν στόλον Κύ- 
gov μὴ ποιουμένου, ἐπιδεικνὺς δὲ ὡς εὔηϑες εἴη ἡγεμόνα 
αἰτεῖν παρὰ τούτου ᾧ λυμαινέμεϑα τὴν πρᾶξιν. Εἰ δέ τι 
καὶ τῷ ἡγεμόνι πιστεύσυμεν ᾧ ἂν Κῦρος δῷ, τί κωλύει καὶ 
τὰ ἄχρα ἡμῖν κελεύειν Κῦρον προκαταλαμβάνειν; ᾿Εγὼ [nev] 17 
γὰρ ὀκνοίην μὲν ἂν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα ἐμβαίνειν ἃ ἡμῖν δοίη, μὴ 
ἡμᾶς αὐταῖς ταῖς τριήρεσι καταδύσῃ, φοβοίμην δ᾽ ἂν τῷ ἦγε- 
μόνι ᾧ [ar] δοίη ἕπεσϑαι, μὴ ἡμᾶς ἀγάγῃ ὅϑεν οὐχ οἷόν τε 
ἔσται eel Dein βουλοίμην δ᾽ ἂν ἄκοντος ἀπιὼν Κύρου λα- 
ϑεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελϑών, ὃ οὐ δυνατόν ἐστιν. ᾿Αλλ ἔγωγέ φημι 18 
ταῦτα μὲν φλυαρίας εἶναι" δοκεῖ δέ μοι ἄνδρας ἐλϑόντας 
πρὸς Κῦρον οἵτινες ἐπιτήδειοι σὺν Κλεάρχῳ ἐρωτᾶν ἐκεῖνον 
τί βούλεται ἡμῖν χρῆσϑαι, καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἡ πρᾶξις ἢ ῇ nies 
σία οἷᾳπερ καὶ πρόξερον ἐχρῆτο τοῖς ξένοις, ἕπεσϑαι καὶ 
ἡμᾶς καὶ μὴ κακίους εἶναι τῶν πρόσϑεν τούτῳ συναναβάν- 
των" ἐὰν δὲ μείζων ἡ πρᾶξις τῆς πρόσϑεν φαίνηται καὶ 19 
ἐπιπονωτέρα καὶ ἐπικινδυνοτέρα, ἀξιοῦν ἢ πείσαντα ἡμᾶς 
ἄγειν ἢ πεισϑέντα πρὸς φιλίαν ἀφιέναι" οὕτω γὰρ καὶ 
ἑπόμενοι ἂν φίλοι αὐτῷ καὶ πρόϑυμοι. énoiueda καὶ ἀπι- 
ὄγτες ἀσφαλῶς ἂν ἀπίοιμεν" ὅ,τι δ᾽ ἂν πρὸς ταῦτα λέγῃ 
ἀπαγγεῖλαι δεῦρο" ἡμᾶς δ᾽ ἀκούσαντας πρὸς ταῦτα βου- 
λεύεσϑαι. 

Ἔδοξε ταῦτα, καὶ ἄνδρας ἑλόμενοι σὺν Κλεάρχῳ πέμ- 96 
πουσιν, οἵ ἠρώτων Κῦρον τὰ δόξαντα τῇ στρατιᾷ. Ὁ δ᾽ 
ἀπεχρίνατο ὅτι ἀκούοι “Ἵβροκόμαν, ἐχϑρὸν ἄνδρα, ἐπὶ τῷ 
Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ εἶναι, ἀπέχοντα δώδεκα σταϑμούς. Πρὸς 
τοῦτον οὖν ἔφη βούλεσϑαι ἐλϑεῖν" χὰν μὲν ἢ ἐχεῖ, τὴν δίκην 
ἔφη χρήζειν ἐπιϑεῖναι αὐτῷ, ἢν δὲ φεύγῃ, ἡμεῖς ἐκεῖ πρὸς 
ταῦτα βουλευσόμεϑα. ᾿ΑἸἰκούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα οἱ αἱρετοὶ ἄναγ- 
νέλλουσι τοῖς στρατιώταις " τοῖς δὲ ὑποψία μὲν ἢν ὅτι ἄγει 2] 





164 ᾿νάβαοσις. A. αὖ. x. 8. 165 


πρὸς βασιλέα, ὅμως δὲ ἐδόκει ἕπεσϑαι. Προςαιτοῦσι δὲ βάσειεν εἴσω καὶ ἔξω τῶν πυλῶν, καὶ βιασάμενοι τοὺς πο- 
μισϑὸν ὁ Κῦρος ὑπισχνεῖται ἡμιόλιον πᾶσι δώσειν οὗ πρότερον λεμίους παρέλϑοιεν, εἰ φυλάττοιεν ἐπὶ ταῖς Συρίαις πύλαις, 
ἔφερον, ἀντὶ δαρειχοῦ τρία ἡμιδαρεικὰ τοῦ μηνὸς τῷ στρα- ona Gere ποιήσειν τὸν “ABooxounr ὁ Κῦρος, ἔχοντα πολὺ 
τιώτῃ᾽ ὅτι δὲ ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἄγει οὐδὲ ἐνταῦϑα ἤκουεν οὐδεὶς στράτευμα. “Ἵβροκόμας δὲ οὐ rove ἐποίησεν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ 
ἔν γε τῷ φανερῷ. ἤκουε Κῦρον ἐν Κιλικίᾳ ὄντα, ἀναστρέψας ἐκ Φοινίκης παρὰ 
. 3. “Evrevdev ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς δύο, nagacayyag βασιλέα ἀπήλαυνεν, “ἔχων, ὡς ἐλέγετο, τριάκοντα μυριάδας 
δέχα, ἐπὶ τὸν Vapor ποταμόν, οὗ ἣν τὸ εὖρος τρία πλέϑρα. σερατιᾶρ. 
Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει σταϑμὸν iva, παρασάγγας πέντε, ἐπὶ τὸν Evtevder ἐξελαύνει διὰ Συρίας σταϑμὸν ἕνα, παρασαγ- 
Πύραμον ποταμόν, οὗ τὸ εὖρος στάδιον. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει γας πέντε, εἰς Μυρίανδρον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην ὑπὸ Φοινίκων 
σταϑμοὺς δύο, παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα, εἰς ᾿Ισσούς, τῆς ἐπὶ τῇ ϑαλαττῃ" ἐμπόριον δ᾽ ἦν τὸ χωρίον καὶ ὥρμουν αὐ- 
Κιλικίας ἐσχάτην πόλιν, ἐπὶ τῇ ϑαλάττῃ οἰχουμένην, μεγάλην tod ὁλκάδες πολλαί. ᾿Ενταῦϑ'᾽ ἔμειναν ἡμέρας ἑπτά" καὶ 
2 χαὶ εὐδαίμονα. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς" καὶ Κύρῳ Ξενίας ὁ “Aguas, στρατηγός, καὶ Πασίων ὁ Μεγαρεὺς ἐμ- 
παρῆσαν αἱ ἐκ Πελοποννήσου νῆες, τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε, καὶ βάντες ely πλοῖον καὶ τὰ πλείστου ἄξια ἐνθέμενοι ἀπέπλευ. 
ἐπὶ αὐταῖς ναύαρχος Πυϑαγόρας ““ακεδαιμόνιος. ‘“Hysizo δ᾽ σαν, ὡς μὲν τοῖς πλείστοις ἐδόχουν, φιλοτιμηϑέντες, ὅτι τους 
αὐτῶν Ταμὼς «Αἰγύπτιος ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου, ἔχων ναῦς ἑτέρας Κύρου στρατιώτας αὐτῶν τοὺς παρὰ Κλέαρχον ἀπελϑόντας ὡς ἀπι- 
πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν, αἷς ἐπολιόρκει Μίλητον, ὅτι Τισσαφέργει ὄντας εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα πάλιν καὶ οὐ πρὸς βασιλέα εἴα Κῦρος 

3 φίλη ἦν, καὶ συνεπολέμει Κύρῳ πρὸς αὐτόν. Παρὴν δὲ καὶ τὸν Κλέαρχον ἔχειν. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὖν ἦσαν ἀφανεῖς, διῆλϑε λογος 
Χειρίσοφος Aaxedaimorig ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶν, μετάπεμπτος ὑπὸ ott διώκοι αὐτοὺς Κῦρος τριήρεσι" καὶ οἱ μὲν εὔχοντο ὡς 
Κύρου, ἑπτακοσίους ἔχων ὁπλίτας, ὧν ἐστρατήγει παρὰ Κύ- δολίους ὄντας αὐτοὺς ληφϑῆναι, οἱ δ᾽ ᾧκτειρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο. 
oy. «Αἱ δὲ τῆες ὥρμουν κατὰ τὴν Κύρου σκηνήν. ᾿Ενταῦϑα Ανυρος δὲ συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς εἶπεν" "Anolehoinacw 8 
καὶ οἱ mag ᾿Αβροκόμα μισϑοφόροι Ἕλληνες ἀποστάντες ἡμᾶς Ξενίας καὶ Πασίων" ἀλλ᾿ εὖ γε μέντοι ἐπιστάσϑωσαν 
ἦλϑον παρὰ Κῦρον, τετρακόσιοι ὁπλῖται, καὶ συνεστρατεύοντο ort οὔτε ἀποδεδράκασιν" οἶδα γὰρ ὅπη οἴχονται" οὔτε ἀπο- 
ἐπὶ βασιλέα. = ΗΝ ᾿ ἔχω γὰρ τριήρεις ὥςτε ἑλεῖν τὸ ἐκείνων πλοῖον. 

4 "Evrevder ἐξελαύνει σταϑμὸν ἕνα, παρασάγγας πέντε, ἐπὶ Alle Ha τοὺς ϑεοὺς οὐκ ἔγωγε αὐτοὺς διώξω, οὐδ᾽ ἐρεῖ οὐ- 
πύλας τῆς Κιλικίας καὶ τῆς Συρίας. Ἦσαν δὲ ταῦτα δύο berg ὡς ἐγώ, ἕως μὲν ἂν παρῇ τις, χρῶμαι, ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἀπιέναι 
τείχη, καὶ τὸ μὲν ἔσωϑεν (τὸ) πρὸ τῆς Κιλικίας Συέννεσις eiys βούληται, συλλαβὼν καὶ αὐτοὺς κακῶς ποιῶ καὶ τὰ χρήματα 
καὶ Κιλίκων φυλακή, τὸ δὲ ἔξω πρὸ τῆς «Συρίας βασιλέως ἀποσυλῶ. Aide ἰόντων, εἰδότες ὅτι κακίους εἰσὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς 
ἐλέγετο φυλακὴ φυλάττειν. Διὰ μέσου δὲ ῥεῖ τούτων ποτα- ἢ ἡμεῖς περὶ ἐχείνους. Καίτοι ἔχω γε αὐτῶν καὶ τέκνα καὶ 
μὺς Κέρσος ὄνομα, εὖρος πλέϑρου. “Ἅπαν δὲ τὸ μέσον τῶν γυναῖκας ἐν Techies φρουρούμενα " ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τούτων στερή- 
τειχῶν ἦσαν στάδιοι τρεῖς " καὶ παρελϑεῖν οὐχ ἦν βίᾳ" ἦν σονται, GAA ἀπολήψονται τῆς πρόσϑεν ἕνεκα περὶ ἐμὲ ἀρετῆς. 





8 e ‘ 
νος ἡ , ᾿ , , ~ 7 i 8 at@ ” 
γὰρ ἡ πάροδος στενὴ καὶ τὰ τείχη εἰς τὴν ϑάλατταν xady- Kai ὁ μὲν ταῦτα εἶπεν" οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες, εἴ τις καὶ ἀϑυμότερος ὃ 


J 
7 ‘ 4 > , 
7 , > % ‘ ~ , . i be _ » , 4 » ᾽ 
χοντα, ὕπερϑεν δ᾽ ἦσαν πέτραι ἠλίβατοι" ἐπι δὲ τοῖς τείχεσιν ἣν πρὸς τὴν ἀνάβασιν, ἀκούοντες τὴν Κύρου ἀρετὴν ἥδιον καὶ 
, , , 3 @ - nme =~ , 
δ ἀμφοτέροις ἐφειστήχεσαν πύλαι. Ταύτης οὖν ἕνεκα τῆς πα προϑυμότερον συνεπορεύοντο. 
’ "ὦ ‘ ~ , σ ¢ , > ‘ ~ r~ > , 
gotov Κῖρος tag vavg μετεπέμψατο, onwe ὁπλίτας anobe Μετὰ ταῦτα Kugog ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς τέτταρας, παρα. 





166 ᾿νάβασις. bs οἷ τ 167 


σάγγας εἴκοσιν, ἐπὶ τὸν Χαλον ποταμόν, ὄντα τὸ εὖρος πλέ: βῆναι τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμὺν πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι ὅ, τι οἱ ἄλλοι 
ϑρου, πλήρη δ᾽ ἰχθύων μεγάλων καὶ πραέων, ovg οἱ Σύροι Ἕλληνες ἀποχρινοῦνται Κύρῳ. "Hy μὲν γὰρ ψηφίσωνται ἔπε. 15 
ϑεοὺς ἐνόμιζον καὶ ἀδικεῖν οὐκ εἴων οὐδὲ τὰς περιστεράς. σϑαι, ὑμεῖς δόξετε αἴτιοι εἶναι aes ξαντες τοῦ διαβαίνειν, καὶ 
Ai δὲ κῶμαι ἐν αἷς ἐσκήνουν Παρυσάτιδος ἦσαν εἰς ζώνην ὡς προϑυμοτάτοις οὖσιν ὑμῖν χάριν εἴσεται Κῦρος sill ee: 
10 δεδομέναι. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς πέντε, παρασάγγας δώσει" ἐπίσταται δ᾽ εἴ τις καὶ ἄλλος" ἢν δ᾽ ἀποψηφίσωνται 
τριάκοντα, ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Δαράδακος ποταμοῦ, οὗ τὸ οἱ ἄλλοι, ἄπιμεν μὲν ἅπαντες [εἰς] τοὔμπαλιν, ὑμῖν δὲ ὧν 
εὖρος — "Evravda ἦσαν ta Βελέσυος βασίλεια τοῦ [μόνοις πειθομένοις] πιστοτάτοις χρήσεται καὶ εἰς φρούρια 
Συρίας ἄρξ ξανεοῦ, καὶ παράδεισος πᾶνυ Hey ας καὶ καλό 06 καὶ εἰς λοχογίας, καὶ ἄλλου οὗτινος ὧν δέησϑε οἶδα ὅτι ὡς 
ἔχων πάντα ὅσα ὧραι φύουσι. Κῦρος δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐξέκοψε καὶ φῶ ov τεύξεσϑε Κύρου. 
τὰ βασίλεια κατέκαυσεν. Axovoartes ταῦτα ἐπείϑοντο καὶ διέβησαν πρὶν τοὺς ἄλ- 16 
1) Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς reels, παρασάγγας πεντε- λους ἀποκχρίνασϑαι. Κῦρος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἤσϑετο διαβεβηκότας, 
καίδεκα, ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμόν, ὄντα τὸ εὖρος τεττάρων ἤσϑη τε καὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πέμψας Γλοῦν εἶπεν" ᾿Εγὼ μέν, 
σταδίων" καὶ πόλις αὐτόϑι φκεῖτο μεγάλη καὶ εὐδαίμων, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐπαινῶ" ὅπως δὲ καὶ EET iy ἐμὴ: 
Θάψακος ὀνόματι. ᾿νταῦϑα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας πέντε" καὶ σὲτξε ἐμοὶ μελήσει, ἢ ἢ μηκέτι Ν᾿ ἄρον γομίζετε. Οἱ μὲν δὴ 17 
Κῦρος μεταπεμψάμενος τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔλε- στρατιῶται ἐν ἐλπίσι μεγάλαις ὄντες εὔχοντο αὐτὸν εὐτυχῆσαι" 
γεν ὅτι ἡ ὁδὸς ἔσοιτο πρὸς βασιλέα μέγαν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα" καὶ Μένωνι δὲ καὶ δῶρα ἐλέγετο πέμψαι μεγαλοπρεπῶς. Ταῦτα 
κελεύει αὐτοὺς λέγειν ταῦτα τοῖς στρατιώταις καὶ ἀναπείϑειν δὲ ποιήσας διέβαινε" συνείπετο δὲ καὶ τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα 
12 ἕπεσϑαι. Οἱ δὲ ποιήσαντες ἐχκλησίαν ἀπήγγελλον ταῦτα" αὐτῷ ἅπαν. Καὶ [ror] διαβαινόντων τὸν ποταμὸν οὐδεὶς 
οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἐχαλέπαινον τοῖς στρατηγοῖς, καὶ ἔφασαν ἐβρέχϑη ἀνωτέρω τῶν μαστῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ. Οἱ 83-18 
αὐτοὺς πάλαι ταῦτ᾽ εἰδότας κρύπτειν, καὶ οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ὄυγάνον ἔλεγον ὅ Ott οὐπώποϑ᾽ οὗτος ὁ ποταμὸς διαβατὸς 
ἐὰν μή τις αὐτοῖς χρήματα διδῷ, ὥςπερ καὶ τοῖς προτέροις γένοιτο πὲ ζῇ εἰ μὴ τότε, ἀλλὰ πλοίοις, ἃ τότε ᾿Αβροκόμας 
μετὰ Κύρου ἀναβᾶσι παρὰ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ Κύρου, καὶ ταῦτα προϊὼν κατέκαυσεν, ἵνα μὴ Κυρος διαβῇ. ᾿Εδόχει δὴ Baier 
οὐκ ἐπὶ μάχην ἰόντων, ἀλλὰ καλοῦντος τοῦ πατρὸς Κῦρον. εἶναι καὶ σαφῶς ὑποχωρῆσαι τὸν ποταμὸν Κύρῳ ὡς βκοὶ. 
Ταῦτα οἱ στρατηγοὶ Κύρῳ ἀπήγγελλον" ὁ δ᾽ ὑπέσχετο ἀνδρὶ λεύσοντι. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Συρίας σταϑμοὺς 19 
ἑχάστῳ δώσειν πέντε ἀργυρίου μνᾷρ, ἐπὰν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἐνγέα, παρασάγγας σιντήμουτα! καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται πρὸς τὸν 
ἥκωσι, καὶ τὸν μισϑὸν ἐντελῆ, μέχρι ἂν καταστήσῃ τοὺς Ἕλ- ““ςάξην ποταμόν». ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἦσαν κῶμαι πολλαί, μεσταὶ σί. 
ι3 ληνας εἰς ᾿Ιωνίαν πάλιν. Τὸ μὲν δὴ πολὺ τοῦ ᾿Ἑλληνιχοῦ του xai oivov. Ἐνταῦϑα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἐπεσιτί. 
οὕτως ἐπείσϑη. Μένων δὲ πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι τί ποιήσουσιν ΩΝ 
οἱ ἄλλοι στρατιῶται, πότερον ἕψονται Κύρῳ ἢ οὔ, συνέλεξε &. ‘Evrevdev ἐξελαύνει διὰ ris Agapiag τὸν Εἰφράτην 1 
τὸ αὑτοῦ στράτευμα χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων καὶ ἔλεξε τάδε. ποταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχων σταϑμοὺς ἐρήμους πέντε, παρασάγγας 
ι4 “Avdees, ἐὰν ἐμοὶ πεισϑῆτε, οὔτε χινδυνεύσαντες οὔτε τριάχοντα καὶ πέντε. Ἔν τούτῳ δὲ τῷ τόπῳ ἦν μὲν ἡ γῆ 
πονήσαντες THY ἄλλων πλέον προτιμήσεσϑε στρατιωτῶν ὑπὸ πεδίον ἅ ἅπαν ὁμαλὸν ὦ ὡςπερ ϑάλαττα, ἀψινϑίου δὲ πλῆρερ᾽" εἰ 
Κύρου. Τί οὖν κελεύω ποιῆσαι; Νῦν δεῖται Κῦρος ἕπεσϑαι δὲ τι καὶ ἄλλο ἐνῆν ὕλης ἢ καλάμου, ἅπαντα ἦσαν εὐώδη 


ὧ 


τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπὶ βασιλέα" ἐγὼ οὖν φημι ὑμᾶς χρῆναι δια ὥπερ ἀρώματα" δένδρον δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐν ἣν" ϑηρία δὲ παντοῖα, ἃ 








168 AvaBacts. 


3 


4 


ne ‘ ν ” . 94” ‘ ‘4 ε , 
πλεῖστοι μὲν ὄνοι ἄγριοι, οὐκ ὀλίγοι δὲ στρουϑοὶ οἱ μεγάλοι 
~ ‘ , ‘ ~ , 
ἐνῆσαν δὲ καὶ wrideg καὶ δορκάδες. Ταῦτα δὲ τὰ ϑηρία οι 
ε - os / > * Se ε 4 sll > , 4 
ἱππεῖς edimxov eriote. Kui οἱ μὲν ovo, ἐπεί tig διώχοι, 
, Ἅ Ὕ ‘ ‘ ~ o 
προδραμόντες ἂν sotacay’ πολὺ γὰρ τῶν ἵππων ἔτρεχον 
- ‘ , ‘ ἥω ‘ , 
ϑάττον" καὶ πάλιν ere πλησιάζοιεν οἱ ἵπποι ταὐτὸν ἐποίουν' 
- by 7 ~ > ‘ , δ Ν ~ - 
καὶ οὐκ ἣν λαβεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαστάντες οἱ ἱππεῖς ϑηρῷεν δια- 
, ~ ? ‘ ‘ , - e , % 
δεχόμενοι τοῖς ἵπποις. Ta δὲ κρέα τῶν ἁλισκομένων ἣν 
° ~ > 7 e , ’ . ‘ ‘ 
παραπλησιαὰ τοῖς ἐλαφείοις, ἀπαλώτερα δέ. Στρουϑὸν de 
» 4 Ν ω Γ 4 Ὃ ~ < , ‘ > , " 
οὐδεὶς ἐλαβεν" οἱ δὲ διώξαντες τῶν ἱππέων ταχὺ ἐπαύοντο 
ον 4 4 , ~ ‘ 
πολὺ γὰρ ἀπέσπα φεύγουσα, τοῖς μὲν ποσὶ δρόμῳ, ταῖς δὲ 
U t » σ ε , , ‘ ‘ "» δὼ" ” 
πτέρυξιν ἄρασα wenep ἱστίῳ χρωμένη. Τὰς δὲ wridas, ἂν 
~ ‘ ‘4 σ΄ 
τις ταχὺ ἀνιστῇ, ἔστι λαμβάνειν " πέτονται γὰρ βραχὺ ὥς- 
‘ ‘ , 4 ? ~ 
πὲρ πέρδικες καὶ ταχὺ ἀπαγορεύουσι. Ta δὲ κρέα αὐτῶν 
σ 7 
ἡδισταὰ ἢν. 
κ - , ~ > 4% 
Πορευόμενοι δὲ διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ 
‘ ~ , 4 7 ~ 7 “« Ύ 
τὸν Μασχᾶν ποταμόν, τὸ εὕρος πλεϑριαῖον. ᾿Ενταῦϑα 7» 
, » , , mw > >, » ΄ ? ὦ ~ 
πόλις ἐρήμη, μεγάλη, ὄνομα δ᾽ αὐτῇ Kopowry* περιεῤῥεῖτο 
” ~ ~ ~ My , 
δ᾽ αὐτὴ ὑπὸ τοῦ Μασχᾶ κύκλῳ. ᾿Ενταῦϑ᾽ ἔμειναν ἡμέρας 


~ ‘ ~ > , ‘ δ᾽ ν 
δ τρεῖς καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς ἐρή- 


~ ‘ ‘ +? , 
μους τρεῖς καὶ δέκα, παρασάγγας ἐνενήκοντα, τὸν Εὐφράτην 
‘4 > t - » ‘ > ~ »»" ΄ Ivy , 
ποταμὸν ἐν Ossie ἔχων, καὶ ἀφικνεῖται ἐπὶ Ilvdag. ‘Ev tov- 
~ ~ 4 ~ J , ‘ ~ 
τοις τοῖς σταϑμοῖς πολλὰ τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἀπώλετο ὑπὸ τοῦ 
~ Ύ ‘ , > ‘ 
λιμοῦ" ov γὰρ ἣν χόρτος οὐδὲ ἄλλο δένδρον οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ 
μ i 
. ὦ σ ε , ε “ΠΝ - a > , ‘ 
ψιλὴ ἣν azaca ἡ χωρα" οἱ δὲ ἐνοικοῦντες ὄνους ἀλέτας παρὰ 
‘ ‘ ~ > ~ 7 
τὸν ποταμὸν ὀρύττοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἦγον 


‘ , ~ we ‘ ‘ ϑ 
6 καὶ ἐπώλουν καὶ ἀνταγοράζοντες σῖτον ἔζων. Τὸ δὲ στρα- 


J - > ‘ , > 7 ᾿ ‘ > ~ 

τευμα ὁ σῖτος ἐπέλιπε, καὶ πρίασϑαι οὐκ i εἰ μὴ ἐν τῇ 
~ ~ »»} - ‘ > , 

Aviic ἀγορᾷ ἐν τῷ Κύρου βαρβαριχῷ, τὴν κακέϑην ἀλεύρων 

, ‘ , , ε ‘ 

ἢ ἀλφίτων τεττάρων σίγλων. ‘O δὲ σίγλος δύναται ἑπτὰ 
“ τὰ , ΄ ΄ 4 , , 

ὑβολοὺς καὶ ἡμιοβόλιον "Artixovs* ἡ δὲ xaniGy δύο χοίνικας 

> ‘ δ >. »§ T > , ε - , 

Artinas ἐχώρει. Kosa ovy ἐσϑίοντες οἱ στρατιῶται διεγί- 


γνοντο. 


4 4 , ~ ~ a ‘ ΓῚ 
7 | Hy δε τούτων τῶν σταϑμῶν οὕς πάνυ μαχροὺς ἥλαν. 


« "Ἁ . ΄ 
γεν, ὁπότε ἢ πρὸς ὕδωρ βούλοιτο διατελέσαι: ἢ πρὸς χιλόν 





A, α΄. x. ε΄. 169 


»ᾳ ᾿ 
, 4 ~ 
ai δή ποτὲ στεφοχωριας καὶ πηλοῦ φανέντος ταῖς ἁμάξαις 
Ἂ » , ε - 
δυῤπορεύτου ἑπέστῃ ὁ Κῦρος δὺν τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸν ἀρίστοις 
> , ἂν ~ 
καὶ εἰ δαιμονεστάτοις καὶ ἔταξε Γλοῦν καὶ Πίγρητα λαβόντας 
τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ στρατοῦ συνεχβιβάζειν τὰς ἁμάξας. Ἐπεὶ 8 
δ᾽ ἐδόκουν αὐτῷ f iv, ὦ 
χοῦν αὐτῷ σγολ ; Oy exe, 
Oe aR ἄς ok — ποιεῖν, OSTEO ὀργῇ ἐκέλευσε 
ous πέρι αὐτὸν Πέρσας τοὺς κρατίστους συνεπισπεῦσαι τὰς 
ἅμαξας. Ἔνϑα δὴ μέρος ἧς εὐταξίας F Ἵ 
. , : Ἴ μέρος τι τῆς εὐταξίας ἦν ϑεάσασϑαι. 
͵ ἵψαντες γὰρ τοὺς πορφυροῦς κάνδυς ὅπου ἔτυχεν ἕκαστος 
᾿ ᾿ ΄ Ξ δ 
ἐστηχώς, (e770 ὥςπὲρ av δράμοι τις περὶ νίκης καὶ μάλα 
: - Γ nw ΄ 
κατὰ πρανοῦς γηλόφου, ἔχοντες τούτους τε τοὺς πολυτελεῖς 
- 4 F , > 
χιτῶνας καὶ τὰς ποικίλας ἀναξυρίδας, ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ στρεπτοὺς 
- , 5 4 as ~ 
MEQE τοῖς τραχήλοις καὶ ψέλια περὶ ταῖς χερσίν" εὐθὺς δὲ 
’ a" > ΄ > 4 ~ 
σὺν τούτοις εἰςπηδήσαντες εἰς τὸν πηλὸν ϑᾶττον i} ὥς τις ἂν 
q , > , et ΄ 
pero μετεώρους ἐξεχόμισαν τὰς ἁμάξαςς. Th δὲ σύμπαν δῆ- 
mt | od Ἴ « 7 . , ~ ΄ 
λος ἢν» Κῦρος ὡς σπεύδων πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδὸν χαὶ οὐ διατρίβων 
ὅπου μὴ ἐπισιτισμοῦ ἕνεκα ἤ ζ " ov ἐ 
μὸν ἕνέχα ἢ τινος ἄλλου ἀγαγκαίου ἐκαϑέ. 
" ‘ σ 4 “" ~ 
ζετο, νομίζων, ὅσῳ μὲν ἂν ϑάττον ἔλϑοι, τοσούτω ἀπαρα- 
i ‘ 
σχευαστοτέρῳ βασιλεῖ μαχεῖσϑαι, ὅσῳ δὲ σχολαιότερον, το- 
σούτῳ πλέον συναγειρεσϑαι βασιλεῖ στράτευμα. Καὶ συνι- 
δεῖν δ᾽ ἦν τῷ προςέἔγοντι τὶ vv ἡ βασιλέως avy) 
; (PFD προρέχοντι τὸν νοῦν ἡ βασιλέως ἀρχὴ πλήϑει μὲν 
χωρας καὶ ἀνϑρώπων ἰσγυρὰ οὗ ip δὲ μή pr ὁ 
eas θῶώπων ἐσχυρὰ OVER, τοῖς δὲ μήχεσι TOY ὁδῶν 
καὶ τῷ διεσπάσϑαι τὰς (Mey ἀσϑετής, εἴ ; 
a“ τῇ t τὰς δυνάμεις ἀσϑε: Ws, εἰ τις διὰ ταχέων 
τὸν πόλεμον ποιοῖτο. 
, ‘ ~ , , ~ 
Πέραν δὲ tov Ἐυφράτου ποταμοῦ κατὰ τοὺς ἐρήμους 
‘ i , > , 
σταϑμοὺς yv πόλις εὐδαίμων καὶ μεγάλη, ὄνομα δὲ X«ap- 
a ὼ > , ‘ ε ~ ’ 
μάνδῃ ἐκ ταύτῆς οἱ στρατιῶται ἤγόραζον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, σχε- 
, τ 
Ἢ διαβαίνοντες ὧδε. Aiptipag ἃς εἶχον στεγάσματα 
, , 
πίμπλασαν χόρτου κούφου, εἶτα συνῆγον καὶ συνέσπων, ὡς 
~ " , ‘ σ 
- ἄπτεσϑαι τῆς κάρφης τὸ ὕδωρ" ἐπὶ τούτων διέβαινον καὶ 
, ‘ > ΄ 
ἄμβανον τὰ ἰνόν x τῆς Ἵ 
; μβ αὐτο» ἐπιτήδεια, οἶνόν τε ἐκ τῆς βαλάνου πεποιη- 
MEVOY τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ φοίνιχος καὶ oF. wns" τοῦ ἦ 
μένον τῆς TOU φοίνικος καὶ σῖτον μελίνης" τοῦτο γὰρ ἦν 
ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ πλεῖστον. 
᾿Αμφιλεξάντων δέ τι ἐνταῦ D v Me 
μφιλέξαντων δὲ τι ἐνταῦϑα τῶν τε τοῦ Μένωνος στρω- 1} 
γωτῶν καὶ τῶν τοῦ Κλεά ) f f ᾿ 
ἱεᾶρχον ὁ Κλέαργος ἃς τ 
ex - CLS κρίνας ἀδικεῖῳ 





A. a. ἃ, ἃ. 171 
170 isis atadaadl 


me . ὁ δὲ ἐλϑὼν πρὸς τὸ sav τρος " εἰκάζετο δ᾽ εἶναι ὃ στίβος ὡς διρχιλίων ἵππων. Οὗτοι 
εὸν τοῦ Μένωνος πληγὰς ἐνέβαλεν —* sattnitede. duel προϊόντες ἔκαιον καὶ χιλὸν καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο χρήσιμον ἦν. 
τοῦ στράτευμα ἔλεγεν" wanes Eaie Τῇ δὲ αὐτῇ ᾿Ορόντης δέ, Πέρσης ἀνήρ, γένει τὲ προφήκων βασιλεῖ καὶ τὰ 
12 mawov καὶ ὠργίζοντο “= * pont ποταμοῦ καὶ πολέμια λεγόμενος ἐν τοῖς ἀρίστοις Περσῶν, ἐπιβουλεύει 
ἡμέρᾳ Κλέαρχος ἐλϑὼν ee a dap _ bet ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ Κύρῳ καὶ πρόσϑεν πολεμήσας, καταλλαγεὶς δέ, Οὗτος Κύρῳ 2 
ἐχεῖ κατασκεψάμενος τὴν — ac" ὀλίγοις τοῖς περὶ εἶπεν, εἰ αὐτῷ δοίη ἱππέας χιλίους, ὅτι τοὺς προκατακαίοντας 
σχηνὴν διὰ τοῦ Μένωνος eee 7 eels οὥν δὲ ἱππέας ἢ κατακάνοι ὧν ἐνεδρεύσας ἢ ζῶντας πολλοὺς αὐτῶν 
αὐτόν" Κῦρος δὲ οὕπω 1x8, ἀλλ ἔτι te Am che Κλέαρχον ἕλοι καὶ κωλύσειε τοῦ καίειν ἐπιόντας καὶ ποιήσειεν were 
Μένωνος στρατιωτῶν ξύλα σχίζων τις ὡς εἰ ἔρον μήποτε δύνασϑαι αὐτοὺς ἰδόντας τὸ Κύρου στράτευμα Ba- 
διελαύντοντα, ἵησι τῇ ἀξίνῃ" ΜΝΕΩΝΥ a date παραγ- σιλεῖ διαγγεῖλαι. Τῷ δὲ Κύρῳ ἀκούσαντι ταῦτα ἐδόκει 
13 Ὁ δὲ καταφεύγει εἰς τὸ δαντοῦ a x εβεναρριάραι me ὀνῶα diet onl. κὰν... 
γέλλει εἰς τὰ ὅπλα" ΒΕ, andl τ = tas αὐτὸς δὲ λαβὼν ἑκάστου τῶν ἡγεμόνων. 
—_ τὰς ee δὰ act - Farge εἶναι αὐτῷ τοὺς ἱππέας, 
τους Θρᾷκας 





αὐτὸν λαμβάνειν μέρος παρ᾽ 

Ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Ορόντης, νομίσας ἑτοίμους 3 

γράφει ἐπιστολὴν παρὰ βασιλέα 

iby ete ae ὅτι ἥξοι ἔχων ἱππέας ὡς ἂν δύνηται πλείστους" ἀλλὰ φρά- 

ἜΞΩ ἰχοντα, τούτων δὲ οἱ πλεῖστοι Θρᾷκες, a τ τον ος fe eee ete ὦ 
ματι πλείους ἢ nip aca re ἐχείνους ἐχπεπλῆχϑαι καὶ σαι τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ἱππεῦσιν ἐχέλευεν ὡς φίλιον αὐτὸν ὑποδέ. 
ἤλαυνεν ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἀδενωνοι, Pend ’ la’ οἱ δὲ καὶ ἔστασαν χέσϑαι. ᾿Ενῆν δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ καὶ τῆς πρόσϑεν φιλίας 
αὐτὸν Μένώνα και sit until ae ps , ἔτυχε γὰρ ὕστερος ὑπομνήματα καὶ πίστεως. Ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν δίδωσι πι- 

14 ἀποροῦντες τῷ πράγματι. ο μυνάερϑοοαπρλθαν εὐθὺς οὖν στῷ ἀνδρί, ὡς wero’ ὁ δὲ λαβὼν Κύρῳ δείκνυσιν. Avayvorg 4 
προςιὼν καὶ τάξις αὐτῷ es ; hp rap eget δὲ αὐτὴν ὁ Κῦρος συλλαμβάνει ᾿᾽Ορόντην, καὶ συγκαλεῖ εἰς 
εἰς τὸ μέσον ἀμφοτέρων ἄγων ἔϑετο ᾿ ea all τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν Περσῶν τοὺς ἀρίστους τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν 
Κλεάρχου μὴ ποιεῖν wie i pi λέγοι τὸ αὑτοῦ ἑπτά" καὶ τοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων στρατηγοὺς ἐχέλευεν ὁπλίτας 
ὀλίγον δεήσαντος καταλευσϑην 


> .~ ΄ ᾿ . , 4 “ Η 4 ε Ξ 
A srow ἐκ τοῦ μέσου ἐξίστασϑαι. Ἐν ἄγαγειν, τούτους δὲ ϑέσϑαι τὰ ὅπλα περι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκη- 
; , eo ~ 9 > Ε 
ιξ πάϑος, ἐκέλευε τε αὐτὸν ἐκ © 2 meen gh πρᾶγμα εὐθὺς viv. Οἱ δὲ ταῦτα ἑποιησαν, ἀγαγόντες 
, ee a τὸ νυ 8 Κυρος καὶ ἐπυϑὲετ ’ 
τούτῳ δὲ ἔπει 1x C 


΄ , ¢ , 
ὡς τριςφχιλίους ὁπλί. 

μι . , 4 4 ” ΄ ’ id 4 

; σὺν τοῖς παροῦσι τῶν tag. Ἀλέαρχον δὲ καὶ εἴσω παρεχάλεσε σύμβουλον, ὅς γε καὶ 5 
᾽ te γεῖρας καὶ σὺν > 

᾿ % παλτὰ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 

ἔλαβε τὰ mah 


τ - 4 ~ » > , ~ , ~ «ε 
: a> μέσον καὶ λέγει ὧδε. Κλέαρχε αὐτῷ καὶ τοῖς ἀλλοις ἐδόκει προτιμηϑηναι μάλιστα τῶν Ἑλ- 
Φ ἐν 3) . 4é " 
αὐνῶν tig TO | 
πιστῶν ἧκεν bh 


» , Iv hy. " δ» 7 iS , . - , ἡ ‘ , 
a ee ρόντες Ἕλληνες, οὐκ ἴστε ὁ,τι ληνων. Ἐπεὶ 8 ἐξήλϑεν, ἐξήγγειλε τοῖς σίλοις τὴν κρίσιν 
a te GQALOL OL πὰ > i. , a eee > ‘ eae ΄ "Yr 4 
καὶ TIgoseve καὶ οἱ ;λλήλοις μάχην συνάψετε, νομίζετε ἐν tov Ogortou ὡς ἐγένετο" οὐ 70 ἀποῤῥητον iv. "Ἔφη δὲ 
᾽ . Ἀ ᾿ > ~ ” ~ , t 
ποιεῖτε. Et yag τινα ἀλληλοιᾷ μᾶχ δ sand dette οὗ anid Κῦρον ἄρχειν τοῦ λόγου ὧδε. 
- -- ὁ ἐμ κατακεκοψεσθαι P ’ , ce ὦ Ρ ἢ “ ‘ fie 
τῇδε τῇ ἡμέρᾷ ἐμδ τὸ κα sitet ἐχόντων πάντες Παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες φίλοι, ὁπως σὺν ὑμῖν βου. 4 
~ . ν᾽ ω ae ΄ dl , , > 4 4 ~ a , 
ἐμοῦ ὕστερον : βάρβ rR * Pri wane ἡμῖν ἔσονται τῶν λευόμενος 0,t δίκαιόν ἐστι καὶ πρὸς ϑεῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀνϑρώ- 
τ ὅσ δροᾶτε βάρ aoot πὸ 
ovrot ους ὁρα ΝΕ 


. - - ‘t 4 > 7 , Py 
’Auovcac ταῦτα ὁ Κλέαρχος ἐν ἑαυτῷ mov, τοῦτο πραξὼ περι ᾿Ορόντου τουτουί. 

- ’ tei ὄντων" Ax φ 

,. παρὰ βασιλ 


Τοῦτον γὰρ 
4 ~ ‘ - 2 ‘ Ν ΄ , - 3 , > ‘ 4 
Ts & χώραν ἔϑεντο τὰ πρῶτον μὲν ὁ ἐμὸς πυτὴρ ἔδωκεν ὑπήκοον εἶναι ἐμοί" ἐπεὶ δὲ 

« . 4 ὍΤΕ ol xaTt ¢ > ’ ε 4 ~ ~ ~ τ " 
ἐγένετο" καὶ παυσάμενοι ἄμφοτερ ταχϑείς, ὡς ἔφη αὐτός, ὑπὸ τοῖ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ οὗτος ἐπολέ. 
¢ ‘ ͵ 
ὅπλα. : “ne PY ἵππων καὶ xO 

- ; aiveto ἰχνῇ ἐπ 

ς΄. Ἐντεῦϑεν προϊοντων ἔφ χ 











172 ᾿Ἄνάβασις. «δ, αἷς τὰς of 173 


" oe , 
μησεν ἐμοὶ ἔχων τὴν ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἀκρόπολιν καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸ» a —— va a οὐδὲ ὅπως 
προςπολεμῶν ἐποίησα ὥςτε δόξαι τούτῳ τοῦ πρὸς ἐμὲ πολέ: ae "-" sh — ov δὲ ἄλλοι ἄλλως 
μου παύσασϑαι καὶ δεξιὰν “ἔλαβον καὶ ἔδωκα, μετὰ ταῦτα, ἘΌΝ — age ae 
ἔφη, ὦ ᾿Ορόντα, ἔστιν ὅ,τι σε ἠδίκησα ; ὋὉ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο = ni γόνον ἐξελαύνει διὰ *us Βαβυλωνίας σεαϑμοὺς 1 
ov. Πάλιν ὁ Κῦρος ἠρώτα" Οὔκουν ὕστερον, ὡς αὐτὸς σὺ ΠΟ ἡδδ ἀφεὶς ἀνα δωδεκα. : Ey δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ σεαϑμῷ Κῦρος 
ὁμολογεῖς, οὐδὲν ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἀδικούμενος ἀποστὰς εἰς Μυσους eee Hyer τον manent καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐν τῷ 
ὯΝ ὦ μεν ἐδ ἐδῶ δ ὅδ, Meg 2 Ορόντης. - ip περὶ μέσας νύκτας ἐδόκει γὰρ ely τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἕω 
ὕχουν, ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος, ὁπότ᾽ αὖ ἔγνως τὴν σεαυτοῦ δύναμιν, oe βασιλέα σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι μαχούμενον" καὶ ἐκέλευε 
Ούχουν, PES: ΠΌΝΟΝ, ; : eee ..ὲ λξαρχον μὲν τοῦ δεξιοῦ κέρως frei ϑαι, Μὲ δὲ τὸ 
ἐλϑὼν ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος βωμὸν μεταμέλειν τὲ σοι ἀν neers ems ἡγείσϑαι, Mevova δὲ τὸν 
ἔφησϑα καὶ πείσας ἐμὲ πιστὰ πάλιν ἔδωχάς ΜΝ ἔλαβες ek ks — Vs 
nag ἐμοῦ; Kat ταῦϑ᾽ ὡμολόγει ὁ ᾿Ορόντης. Ti our, ἔφη ὁ ina = — αμα τῇ ἐπιού Hohe 
Κῦρος, ἀδικηϑεὶς ὑπὶ ἐμοῦ οὖν τὸ τρίτον ἐπιβουλεύων μοι μέλον βαοιλέως ἥκοντες ἀπήγγελλον Κύρῳ περὶ εῆς βασι. 
φανερὸς γέγονιις ; Εἰπόντος δὲ τοῦ ᾿Ορόντου ὅτι οὐδὲν ἀδι- . se ὅν, veog de συγκαλέσας τοὺς σερατηγοὺς καὶ 
un eis, ἠρώτησεν Δ Κῦρος αὐτόν" ‘Opohoyeis οὺν Head ἊΨ. “π΄ ane pase συνεβουλεύετό τε ἫΝ αν τὴν wayyy 
ἄδικος γεγενῆσϑαι; Ἦ γὰρ ἀνάγκη, ἔφη ὁ Ορόντης. Ex τοῦ- 10 8 Kage aap θαῤῥννων heered Ἵ : 
τοὺ πόλιν ἐρώτησιν ὁ Κῦρος" “Ens οὖν ἂν γένοιο τῷ ἐμῷ = —* eee acgneer ἀπορὼν βαρβάρων 3 
ἀδελφῷ πολέμιος, ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ φίλος καὶ πιστὸς a 0 δε ane- oz ἴχους ον ἄγω, ἀ λα ’ομίζων ἀμείνονας καὶ κρείττους 
χρίνατο ὅτι οὐδ᾽ εἰ γενοίμην, ὦ Κῦρε, σοὶ γ ἂν ἔτι ποτὲ si ρα: Paps πάρει — διὰ route προρέλαβον. ὅπως 
δέξαρι ἘΠῚ ovr ὄνοι i a ἄξιοι τῆς aries ἧς κέκτησϑε καὶ 
Πρὸς ταῦτα ὁ Κῦρος εἶπε τοῖς παροῦσιν" Ὁ μιν ΒΡ. Sp ἣν ἐ we eodarporiten ne 7αρ ayes ort τὴν 
τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε, τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει" ὑμῶν δὲ σὺ ον πρόμος abs — πω taste peta —— _ ἄλλων πολ- 
ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἀπόφηναι γνώμην ὅ,τι σοι δοκεῖ. Κλέαρχος δὰ με mae - και edges Ἢ ΝΣ ἔρχεσϑε ΝΣ 4 
δὲ εἶπε τάδε. Συμβουλεύω ἐγὼ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον ἐχποδὼν ae 5 »": naee To μὲν γὰρ πλῆϑος πολὺ καὶ 
ποιεῖσϑαι ὡς τάχιστα, ὡς μηκέτι δέῃ τοῦτον φυλάττεσθαι, oe arte poe = δὲ vitae a τἄλλα ὍΝ 
ἀλλὰ σχολὴ ἢ ἡμῖν τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι τοὺς ἐθελοντὰς gt 3 Ἢ poe seg οἵους ἡμῖν γνώσεσϑε τοὺς ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ 
λους, τούτους εὖ ποιεῖν. Ταύτῃ δὲ τῇ γνώμῃ ἔφη καὶ τοὺς et " ἀνΐ θώπους. ἐμὼν oe ἀνδρῶν ὄντων καὶ σαμεν 
ἄλλους προςϑέσϑαι. Μετὰ ταῦτα κελεύοντος Κύρου ἐλα- + ig ἐγὼ yates? τὸν μὲν ocxade βουλόμενον ἀπιξναι τοῖς 
βοντο τῆς ζώνης τὸν ᾿Ορόντην ἐπὶ ϑανάτῳ ἀπαντες ἀνασταν- we t ἢ rey ποιήσω ἀπελϑεῖν, πολλοὺς δὲ οἶμαι ποιῆσειν 
τες καὶ οἱ συγγενεῖς " εἶτα δὲ ἐξῆγον αὐτὸν οἵ mpogeray Dy. & mag ἔμοι ἑλέσϑαι ἀντὶ τῶν οἴκοι. 


ἀπέϑανεν οὐδεὶς 
΄ ‘ 
ταφος δὲ οὐδεὶς πώ- 








4 4 ~ 
δὲ τοὺς éavrov διέταξε. 
σῃ ἡμέρᾳ αὐτόμολοι παρὰ 3 








> ~ , 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον αἰτὸν οἵπερ πρόσϑεν προφεκύνουν, καὶ τότε pe tei on παρών, φυγὰς “Σάμιος, πιστὸς δὲ 5 
, προφεχύνησαν, καίπερ εἰδότες ὅτι ἐπὶ ϑάνατον ἄγοιτο. Ἐπεὶ Pies ον i. at μήν», ὦ ἀρᾷ λέγουσί τινες ὅτι πολλὰ 
δὲ eke. vie ᾿δροιάκα σμηνὴν εὐέχθη τοῦ πιστοτάτου τῶν εν ᾽ν ines * aneney ane τοῦ κινδύνου COW προρ.- 
Κύρου σκηπτούχων, μετὰ ταῦτα οὔτε ζῶντα ᾿Ορόντην οὔτε % be Te a nia it nt μεμνῆσθαι ne eee 
ἢ OVE δὲ μέμψῷο τὸ καὶ βούλοιο, δύνγασϑαι ἂν ἀποδοῦναι 








SS το ττας- πον το-ς - 


oe _ ———a τ 


SP I RN a ee ame 








(74 "AvdBacig. 


6 ὅσα ὑπισχνῇ. “Axovoug ταῦτα ἔλεξεν οἷ Κῦρος" ᾿4λὶ ἔστι 
μὲν ὑμῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἡ ἀρχὴ ἡ πατρῴα πρὸς μὲν μεσημβρίαν 
μέχρι οὗ διὰ καῦμα οὐ δύνανται οἰκεῖν ἄνϑρωποι, πρὸς 
δὲ ἄρχτον μέχρι ὅτου διὰ χειμῶνα" τὰ ὃ ἐν μέσῳ τούτων 

7 ἅπαντα σατραπεύουσιν οἱ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ φίλοι. Ἢν ὃ 
ἡμεῖς νικήσωμεν, ἡμᾶς δεῖ τοὺς ἡμετέρους φίλους τούτων ἔ7- 
κρατεῖς ποιῆσαι" ὥςτε ov τοῦτο δέδοικα μὴ οὐκ ἔχω, ὅ,τι δὼ 
ἑχάστῳ τῶν φίλων, ἂν εὖ γένηται, ἀλλὰ μὴ οὐκ ἔχω ἵκαφοῦς 
οἷς δῶ ξ Ὑμῶν δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ στέφανον ἑκάστῳ χρυ- 
σοῦν δώσω. Οἱ δὲ ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες αὐτοί τε ἦσαν πολὺ 
προϑυμότεροι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐξήγγελλον. Εἰνήεσαν δὲ παρ 
αὐτὸν οἵ τὲ στρατηγοὶ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ᾿ Ελλήνων τινὲς, ἀξιοῦν- 
τες εἰδέναι τί σφισιν ἔσται, ἐὰν κρατήσωσιν. ‘O δὲ ἐμπιπλὰς 
ἁπάντων τὴν γνώμην ἀπέπεμπε. Παρεκχελεύοντο δὲ αὐτῷ 
πάντες ὅσοιπερ διελέγοντο μὴ μάχεσϑαι, ἀλλ᾽ omer ἑαυ- 
τῶν τάττεσϑαι. ᾿Εν δὲ τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ Κλέαρχος ὡδὲ πως 
ἤρετο τὸν Κῦρον" Οἴει γάρ σοι, ὦ Κῦρε, μαχεῖσϑαι τὸν 


»" s2 « so ω ” , ‘ it- 

ἀδελφόν ; Νὴ At’, ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος, εἴπερ ye Δαρείου καὶ iT 
, ~ > ‘ > en > > ~ 

ρυσάτιδός ἐστι παῖς, ἐμὸς δὲ ἀδελφός, οὐκ ἀμαχει ταῦτα ἐγὼ 


λήψομαι. fgg sg Sit jee 
᾿Ενταῦϑα δὴ ἐν τῇ ἐξοπλισίᾳ ἀριϑμὸς ἐγένετο τῶν μὲν 
“Ελλήνων ἀσπὶς μυρία καὶ τετραχοσία, πελτασταὶ δὲ διρχίλιοι 
καὶ πεντακόσιοι, τῶν δὲ μετὰ Κύρου βαρβάρων δέκα μυριά- 
δὲς καὶ ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴκοσι. Τῶν δὲ πο- 
λεμίων ἐλέγοντο εἶναι ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι μυριάδες καὶ ἄρματα 
δρεπὰνηφόῤα διακόσια. “Aldor δὲ ἦσαν ἑξακιρχίλιοι ἱππεῖς, 
ὧν ᾿Αρταγέρσης ἦρχεν" οὗτοι δὲ πρὸ αὐτοῦ βασιλέως τετα- 
γμένοι ἦσαν. Τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως στρατεύματος ἤσαν ἄρχοντες 
[καὶ στρατηγοὶ καὶ ἡγεμόνες} τέτταρες, τριάκοντα μυριάδων 
ἕκαστος, ᾿Αβροκόμας, Τισσαφέρνης, Γωβρύας, “Ἵρβάκης. 
Τούτων δὲ παρεγένοντο ἐν τῇ μάχῃ ἐνενήκοντα μυριάδες, καὶ 
ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα. ABooxoue 
γὰρ ὑστέρησε τῆς μάχης ἡμέρας πέντε, ἐκ Φοινίκης ἐλαύνων. 
1S Ταῦτα δὲ ἤγγελλον πρὸς Κῦρον οἱ αὐτομολήσαντες ἐκ τῶν 





«δ. iMG 178 


tolguior παρὰ μεγάλου βασιλέως πρὸ τῆς μάχης, καὶ μετὰ 
τὴν μάχην οἱ ὕστερον ἐλήφϑησαν τῶν πολεμίων ταὐτὰ ἦγ- 
γελλον. 
᾿Εντεῦϑεν δὲ Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει σταϑμὸν ἕνα, παρασάγγας 14 
τρεῖς, συντεταγμένῳ τῷ στρατεύματι παντὶ καὶ τῷ Ἑλληνικῷ 
καὶ τῷ βαρβαρικῷ eto γὰρ ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μαχεῖσϑαι 
βασιλέα" κατὰ γὰρ μέσον τὸν σταϑμὸν τοῦτον τάφρος ἦν 
ὀρυχτὴ βαϑεῖα, τὸ μὲν εὖρος ὀργυιαὶ πέντε, τὸ δὲ βάϑος 
ὀργυιαὶ τρεῖς. Παρετέτατο δὲ ἡ τάφρος ἄνω διὰ τοῦ πεδίου 15 
ἐπὶ δώδεκα παρασάγγας μέχρι τοῦ Μηδείας τείχους. [Ἔνϑα 
δή εἰσιν αἱ διώρυχες, ἀπὸ τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ ῥέουσαι" 
εἰσὶ δὲ τέτταρες, τὸ μὲν εὖρος πλεϑριαῖαι, βαϑεῖαι δὲ ἰσχυ 
ρῶς, καὶ πλοῖα πλεῖ ἐν αὐταῖς σιταγωγά" εἰςβάλλουσι δὲ εἰς 
τὸν Εὐφράτην, διαλείπουσι δ᾽ ἑκάστη παρασάγγην, γέφυραι 
δ᾽ ἔπεισιν.) Ἦν δὲ παρ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν Εὐφράτην πάροδος στενὴ 16 
μεταξὺ τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς τάφρου ὡς εἴκοσι ποδῶν τὸ 
εὖρος" ταύτην δὲ τὴν τάφρον βασιλεὺς μέγας ποιεῖ ἀντὶ ἐρύ- 
ματος, ἐπειδὴ πυνϑάνεται Κῦρον προςελαύνοντα. Ταύτην δὴ 11 
τὴν πάροδον Κῦρός τε καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ παρῆλϑε καὶ ἐγένοντο 
stow τῆς τάφρου. Ταύτῃ μὲν οὖν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὐκ ἐμαχέσατο 
βασιλεύς, ἀλλ᾽ ὑποχωρούντων φανερὰ ἦσαν καὶ ἵππων καὶ 
ἀνϑρώπων. ἴχνη πολλά. ᾿Ενταῦϑα Κῦρος Σιλανὸν καλέσας 18 
τὸν “Aunpaxiwrnr, μάντιν, ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δαρεικοὺς τρις- 
χιλίους, ὅτι τῇ ἑνδεκάτῃ ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας πρότερον 
ϑυόμενος εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὅτι βασιλεὺς οὐ μαχεῖται δέκα ἡμερῶν" 
Κῦρος δ᾽ εἶπεν. Οὐκ ἄρα ἔτι μαχεῖται, εἰ μὴ ἐν ταύταις 
μαχεῖται ταῖς ἡμέραις" ἐὰν δ᾽ ἀληϑεύσῃς, ὑπισχνοῦμαί σοι 
δέκα τάλαντα. Τοῦτο τὸ. χρυσίον τότε ἀπέδωκεν, ἐπεὶ πα- 
θῆλϑον αἱ δέκα ἡμέραι. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ τάφρῳ οὐκ ἐχώλυε 19 
βασιλεὺς τὸ Κύρου στράτευμα διαβαίνειν, ἔδοξε καὶ Κύρῳ 
καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀπεγνωκέναι τοῦ μαχεῖσϑαι, dere τῇ ὕστε: 
θαίᾳ Κῦρος ἐπορεύετο ἠμελημένως μᾶλλον. Τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ ἐπί 20 
τε τοῦ ἅρματος καϑήμενος τὴν πορείαν ἐποιεῖτο καὶ ὀλίγους 


’ a” 


4 - ‘ ~ 
ἐν τάξει ἔχων πρὸ αὑτοῦ" τὸ δὲ πολὺ αὐτῷ ἀτκτεταραγμένον 








176 ᾿νάβασις. A. α΄ ὦ ἡ. 177 


ἐπορεύετο καὶ τῶν ὅπλων τοῖς στρατιώταις πολλὰ ἐπὶ ἁμα. ἰπὶ τοῦ εὐωνύμου τῶν πολεμίων" Τισσαφέρνη ς ἐλέγετο τού- 
ξῶν ἥ ἤγοντο vet ise ζυγίων. ἔων» ἄρχειν" ἐχόμενοι δὲ τούτων γεῤῥοφόροι, ἐχόμενοι δὲ 

η΄. Καὶ ἤδη te ἦν ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήϑουσαν καὶ πλησίον ὁπλῖται σὺν ποδήρεσι ξυλίναις ἀσπίσιν" Αἰγύπτιοι οὗτοι ἐλέ- 
ἦν ὁ σταϑμὺς ἔνϑα ἔμελλε καταλύσειν, ἡνίκα Παταγύας, ἀνὴρ Ἴοντο εἶναι" ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἱππεῖς, ἄλλοι τοξόται. 


Πάντες οὗτοι 
~ > ‘ _~ ~ ἢ » ΄ > ‘ 
Πέρσης, τῶν ἀμφὶ Κῦρον πιστῶν προφαίνεται ἐλαύνων ἀνὰ κατὰ ἔϑνη ἐν πλαισίῳ πλήρει ἀνθρώπων ἕκαστον τὸ ἔϑνος 


κράτος ἱδροῦντι τῷ ἵππῳ, καὶ εὐθὺς πᾶσιν οἷς ἐνετύγχανεν ἐπορεύετο" πρὸ δ᾽ αὐτῶν ἅρματα διαλείποντα συχνὸν ἀπ᾽ 
ἐβύα καὶ βαρβαρικῶς καὶ Ἑλληνικῶς ὅτι βασιλεὺς [σὺν] ἀλλήλων τὰ δρεπανηφόρα καλούμενα" εἶχον δὲ τὰ δρέπανα 
στρατεύματι πολλῷ προςέρχεται ὡς εἰς μάχην παρεσχευα- ἐκ * τῶν ἀξόνων εἰς πλάγιον ἀποτεταμένα καὶ ὑπὸ τοῖς 
σμένος. Ἔνϑα δὴ πολὺς τάραχος ἐγένετο" αὐτίκα γὰρ ἐδό- δίφροις εἰς γὴν βλέποντα, ὡς διακόπτοιεν ὅτῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν. 
κουν οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ πάντες δὲ ἀτάκτοις σφίσιν ἐπιπεσεῖσϑαι. H δὲ γνώμη ἦν ὡς εἰς τὰς τάξεις τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλώντων 





Ses oe 
~ 


SSS ΈΡΘΕΣΞΞ: ae 





“Ὁ pas ff , ΒΝ “Ψ Ψ ‘ , 
Και Kugoy te καταπηδήσας ano tov ἀρματος τὸν ϑώρακιε καὶ διαχοψόντων. Ὃ μέντοι Κύρος εἶπεν ὅτε καλέσας παρε. 
, ‘ ‘ ‘ σ ‘ ‘ > ‘ ~ 

évédu καὶ ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον τὰ παλτὰ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας κελεύετο τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὴν χραυγὴν τῶν βαρβάρων ἀνασχέ: 

Ν - ᾿ ~ , - , ‘ 

ἔλαβε, τοῖς re ἄλλοις πᾶσι παρήγγελλεν ἐξοπλίζεσϑαι καὶ σϑαι, ἐψεύσϑη τοῦτο" οὐ γὰρ χραυγῇ, ἀλλὰ σιγῇ, ὡς ἀνυ- 
, . ~ » Ἵ ‘ 

καϑίστασϑαι εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ τάξιν ἕκαστον. Ἔνϑα δὴ σὺν στόν, καὶ ἡσυχῇ ἐν ἴσῳ καὶ βραδέως προρήεσαν. Καὶ ἐν 
~ ~ , , ‘ ‘ tc ‘ ~ , ~ 4 

πολλῇ σπουδῇ καϑίσταντο, Κλέαρχος μὲν τὰ δεξιὰ [τοῦ xe- τούτῳ Κῦρος παρελαύνων αὐτὸς σὺν Πίγρητι τῷ ἑρμηνεῖ καὶ 


δ ‘ ~ > , ~ ω " > # 
gatos] ἔχων πρὸς τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ, Πρόξενος δὲ ἐχό- 
« > » ‘ ~ , ‘ ‘ ‘ , 
μενος, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι μετὰ τοῦτον, Μένων δὲ καὶ τὸ στράτευμα 
‘ ~ ¢ ~ ~ ‘ ~ 
τὸ εὐώνυμον κέρας εἶχε tov Ἑλληνικοῦ. Tov δὲ βαρβαρικοῦ 
ε - ‘ , > ’ ‘ ΄ , ad 
ἱππεῖς μὲν Ilaghayoveg εἰς χιλίους παρὰ Κλέαρχον ἕστασαν 
> ~ ~ ‘ ‘ ¢ ‘ ΄ ν᾿ ‘ ~ > 
ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ καὶ to ᾿Ελληνικὸν πελταστικόν, ἐν δὲ τῷ εὐω- 
’ > ~ # ε ,? σ ‘ ‘ *# ᾿ς 
yuu Agauizos τε ὃ Κύρου ὕπαρχος καὶ τὸ ἄλλο βαρβαρικόν 
_~ ‘4 ~ ~ @& , ε 
Κῦρος δὲ καὶ ἱππεῖς pet αὐτοῦ ὅσον ἑξακόσιοι ὡπλισμένοι 
, ‘ , ‘ ‘ 
ϑώραξι μεγάλοις καὶ παραμηριδίοις καὶ κράνεσι πάντες πλὴν 
Κύρου" Κῦρος δὲ ψιλὴν ἔχων τὴν κεφαλὴν εἰς τὴν μάχη» 
, ’ 4 ‘ 4 ” , ~ ~ 
καϑιστατο" λέγεται δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Πέρσας ψιλαῖς ταῖς 
ἀμ ~ , , ε > @ σ 
κεφαλαῖς ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ διακινδυνεύειν. Οἱ δ᾽ ἵπποι ana» 
4 ᾽ν’ 4 , ‘ , 
τες οἱ μετὰ Κύρου εἶχον καὶ προμετωπίδια καὶ προςτερνίδια" 
- ‘ ‘ , ee ~ ¢€ , 
εἶχον δὲ καὶ μαχαίρας οἱ ἱππεῖς Ell nmxag. 
Fg 4 "ὃ 5 , Κ ἄγος ‘ ” ee 
αὐ ἤδη τε ἣν μέσον ἡμέρας καὶ οὕπω καταφανεῖς ἤσαν 
ἔ ". , , ν , ‘ σ 
οἱ πολέμιοι " ἡνίκα δὲ δείλη ἐγίγνετο, ἐφάνη κονιορτὸς ὥς- 
, , =o ¢ σ , 
meg νεφέλη λευχή, χρόνῳ δὲ συχνῷ ὕστερον ὥςπερ μελανία 
> ~ , | Ὁ , σ ‘ > , > » 
tig ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἐπὶ mokv. Ore δὲ ἐγγύτερον ἐγίγνοντο, 
΄ « 4 , oa 4 « ΄ «. ε ‘t 
τάχα δὴ καὶ χαλκὸς τις ἤστραπτε καὶ αἱ λόγχαι καὶ αἱ τάξεις 
- αὶ yf ~ ‘ , 
xaragpaveis ἐγίγνοντο. Καὶ ἦσαν ἱππεῖς μὲν λευκοϑύρακεβ 





” 4 vn , ~ ΄ , , , 
ἄλλοις τρισὶν ἢ τέτταρσι τῷ Κλεάρχῳ βόα ἄγειν τὸ στρά- 
τευμα κατὰ μέσον τὸ τῶν πολεμίων, ὅ τι ἐκεῖ βασιλεὺς εἴη" 
χὰν τοῦτ᾽, ἔφη, γιχῶμεν, nave ἡμῖν πεποίηται. “Opay δὲ ὁ 
Κλέαρχος τὸ μέσον στῖφος καὶ ἀκούων Κύρου ἔξω ὄντα τοῦ 
ν ~ » ’ f ~ ~ 
Βλληνικοῦ εὐωνύμου βασιλέα" τοσοῦτον γὰρ πλήϑει περιῆν 
‘ ao , ~ ε ~ ~ , , 
βασιλεὺς wyte μέσον τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἔχων τοῦ Κύρου εὐωνύμου 
Dad » > ,@ ε χὰ ἢ *” 
ἔξω ἣν" ἀλλ ὁμὼς ὁ Κλέαρχος οὐκ ἤϑελεν ἀποσπάσαι and 
~ ~ s ‘ ᾽ 
tov ποταμοῦ τὸ δεξιὸν κέρας, φοβούμενος μὴ κυχλωϑείη 
ε , ~ 4 χ᾽ > , o Ee, , σ 
δκατέρωϑεν, τῷ δὲ Κύρῳ ἀπεχρίνατο ὅτι αὐτῷ μέλει ὅπως 
καλὼς ἔχοι. 
Κ ‘ > , ~ - 4 4 ‘4 , 
a ἕν τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ τὸ μὲν βαρβαρικὸν στράτευμα 
΄ - , ‘ \e 4 " > ~ > ~ , 
ὁμαλὼς προΐει, τὸ δὲ “Ἑλληνικὸν ἔτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ μένον ovs- 
, > - Ν ~~ 
ETRITETO EX TOY ETL προςιόντων" καὶ ὁ Κῦρος παρελαύνων 
» , ‘ > ~ ~ a 
ov πᾶνυ πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ στρατεύματι κατεϑεᾶτο ἑκατέρωσε 
> , ” ‘ ‘ 
ἀποβλέπων εἰς te τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ τοὺς φίλους. ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ 
Pe > ‘ ~ 4 - ~ ~~ 
αὑτὸν ano tov ᾿Ελληνικοῦ Ξενοφῶν ‘A dnraiog ὑπελάσας ὡς 
- " a” , . « » 
συναντῆσαι ἤρετο εἰ τι παραγγέλλοι" ὁ δ᾽ ἐπιστήσας εἶπε καὶ 
, ai ~ ° Loe A 4 4 , ‘ a” 
λέγειν ἐκέλευε πᾶσιν ὅτι τὰ ἱερὰ καὶ τὰ σφάγια καλὰ εἴη. 


~ A , a ~ 
Ταῦτα δὲ λέγων ϑορύβου ἤκουσε διὰ τῶν τάξεων ἰόντος, 19 
“κ 











5 SS eats eS a - 


178 ᾿Ἄνάβασις. 


καὶ ἤρετο τίς ὁ ϑόρυβος εἴη. ‘O δὲ Ξενοῃ ὧν εἶπεν ὅτι τὸ 
, , ” > S. ἢ 5 , / 
σύνϑημα παρέρχεται δεύξερον ἤδη. Και cy ἐϑαύῦμασε tig 
1.7 σ : ‘ » ‘ , ε δ. 
παραγγέλλει καὶ ἥρετο ὃ,τι καὶ εἴη τὸ σύνϑημα. OS ἀπε- 
κρίνατο ὅτε Ζεὺς σωτὴρ καὶ νίκη. Ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ἀκού- 
σας, ᾿Αλλὰ δέχομαί τε, ἔφη, καὶ τοῦτο ἔστω. Ταῦτα δ᾽ εἰ- 
πὼν εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χώραν ἀπήλαυνε. Καὶ οὐκέτι τρία ἣ 
φέτταρα στάδια διειχέτην τὼ φάλαγγε an ἀλλήλων ἡνίκα 
ἐπαιάνιζόν τε οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ ἤρχοντο ἀντίοι ἰέναι τοῖς πολε- 
μίοις. Ὡς δὲ πορευομένων ἐξεκύμαιγέ τι τῆς φάλαγγος, τὸ 
ἐπιλειπόμενον ἤρξατο δρόμῳ ϑεῖν" καὶ ἅμα ἐφϑέγξαντο πάν- 
τὲς οἷόν περ τῷ Ἐνυαλίῳ ἐλελίζουσι, καὶ πάντες δὲ ἔϑεον. 
“έγουσι δέ τινες ὡς καὶ ταῖς ἀσπίσι πρὸς τὰ δύρατα ἐδούπη- 
Gav, φόβον» ποιοῦντες τοῖς ἵπποις. Πρὶν δὲ τόξευμα ἐξικνεῖ- 
σϑαι ἐχκλίνουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι καὶ φεύγουσι. Καὶ ἐνταῦϑα 
δὴ ἐδίωκον μὲν κατὰ χράτος οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἐβόων δὲ ἀλλήλοις 
‘ ~ , > > > , ΄ 7% > ΄ 
μὴ ϑεῖν δρόμῳ, add ἐν ταξει ἕπεσϑαι. Ta δ᾽ ἄρματα 
ἐφέροντο τὰ μὲν δι᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν πολεμίων, τὰ δὲ καὶ διὰ 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων, κενὰ ἡνιόχων. Οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ προΐδοιεν, διίσταν- 
το ἔστι δ᾽ ὅστις καὶ κατελήφϑη ὥςπερ ἐν ἱπποδρόμῳ 
ἐχπλαγείς" καὶ οὐδὲν μέντοι οὐδὲ τοῦτον παϑεῖν ἔφασαν, 
οὐδ᾽ ἄλλος δὲ τῶν Ἕλλήνων ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ μάχῃ ἔπαϑεν οὐ- 
δεὶς οὐδέν, πλὴν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ τοξευϑῆναί τις ἐλέγετο. 
Κῦρος δ᾽ ὁρῶν τοὺς Ἕλληνας νικῶντας τὸ καϑ᾽ αὐτοὺς 
καὶ διώχοντας, ἡδόμενος καὶ προςχυνούμενος ἤδη ὡς βασι- 
λεὺς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀμφ᾽ αὐτόν, οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἐξήχϑη διώχειν, ἀλλὰ 
συνεσπειραμένην ἔχων τὴν τῶν σὺν ἑαυτῷ ἑξαχοσίων ἱππέων 
τάξιν ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅ, τι ποιήσει βασιλεύς. Καὶ γὰρ [de av- 
τὸν ὅτι μέσον ἔχοι τοῦ Περσικοῦ στρατεύματος. Καὶ πάντες 
δ᾽ οἱ τῶν βαρβάρων ἄρχοντες μέσον ἔχοντες τὸ αὐτῶν ἡγοῦντο, 
ψομίζοντες οὕτω καὶ ἐν ἀσφαλεστάτῳ εἶναι, ἣν ἡ ἰσχὺς αὖ- 
τῶν ἑχατέρωϑεν 7, καὶ εἴ τι παραγγεῖλαι χρήζοιεν, ἡμίσει 
ἂν χρόνῳ αἰσϑάνεσϑαι τὸ στράτευμα. Kai βασιλεὺς δὴ τότε 
μέσον ἔχων τῆς ἑαυτοῦ στρατιᾶς ὅμως ἔξω ἐγένετο τοῦ Κύρου 
εὐωνύμου κέρκτος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδεὶς αὐτῷ ἐμάχετο ἐκ τοῦ 





A, α΄. κ. 9΄. 179 


ἐναντίου οὐδὲ τοῖς αὐτοῦ τεταγμένοις ἔμπροσϑεν, ἐπέκαμπτεν 


ὡς εἰς κύκλωσιν. Ἔνϑα δὴ Κῦρος, δείσας μὴ ὄπισϑεν γενό- 24 


μενος κατακόψῃ τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν ἐλαύνει ἀντίος " καὶ ἐμβαλὼν 
σὺν τοῖς ἑξακοσίοις γικᾷ τοὺς πρὸ βασιλέως τεταγμένους καὶ 
εἰς φυγὴν ἔτρεψε τοὺς ἑξακιςχιλίους " καὶ ἀποχτεῖναι λέγεται 


αὐτὸς τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χειρὶ "Agrayépany τὸν ἄρχοντα αὐτῶν. Ὡς 25 


δ᾽ ἡ τροπὴ ἐγένετο διασπείρονται καὶ οἱ Κύρου ἑξακόσιοι εἰς 
τὸ διώκειν ὁρμήσαντες, πλὴν πάνυ ὀλίγοι ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν κατε- 


λείφϑησαν, σχεδὸν οἱ ὁμοτράπεζοι καλούμενοι. Σὺν τούτοις 26 


ΔΝ - , ‘ ‘ > ee. ~ ~ ‘ > ‘ 
δὲ ὧν καϑορᾷ βασιλέα καὶ τὸ ἀμφ᾽ ἐκεῖνον στῖφος" καὶ εὐθὺς 
» > ’ > > > , « - 4 y a > ὃ > 4 
οὐκ ἤνέσχονα, ἀλλ εἰπῶν, Ορὼ τὸν ἀνὄρα, ἰδτὸ ἐπὶ αὐτὸν 
καὶ παΐει κατὰ τὸ σεέρνον καὶ τιτρώσκει διὰ τοῦ ϑώρακος, 
ὥς φῆσι Κτησίας ὁ ὁ ἐατρὲς καὶ ἰᾶσϑαι αὐτὸς τὸ τραῦμά φῆσι. 


Παίοντα δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀκοντίζει τις παλτῷ ὑπὸ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν 27 


βιαίως" καὶ ἐνταῦϑα μαχόμενοι καὶ βασιλεὺς καὶ Κῦρος καὶ 
οἱ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ ἑκατέρου, ὁπόσοι μὲν τῶν ἀμφὶ βασι- 
λέα ἀπέϑνησκον Κτησίας λέγει" παρ ἐκείρῳ γὰρ ἦν. Κῦρος 
δὲ αὐτός τὸ ἀπέϑανε καὶ ὀκτὼ οἱ ἄριστοι τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν 


ἔκειντο én αὐτῷ. ᾿Αρταπάτης δ᾽ ὁ πιστότατος αὐτῷ τῶν 98 


, ‘ - 
σκηπτούχων ϑεράπων λέγεται, ἐπειδὴ πεπτωκότα εἶδε Κῦρον, 


, > ἴ » @ ~ > #~ 4 . ’ 
πκαταπηδησας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου περιπεσεῖν αὐτῷ. Kai οἱ μὲν 29 


φασι βασιλέα κελεῦσαί τινα ἐπισφάξαι αὐτὸν Κύρῳ οἱ δ᾽ 
ἑαυτὸν ἐπισφάξασϑαι σπασάμενον τὸν ἀκινάκην᾽ elys yao 
ξενσοῦν" καὶ στρεπτὸν δὲ ἐφόρει καὶ ψέλια καὶ τἄλλα ὥς περ 
οἱ ἄριστοι Περσῶν" ἐτετίμητο γὰρ ὑπὸ Κύρου δι᾽ εὔνοιών te 
καὶ πιστότητα. 

0. Κῦρος μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἐτελεύτησεν, ἀνὴρ ὧν Περ- 1 
σῶν τῶν μετὰ Κῦρον τὸν ἀρχαῖον γενομένων βασιλικώτατός 
τε καὶ ἄρχειν ἀξιώτατος, ὡς παρὰ πάντων ὁμολογεῖται τῶν 
Κύρου" δοκούντων ἐν πειρᾳ γενέσϑαι. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἔτι 2 
πιιῖς ov, ὅτε ἐπαϊδεύετο καὶ σὺν τῷ ἀδελφῷ καὶ σὺν τοῖς 
ἄλλοις παισί, πάντων πάντα κράτιστος ἐνομίζετο. Πάντες 3 
γὰρ οἱ τῶν ἀρίστων Περσῶν παῖδες ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως ϑύ- 
putg παιδεύοντα., ἔνϑα πολλὴν μὲν σωφρυσύνην καταμάϑοι 


SS ee 














180 "Avapacts. 


4 »ω" A ~ ᾿» a ~ 
4 ἄν τις, αἰσχρὸν δ᾽ οὐδὲν οὔτ᾽ ἀκοῦσαι οὔτ᾽ ἰδεῖν ἔστι. Θεῶν 
> c ~ ‘ . , 2 , > 2 , 
ται δ᾽ οἱ παῖδες καὶ τοὺς τιμωμένους ὑπὸ βασιλέως καὶ axor- 
« » > ° ak σ ΕἸ ‘ ~ *” 
ουσι καὶ ἄλλους αἀτιμαζομένους " were εὐθὺς παῖδες ὄντες 
: 4 ψΨ i sini 
δ μανθάνουσιν ἄρχειν te καὶ ἄρχεσϑαι. Ἔνϑα Κῦρος aidy- 
μογέστατος μὲν πρῶτον τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν ἐδόκει εἶναι, τοῖς τὰ 
πρεσβυτέροις και τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ὑποδεεστέρων μᾶλλον πείϑεσϑαι, 
‘ ‘ ~ σ ~ 
ἔπειτα δὲ φιλιππότατος καὶ τοῖς ἵπποις ἄριστα χρῆσϑαι" 
‘A ‘ ~ ~ 
ἔκρινον δ᾽ αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἔργων, τοξικῆς τὸ 
4 ‘ , 
καὶ ἀκοντίσεως, φιλομαϑέστατον εἶναι καὶ μελετηρότατον. 
4 - ‘ 7 ‘ ‘ ‘ 
6 ᾿Επεὶ δὲ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ ἔπρεπε, καὶ φιλοϑηρότατος ἦν, καὶ πρὸς τὰ 
, , r 4 
ϑηρία μέντοι φιλοκινδυνότατος. Καὶ ἄρκτον ποτὲ ἐπιφερο- 
‘ ‘ , > ‘ ad 
μένην οὐκ ἔτρεσεν, ἀλλὰ συμπεσὼν κατεσπάσϑη ἀπὸ τοῖ 
‘ ‘ τ ‘ " 
ἵππου, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἔπαϑεν, ὧν καὶ τὰς ὠτειλὰς φανερὰς εἶχε, 
Ἁ ‘ ‘ ~ 
τέλος δὲ κατέκανε" καὶ τὸν πρῶτον μέντοι βοηϑήσαντα πολ 
- Α 
λοῖς μακαριστὸν ἐποίησεν. 
‘ ‘ ¢ ~ ‘ , 
7 Ἐπεὶ δὲ κατεπέμῳφϑη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς σατράπης Aviiag 
‘ , ~ , ‘ r , ‘ ‘ 
ze καὶ Φρυγίας τῆς μεγάλης καὶ Καππαδοκίας, στρατηγὸς δὲ 
4 , > , ? , > ΄χ - , 
καὶ πάντων anedeiyOn οἷς καϑῆκει εἰς Καστωλοῦ πεδίον 
> ῳω ~ ‘ > , t t ‘ ΄ ‘ , 
ἀϑροίζεσϑαι, πρῶτον μὲν ἐπέδειξεν αὑτὸν ort meget πλείστου 
- ” ‘ ε ‘ 
ποιοῖτο, εἴ TH σπείσαιτο καὶ εἴ τῳ σύνϑοιτο καὶ εἴ τῳ ὑπό- 
ΓΙ 4 oi ‘4 
8 σχοιτό τι, μηδὲν ψεύδεσϑαι. Kai γὰρ οὖν ἐπίστευον μὲν 
αὐτῷ αἱ πόλεις ἐπιτρεπόμεναι, ἐπίστευον δ᾽ οἱ ἄνδρες " καὶ 
” , r ‘ 
εἴ τις πολέμιος ἐγένετο, σπεισαμένου Κύρου ἐπίστευε μηδὲ 
Ἅ ‘ ‘ ‘ ~ ~ > ‘ U 
9 ἂν παρὰ tug σπονδὰς παϑεῖν. Τοιγαροῦν ἐπεὶ Τισσαφέρνει 
> , -~ ε ΄ «ε - - [2 » ‘ 
ἐπολέμησε, πᾶσαι αἱ πόλεις ἑκοῦσαι Κῦρον εἴλοντο avri 
‘ τ 1, ¢ a” ‘ 
Τισσαφέρνους πλὴν Μιλησίων" οὗτοι δὲ ὅτι οὐκ ἤϑελε τοὺς 
<C φεύγοντας προέσϑαι ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν. Καὶ γὰρ ἔργῳ éne- 
‘ σ 1} » - ‘ σ ᾿ 
δείκνυτο καὶ ἔλεγεν ὅτι οὐκ ὧν MOTE προοῖτο, ἐπεὶ ἅπαξ φί- 
- > >? > £ ‘ 4 
log αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο, οὐδ᾽ εἰ ἔτι μὲν μείους γένοιντο, ἔτι δὲ 
, "Ὁ ‘ ». 2 ‘ m” , > ‘ ᾿ 
11 χκάχιον πράξειαν. ΦΦανερὸς δ᾽ ἦν καὶ εἴ τίς τι ἀγαϑὸν ἣ 
4 , ¢ ~ ᾿ 4 4 , 
κακὸν ποιήσειεν AUTOY, νικᾶν πειρώμενος " καὶ εὐχὴν δέ τινες 
a ” ~ ~ 
αὐτοῦ ἐξέφερον ὡς εὔχοιτο τοσοῦτον χρόνον ζῆν ἔστε νικῴη 
4 Α ‘4 = 7 ‘ ‘ Ξ ~ = ~ ὦ }) £ , K ‘ ‘ 
12 καὶ τοὺς εὖ καὶ τοὺς κακῶς ποιοῦντας ἀλεξόμενος. Καὶ γὰρ 
i ~ ‘ > ~ Me > ‘ - > > ε - > , 
οὖν πλεῖστοι δὴ αὐτῷ evi ye ἄνδρι τῶν ep ἡμῶν ἐπεϑύμη: 





Lee δ 18] 


say καὶ χρήματα καὶ πόλεις καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα προ- 
ἔσϑϑαι. 

a Οὐ μὲν δὴ οὐδὲ τοῦτ᾽ ἄν τις εἴποι ὡς τοὺς κακούργους καὶ 13 
ἀδίκους εἴα καταγελῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀφειδέστατα πάντων ἐτιμωρεῖτο. 
Πολλάκις δ᾽ ἦν ἰδεῖν παρὰ τὰς στειβομένας ὁδοὺς καὶ πο- 
δῶν καὶ χειρῶν καὶ ὀφθαλμῶν στερυυμένους ἀϑρώπους" 
ost ἐν τῇ Κύρου ἀρχῇ ἐγένετο καὶ Ἕλληνι καὶ βαρβάρῳ μη- 
δὲν ἀδικοῦντι ἀδεῶς πορεύεσϑαι ὅποι τις ἤϑελεν, Loves ὅ,τι 
προχωροίῃ. Τούς ye μέντοι ἀγαϑοὺς εἰς πύλεμον ὡμολό- 14 
7γητο διαφερόντως τιμᾶν. Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἦν αὐτῷ πόλεμος 
πρὸς Πισίδας καὶ Μυσούς" στρατευόμενος οὖν καὶ aizke εἰς 
ταύτας τὰς χώρας οὗς ἑώρα ἐθέλοντας κινδυγεύε ) 
καὶ ἄρχοντας ἐποίει ἧς κατεστρέφετο videos, Sue at 
ἄλλῃ δώροις ἐτίμα" ὥςτε φαίνεσϑαι τοὺς μὲν ἀγαϑοὺς εὐ- 
δαιμονεστάτους, τοὺς δὲ κακοὺς δούλους τούτων ἀξιοῦν εἶναι. 
Τοιγαροῦν πολλὴ ἦν ἀφϑονία αὐτῷ τῶν ἐθελόντων κινδυ- 15 
vevely, ὁπου τις οἴοιτο Κῦρον αἰσϑήσεσϑαι. Εἴς ye μὴν 16 
δικαιοσύνην εἴ τις αὐτῷ φανερὸς γένοιτο ἐπιδείκνυσϑαι βου- 
λόμενος, περὶ παντὸς ἐποιεῖτο τούτους πλουσιωτέρους ποιεῖν 
τῶν ἐχ τοῦ ἀδίχου φιλοχερδούνετων. Καὶ γὰρ οὖν ἄλλα τε 17 
πολλὰ δικαίως αὐτῷ διεχειρίζετο καὶ στρατεύματι ἀληϑινῷ 
ἐχρήσατο. Καὶ γὰρ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ οὐ χρημάτων 
ἐγέχα πρὸς ἐχεῖνον ἔπλευσαν, ἀλλ ἐπεὶ ἔγνωσαν κερδαλεώ- 
τερον εἶναι Κύρῳ καλῶς πειθαρχεῖν ἢ τὸ κατὰ μῆνα κέρδος. 
Alla μὴν εἰ τίς γέ τι αὐτῷ προςτάξαντι καλῶς ὑπηρετή- 18 
σειεν, οὐδενὶ πώποτε ἀχώριστον εἴασε τὴν προϑυμίαν. Τοι- 
7γαροῦν κράτιστοι δὴ ὑπηρέται παντὸς ἔργου Κύρῳ ἐλέχϑησαν 
γενέσϑαι. Εἰ δέ tive ὁρῴη δεινὸν ὄντα οἰκονόμον ἐκ τοῦ 19 
δικαίου mas κατασχευάξοντά τε ἧς ἄρχοι χώρας καὶ προςό- 
δους ποιοῦντα, οὐδένα ἂν πώποτε ἀφείλετο, ἀλλ᾿ ἀεὶ πλείω 

προςεδίδου" ὥςτε καὶ ἡδέως ἐπόνουν καὶ ϑαῤῥαλέως ἐχτῶντο 
ΙΒ £2 i σ as 

καὶ ἃ ἐπέπατο αὖ τις ἥκιστα Κῖρον ἔχρυπτεν" οὐ γὰρ φϑο- 

γῶν τοῖς φανερῶς πλουτοῦσιν ἐφαίνετο, ἀλλὰ πειρώμενος 

ἴρησϑαι τοῖς τῶν ὑποχρυπτομέγων χρήμασι. Φίλους ye μὴν 20 











182 "Avapaots. 


) χ ; Ὶ ς Ὁ > 


μοῦντα. : A a 
22 Δῶρα δὲ πλεῖστα μὲν οἶμαι εἰς ye ὧν ἀνὴρ ἐλ 4 τ 
" - δ 
διὰ πολλά- ταῦτα δὲ πάντων δὴ μάλιστα τοῖς φίλοις διε 
; ~ s ¢ , 
ὃ ὃς τοὺς τρόπους ἑκάστου σχοπὼν καὶ OTOV μάλιστα 
rar 00a TH σῶ prov κόσμον 
23 ὁρῴη ἕκαστον δεόμενον. Καὶ ooa τῷ σώματι avrov κι oe 
ἢ ὡς εἰς καλλωπισμόν, και 
ἢ ὡς εἰς πολ ἢ ὡς εἰς καλλωπισμὸν, 
» ἢ ὡς εἰς πόλεμον ἢ ὡς ( 
πέμποι τις ἢ ὡς εἰς ὡς εἰς καλλωπισμόν, x 
ὦμα οὐκ 
τούτων λέγειν αὐτὸν ἔφασαν ott τὸ aches 6 ἐπ a 
TOL πᾶ ἤναι, φίλους δὲ καλὼς κε- 
ἂν δύναιτο τούτοις πᾶσι κοσμηϑὴν ty φίλο - 
24 χοσμημένους μέγιστον κόσμον ἀνδρι νομίζοι. 
᾿ ὺ υ "μαστὸν 
τὰ μεγάλα νικᾶν τοὺς φίλους εὖ ποιοῦντα οὐδὲν Sava τόν, 
ἦν" τὸ δὲ τῇ ἐ ice περιεῖναι 
ἐπειδή γε καὶ δυνατώτερος ἢν τὸ δὲ τῇ ἐπιμελείᾳ et e 
D i 3 ra & 
τῶν φίλων καὶ τῷ προϑυμεῖσϑαι χαρίζεσϑαι, ταῦτα ἔμοι) 
͵ { xo ἔ ου 
5 μὰ i ἃ ὰ εἶναι. Κῦρος γὰρ ἔπεμπε βίκους ow 
25 μᾶλλον δοκεῖ ayaota ὲ 9 γὰρ ee a 
΄ , ‘ f 
ἡμιδεεῖς πολλάκις, ὁπότε πάνυ ἡδὺν λάβοι, λέγων ὃ 
ἡδίονε οἴνῳ ἐπιτύχοι" τοῦτον OVP 
δὴ πολλοῦ χρόνου τούτου ἡδίονι owe ἐπιτύχοι οὗτον οὗ 
ν j Drov ἐχπιεῖν τήμερον σὺν οἱς μᾶ- 
σοι ἔπεμψε καὶ δεῖταί σου τοῦτον ἐχπιεῖν τήμερ 4 ; 
e , 
ἡ χῆ > ἔπεμπε και 
26 λιστα φιλεῖς. Πολλάκις δὲ χῆνας ἡμιβρώτους ἔπεμπε καὶ 
f i ἃ ὕτα, ἐπιλέγειν xehevooy τὸν φέ- 
ἄρτων ἡμίσεα καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, γεὶν Ἰαλένων τὸν : 
v 0 
* Τούτοις ἥσϑη Κῦρος" βούλεται οὖν και σὲ τούτω 
εκ τῶν 6 ΐ 4 in, αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐδύ- 
27 γεύσασϑαι. Ὅπου δὲ χιλὸς σπάνιος πάνυ εἴη, εὐτὸς, ; 
ὺς τας και 
vato παρασχευάσασϑαι διὰ τὸ πολλοὺς ἔχειν VANE ¢ καὶ 
¢ : . ‘ad . Ta 
διὰ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, διαπέμπων ἐκέλευε τοὺς φίλους onl 
ἐμβά v ὃν χιλὸν, 
ἑαυτῶν σώματα ἄγουσιν ἵπποις ἐμβάλλειν τουτον τὸν χιλὸν, 
deus wad Vg ἑαυτοῦ » ἄγωσιν. Εἰ δὲ δή ποτε 
QE ὡς μὴ πεινῶντες τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ φίλους ἄγωσιν. 





4. x. ¢. 182 


4 ‘ » 4 a ‘ 
naga μὲν Κύρου, δούλου ὄντος, οὐδεὶς ἀπήει πρὸς βασιλέα, 
᾿ > , > , ‘ τ λα ad , ε 
“λην» ᾿Ορόντας ἐπέχειρησε καὶ οὕτος δὴ OY ᾧετο πιστόν οἱ 
‘4 eae τ » ἢ , “oe ~ ‘ 8 
εἶναι, ταχὺ αὐτὸν εὗρε Κύρῳ φιλαίτερον ἢ ἑαυτῷ παρὰ δὲ 
‘ ~ ~ 
βασιλέως πολλοὶ πρὸς Κῦρον ἀπῆλϑον, ἐπειδὴ πολέμιοι ἀλλή- 
, τ , ε , ξ΄ ~ 
λοις ἐγένοντο, καὶ οὗτοι μέντοι οἱ μαλιστα ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀγαπώ- 
ty 4 ve ad > 4 t , δ 
μένοι, ψομίζοντες παρὰ Κύρῳ ὄντες ἀγαϑοὶ ἀξιωτέρας ἄν 
~ , Ἃ 4 ~ , 4 , 4 4 
τιμῆς τυγχάνειν ἢ παρὰ βασιλεῖ. Μέγα δὲ τεχμήριον καὶ τὸ BM 
~ - ~ ~ ΄ σ ‘ - 
ἐν τῇ τελευτῇ τοῦ βίου αὐτῷ γενόμενον ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν 
» ‘ 4 ~ τ 4 
ἄγαϑος και κρίνειν ὀρθῶς ἐδύνατο τοὺς πιστοὺς καὶ εὔνους 
᾿ ΄ > , 4 > ~ bd ε > 
καὶ βεβαίους. ““ποϑνήσκοντος γὰρ avrov martes οἱ mag 3. 
πω , 4 ’ e 4 
αὑτὸν φίλοι καὶ συντράπεζοι μαχόμενοι ἀπέϑανον ὑπὲρ 
ee ‘ . , 4 
Κύρου πλὴν ’Apiaiov’ οὗτος δὲ τεταγμένος ἐτύγχανεν ἐπὶ 
τῷ εὐωνύμῳ τοῦ ἱππικοῦ ἄρχων" ὡς δ᾽ ἤσϑετο Κῦρον 
, ‘ ~ τ ~ 
πεπτωχότα ἔφυγεν ἔχων καὶ τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν οὗ ἡγεῖτο. 
Γ > ~ ‘ , > ΄ « ‘ ‘ 4 
t. Evravda δὴ Κύρου ἀποτέμνεται ἡ κεφαλὴ καὶ χεὶρ 1 
¢ t , ‘ ‘ ‘ c ‘ 3 ~ ΄ > , 

ἢ δεξιά. Βασιλεὺς δὲ καὶ οἱ σὺν αὑτῷ διώκων εἰςπίπτει 
> ‘ rr ΠῚ ‘ ‘ ‘3? ’ > , 
εἰς τὸ Κύρειον στρατόπεδον" καὶ of μὲν μετὰ Apiaiov οὐκέτι 
ἵστανται, ἀλλὰ φεύγουσι διὰ τοῦ αὑτῶν στρατοπέδου εἰς τὸν 
‘ 7 , , , 
σταϑμὸν ἔνϑεν ὥρμηντο" τέτταρες δ᾽ ἐλέγοντο παρασάγγαι 
εἶναι τῆς ὁδοῦ. Βασιλεὺς δὲ καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ τά τε ἄλλα 2 
‘ , ‘ , , 
πολλὰ διαρπάζουσι καὶ τὴν Φωκαΐδα τὴν Κύρου παλλακίδα 

‘ ‘ 4 ‘ 4 
τ» σοφὴν καὶ καλὴν λεγομένην εἶναι λαμβάνει. Ἡ δὲ Μιλη- 3 

, c , a.~ ee ~ > s ’ > , 
σία [ἡ νεωτέρα] ληφϑεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶν ἄμφι βασιλέα ἐκφεύγει 

‘ ‘ ~ ~ bd 
yuusn πρὸς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ot ἔτυχον ἐν τοῖς σχευοφόροις ὅπλα 
‘ ‘ ‘ ~ 

ἔχοντες, καὶ ἀντιταχϑέντες πολλοὺς μὲν τῶν ἁρπαζόντων 

» ε ‘ > ~ 
anéxteway, οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν ἀπέθανον" οὐ μὴν ἔφυγόν γε, 

» ‘ ‘4 , " ‘ ᾿» 4 Ul > ‘ > ~ A 
ἀλλὰ καὶ ταυτὴν ἔσωσαν καὶ ἄλλα ὁπόσα ἐντὸς αὐτῶν καὶ 
΄ 4 ” > , ᾿ > - 
χρήματα καὶ ἄνϑρῶποι ἐγένοντο πάντα ἔσωσαν. Ενταῦϑα 4 

΄ 4 σ ε 
διέσχον ἀλλήλων βασιλεύς τε καὶ οἱ ἕλληνες ὡς τριάκοντα 
‘ , 4 , 
στάδια, οἱ μὲν διώχοντες τοὺς καϑ' ἑαυτοὺς ὡς πάντας 


SASS eae ταν. τ: 


- ‘ 
Or καλῶν τοὺς 
ὶ πλεῖστοι μέλλοιεν ὄψεσϑαι, προφκαλῶ ς 
MOOEVOLTO καὶ : οκλτ oon en 
φίλους ἐσπουδαιολογεῖτο, ὡς δηλοίη οὐς τιμᾷ. ΡΝ 

: ; , « ‘ ’ ι 
ἐξ ὧν ἀκούω οὐδένα κρίνω ὑπο πλειόνων πεφιλησθαι οἱ 
‘ , 
Ἑλλή v Τεχμήριον δὲ τούτου καὶ τόδε, 
350 Ἑλλήνων οὔτε βαρβαρων. μὴ 


νικῶντες, οἱ δ᾽ ἁρπάζοντες ὡς ἤδη πάντες γικῶντες. ‘Qo § 
, # ε ν" Gey ΄ ‘ ‘ ν , 
δὲ ἤσϑοντο οἱ μὲν Ἕλληνες ὅτι βασιλεὺς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι 
- , ” Σ 
ἐν τοῖς σκευοφόροις εἴη, βασιλεὺς δ᾽ αὖ ἤκουσε Ζισσαφέρ- 
. « @ ~ ‘ > € ‘ 4 > 4 
νους ott οἱ ἔλληνες νικῷεν τὸ καϑ' δαυτοὺς καὶ εἷς τὸ 


ΡΨ ον 


a ts 
eee ae ee ναι τὰ 








184 ᾿Αγάβασις. 


᾿ — Ἶ 
πρόσθεν οἴχονται διώκοντες, ἐνταῦϑα ἐφ αν Kideqgoe Hor 
'ς δαυτοῦ καὶ συντάττεται" ὁ 
‘ee Teiger καλέσας, πλησιαίτατος γὰρ aera πέμποιέν 
τινας ἣ πάντες ἴοιεν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον ἀρήξον: as ἣν 
6 Ἐν τούτῳ καὶ βασιλεὺς δῆλος ἦν προςιὼν Ἶ " 
ἐδόκει, ὕπισϑεν. Καὶ οἱ μὲν Ἕλληνες St dana roa 
σχετάζονται ὡς ταύτῃ Scar pe — eo 
λεὺς ταύτῃ μὲν οὐκ ἦγεν, ἢ δὲ παρῆλϑεν 

κέρατο, ταύτῃ καὶ ἀπήγαγεν, ἀναλαβὼν εν ᾿ "ἢ ματι 

πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας αὐτομολήσαντας καὶ soap _ 

7 τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ. Ὁ γὰρ Τισσαφέρνης ἐν τῇ — τος 
οὐκ ἔφυγεν, ἀλλὰ διήλασε παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν κατ i 
᾿ ληνας πελταστάς" διελαύνων δὲ κατέχανε μὲν O , tg 
στάντες δ᾽ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔπαιον καὶ ἠκόντιζον αὐτοὺς" ie » 
σϑένης δὲ ᾿Αἰμφιπολίτης ἦρχε τῶν παρ μη et a 

8 φρόνιμος γενέσϑαι. Ὃ δ᾽ οὖν —, ποθι σα 
ἀπηλλ ayn, πάλιν μὲν οὐκ ἀγαστρέφει, εἰς δὲ τὸ ~ a 
ἀφικόμενος τὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐχεῖ συντυγχάνει. Bo ae . 

9 ὁμοῦ δὴ συνταξάμενοι ἐπορεύοντο. ᾿Επεὶ “ον — ~ 
εὐώνυμον τῶν Ἑλλήνων κέρας, ἔδεισαν οἱ nv 5 a 
ἄγοιεν πρὸς τὸ κέρας καὶ περιπτύξαντες ἀμφοτέ pare 
τοὺς κατακόψειαν᾽ καὶ ἐδόκει αὐτοῖς ἀναπτύσσειν 6 
καὶ ποιήσασϑαι ὄπισϑεν τὸν ποταμόν. a 

ἢ Ἐν (ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἐβουλεύοντο καὶ δὴ βασιλεὺς a ! 

ψάμενος εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ σχῆμα κατέστησεν ἀντίαν " ga - 
ὥςπερ TO πρῶτον μαχούμενος συνῇει. ‘Rs ὦ cone 
Anves ἐγγύς τε ὄντας καὶ παρατεταγμένους, αὺ ἡμέρας pot 

[1 reg ἐπήεσαν πολὺ ἔτι ——— lalvoe 9 ae 
av pa meee οὐκ ἐδέχοντο, ἀλλ ex π ¢ : 

2 rin οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεδίωκον μέχρι κώμης a ἐῤγρφιτάν te 
ἔστησαν οἱ Ἕλληνες" ὑπὲρ γὰρ τῆς κώμης γή φ Ν oe 4 
ov ἀνεστράφησαν οἱ ἀμφὶ i βασιλέα, πεζοὶ μὲν οὐκέτι, νρϑ 
ἱππέων ὃ λόφος ἐνεπλήσϑη, ὥςτε τὸ ποιούμενον μὴ _— 
oxew. Καὶ τὸ βασίλειον σημεῖον ὁρᾶν ἔφασαν, ἀετὸν 








Se ae 185 


χρυσοῦν ἐπὶ πέλτης [ἐπὶ ξύλου] ἀ ἀνατεταμένον. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ καὶ 18 
ἐνταῦϑ᾽ ἐχώρουν οἱ Ἕλληνες, λείπουσι δὴ καὶ τὸν λόφον οἱ 
ἱππεῖς " οὐ μέντοι ἔτι ἀϑρόοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄλλοϑεν" ἐψιλοῦτο 
δ᾽ ὁ “λόφος τῶν ἱππέων" τέλος δὲ καὶ πάντες ἀπεχώρησαν. 
Ὃ οὖν Ἀλέαρχος οὐκ ἀνεβίβαξεν ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ 14 
αὐτὸν στήσας τὸ στράτευμα πέμπει “Τύκιον τὸν “Συρακόσιον 


καὶ ἄλλον ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον καὶ κελεύει κατιδόντας τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ 


λόφου τί ἐστιν ἀπαγγεῖλαι. Καὶ 6 Avmog ἤλασέ τε καὶ 15 


ἰδὼν ἀπαγγέλλει ὅ ὅτι φεύγουσιν ἀνὰ κράτος. “Σχεδὸν δ᾽ ὅτε 
ταῦτα ἦν, καὶ ἥλιος ἐδύετο. 

᾿Ενταῦϑα δ᾽ [ἔστησαν οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ] ϑέμενοι τὰ ὅπλα 16 
ἀνεπαύοντο" καὶ ἅμα μὲν ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι οὐδαμοῦ Κῦρος 
φαίνοιτο οὐδ᾽ ἄλλος an’ αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς παρείη" οὐ γὰρ ἴδε- 
σαν αὐτὸν τεϑνηκότα, ἀλλ᾽ εἴκαζον 7 διώκοντα οἴχεσϑαι i 
καταληψόμενόν τι προεληλακέναι" καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐβουλεύοντο εἰ 17 
αὐτοῦ μείναντες τὰ τ εκ.» ἐνταῦϑα ἄγοιντο ἢ ἀπίοιεν 
ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον" ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοὺς ἀπιέναι" 
κγοῦνται ἀμφὶ δορπηστὸν ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνάς. 
ἡμέρας τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἐγέγετο. 


καὶ ἀφι- 
Ταύτης μὲν τῆς 18 
Νιαεαλαρβάνοναι. δὲ τῶν te 
ἄλλων χρημάτων τὰ πλεῖστις διηρπασμένα καὶ εἴ τι σιτίον 
ἣ ποτὸν ἦν" καὶ τὰς ἁμάξας μεστὰς ἀλεύρων καὶ οἴνου, 
ἃς παρεσχευάσατο Κῦρος, iva εἴ ποτε σφοδρὰ λάβοι τὸ 
στρατόπεδον ἔνδεια, διαδοίη τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἦσαν δ᾽ αὗται, 


ὡς ἐλέγοντο, τετρακόσιαι ἅμαξαι, καὶ ταύτας τοτε οἱ σὺν 


βασιλεῖ διήρπασαν" ὥςτε ἄδειπτοι ἦσαν οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν Ἔλ- 


λήνων" ἦσαν δὲ καὶ ἀνάριστοι" πρὶν γὰρ δὴ καταλῦσαι το 
στράτευμα πρὸς ἄριστον βασιλεὺς ἐφάνη. 
τὴν νύχτα οἴτω διε) Evorzo. 


Ταύτην μὲν ovr 





» ae ——- ad a 
a ane σοσιστε- 


STANDARD GREEK TEXTS. 


Xenophon’s Anabasis: with Explanatory Notes for Use of Schools 
and Colleges in the United States. By James R. BolseE, Ph. Ὁ. (Ti- 
bingen), LL. D., Professor of Greek in the University of Michigan. 
I2mo. 393 pages. Introduction price, $1.40. 


The First Four Books of Xenophon’s Anabasis: with Ex- 
planatory Notes with grammatical references to Hadley-Allen’s, Good- 
win's, and other Greek Grammars; a copious Greek-English Vocabu- 
lary; and Kiepert’s Map of the Route of the Ten Thousand. By 
JAMES ΕΚ. BOISE. 12mo. 451 pages. Introduction price, $1.32. 


This work takes the place of the 7hree Book and Five Book editions of 
the Anabasis heretofore published. 





= τῷ. eh a ee 





t «αἰ ϑο τ οἷν. 2,5 


THE SAME. Without Vocabulary. 12mo. 524 pages. Introduction 
price, $1.08, 


The First Three Books of Homer’s Iliad, according to the Text 
of Dindorf; with Revised Notes, Critical and Explanatory, and Refer- 
ences to Hadley-Allen’s, Crosby’s, and Goodwin's Greek Grammars. 


By Henry CLARK JOHNSON, A. M., LL.B. 12mo. 180 pages. In- 
troduction price, $1.12, 


THE SAME. With Vocabulary. 12mo. (/ press.) 


Seiections from Herodotus: comprising mainly such Portions as 
give a Connected History of the East, to the Fall of Babylon and the 
Death of Cyrus the Great. By HERMAN M. JouNson, D. D., Professor 
of Philosophy and English Literature in Dickinson College. x12mo. 
185 pages. Introduction price, $1.05. 


The @dipus Tyrannus of Sophocles; with English Notes. By 
HOWARD Crossy, D. D., formerly Professor of Greek Language and 
Literature in Rutgers.College, and Professor in the University of the 
City of New York. Revised edition, with Notes to Hadley-Allen’s and 
Goodwin’s Greek Grammars. 12mo. Introduction price, $1.05. 


The Greek Prepositions, Studied from their Original Meanings as 
Designations of Space. By F. A. ApamMs, Ph.D. A short but com- 
prehensive treatise on the meanings of the verbs as compounded with 
the prepositions. 12mo. 131 pages. Introduction price, 60 cents. 





Specimen copies of the above books, for examination, will be sent, post- 
paid, to teachers of Greek, on receipt of introduction price. 





D. APPLETON & CO., Publishers, 
New York, Boston, Cu1caco, ATLANTA, SAN FRANCISCO. 





RECENT PUBLICATIONS 


FOR THE STUDY OF GREEK. 


Hadley’s Greek Grammar. Revised, and in part rewritten, by 
Freperick De Forest ALLEN, Ph. D., Professor of Classical Philol- 
ogy in Harvard University. 

This grammar not only presents the latest and best results of Greek studies, 
but also treats the language in the light received from comparative philology. 
The work is clear in its language, accurate in its definitions, judicious in its 
arrangement, and sufficiently comprehensive for all purposes, while it is free 
from cumbrous details. It is simple euough for the beginner, and comprehensive 


— fur the most advanced students. 12mo. 405 pages. Introductory price, 
$1 . 


Greek Lessons. Prepared to accompany the Grammar of Hadley and 
Allen. By Roserr P. Keer, Ph. D., Principal of the Norwich (Con- 
necticut) Free Academy. 

An elementary Greek book intended to serve as a om og and guide to 
the Grammar, and as an introduction to the study of Xenophon. The publishers 
commend this work to American teachers with great confidence that it will be 


found to possess important advantages above other books of its class. 12mo. 
Introductory price, $1.20. 


Elementary Lessons in Greek Syntax, designed to accompany 
the reading of Xenophon’s Anabasis. By 8. R. Wincuett, A. M. 

A series of lessons on Attic Greek Syntax, designed to follow about one 

ear’s eng of the etymology of the language. Tt comprises Jeseons on the last 

half of the Grammar, with exercises and vocabularies, all arranged with a view 

of making the pupil familiar with the fundamental ΤΌΝ of Greek syntax. 

It is intended as an introdaction to a thorough and comprehensive treatise on 
Greek prose composition. Introductory price, 54 cents. 


Harkness’s First Greek Book. Comprising an Outline of the 
Forms and Inflections of the Language, a complete Analytic Syn- 
tax, and an Introductory Greek Reader. With Notes and Vocabu- 
laries. 

Revised and rewritten by the author. Designed especially to accompany 


Allen-Hadley’s Greek Grammar, with references also to Goodwin's and Crosby's 
Greek Grammars. 12mo. 276 pages. Introductory price, $1.05. 


Three Months’ Preparation for Reading Xenophon. by 
James Morris Wuiron, Ph. D., author of Whiton’s “ First Lessons 
in Greek,” and Mary Barriett Wuiron, A. B., Instructor in Greek 
in Packer Collegiate Institute, Brooklyn. 


A concise and practical new introductory Greek book, designed to accom- 
| oom Allen-Hadley’s Greek Grammar. Containing references also to Goouwiu’s 
reek Grammar. 12mo. 94 pages. Introductory price, 48 cents. 








Sample copics, for examination, sent to teachers of Greek, post-paid, for 
examination, on receipt of the introductory price. 





D. APPLETON & CO., Publishers, 











GREEK LESSONS 


PREPARED TO ACCOMPANY THE GRAMMAR OF 
HADLEY AND ALLEN, 


By ROBERT P. KEEP, Ph. D., 


Principal of the Norwich (Connecticut) Free Academy. 








The Greek Grammar of Hadley and Allen has won for itself the 


position of a standard Manual of the Gre 
recognized 


possess. 


ek language, and is wi 

as a book which every American student τῆν Greek aia 
The only question is whether it should be purchased at the 
very outset, or whether a beginning should be made with a smaller and 
less complete grammar, this latter to give pl ΗΝ 


ace after a year or tw. 
the fuller treatise. It was w δὶ two to 


difficult, that the preparation of these Lessons was undertaken 


A ἘΣ 
good ᾿ IRST LESSONS is really an abridged grammar, constructed 
upon the lines of the larger treatise and employing 


guage. Dr. Keep has done, in these Lessons, the work 
new Hadley, 


precisely its lan- 
of abridging the 
and he has done it with such judgment as would have been 


expected from his knowledge of the needs of the beginner in Greek, and 
? 


fr ee Ἐπ ᾿ 
om his intimate familiarity with the grammar of Professor Iadley 
’ 


both in its older and its more recent form 


The publishers commend this elementary 


teacl ri 
1ers with great confidence that it will be found to possess impor 
tant advantages above other books of its class 


Greek book to American 


D. APPLETON ἃ CO., Publishers, 


Ι Nrew 
ics GEE Asa Seek Gc tec Hone York, Boston, Cuicago, ATtayta, San ἘΒΑΝΟΙΒΟΟ, 


PoP ate 


=} 


_— out — “ee oes 6. δ - 

τ τς με ee Oe αὖ. 

ΖΦ a — et ° τ 
iss = pT 2 i ΞἘ᾿Ψ ee. 

ee Se 





atk pa ELE wr aa og Sen a aa eee ts 
mi ait “τ as re Ξ niet tard ? 


ΨΥ FR. 
= fades re 

el 

_ 


See Ns ees 


FIRST FOUR BOOKS OF 


XENOPHON’S ANABASIS, 


BY 


JAMES R. BOISE, Ph. D., LL. D., 


Professor of Greek in the University of Michigan. 


WITH OR WITHOUT VOCABULARY. 





As our colleges, with but one or two exceptions, require Sree 
or four books only of the Anabasis for admission, the marty 
specifying four books, we have substituted a Tour Epon paiton of 
“Boise’s Anabasis” for the Three-Book and Five-Book editions 
heretofore published. This edition is thoroughly cages and up 
to date; has references to Hadley-Allen’s, Goodwin's, and other 
Greek grammars; contains tables of grammatical references and 
exercises, Kiepert’s Map of the Route of the Ten Thee 
tables of illustrations, etc. It is issued in two forms, viz., with 
and without vocabulary. 

It is believed that this work will be found to be the men 
accurate, comprehensive, and attractive edition of the Anabasis 


heretofore published. 


Introduction price, with vocabulary $1.32. 
- “ without vocabulary - _ 1.08. 





Specimen copies sent, post-paid, to teachers, for examinaticn, at the in- 
troduction prices. Send for full descriptive circulars of Latin and Greek 
Text-books. 


D. APPLETON & CO., Publishers, 
NEW YORK, BOSTON, CHICAGO, ATLANTA, SAN FRANCISCO. 


post-paid, to teachers at the 
of Latin and Greek Text-Books for all grades. 


Standard Latin Series. 
HARKNESS'’S Standard Latin Grammar - $1.12 


“The most complete, Spee me and attractive Gram- 
mar ever written. Adapted to all grades.” 


HARKNESS’S New Latin Reader - - $0.87 


Especially adapted for use with the “‘Standard Latin 
Grammar.”’ 


HARKNESS’S Complete Course in Latin 


for the First Year ee ee Ν 


Comprising sn Outline of Latin Grammar and Progressive 
Exercises in Reading and Writing Latin, with Frequent Prac- 
tice in Reading at Sight. Designed to serve as a complete in- 
troductory book in Latin—no grammar being required. 


HARKNESS'’S Czsar’s Commentaries - $1.20 


New Pictorial Edition. With full Dictiona » Life of 
Cesar, Map of Gaul, Plans of Battles, Outline of the Roman 
Mili System, etc., and Notes to the author's Standard 
Latin Grammar. Containing numerous colored plates, show- 


ing the movements of armies, military uniforms, arms, stand- 
ards, ete., which, in point of beauty, are superior to any edi- 
tion of Cesar yet published. 


HARKNESS'’S Cicero’s Orations - $1.22 
With full Notes, Vocabulary, etc. 


HARKNESS’S Course of Latin Prose 


REE ... ... .ϑ oe 5 SL $1.40 


New Pictorial Edition. With full Notes and Dictionary. 
The work contains four books of ‘‘ Cresars’s Commentaries,’’ 
the “ Catiline” of Sallust, and eight of Cicero’s Orations. 


FRIEZE’S Editions of Vergil : 


THE ZNEID, with Noesonly - - - - «- ao $1.40 
THE ZNEID, with Notes and Dictionary - - - - 1.30 
SIX BOOKS OF THE ANEID, GEORGICS, AND BU- 
COLICS, with Notes and Dictionary - - - - 1.30 
VERGIL COMPLETE, with Notes and δίων er 1.60 


HERBERMANN’S Sallust’s Jugurthine 
eam | Ὁ 
With full Notes and Dictionary. 


All the above books are beautifully bound in cloth, with leather backs, uniform with 
Harkness's Standard Latin Grammar. Sample copies, for examination, will be sent, 


above intruductory prices. Send for full descriptive list 


























- ,. ς΄. —SLE 





D. APPLETON & 00., New York, Boston, Chicago, Atlanta, San Francisco, 





᾿ 
ἢ 
« 
τὴ 
ἯΙ 
4 
ΟΝ 
τὴ 
᾿ 
ot 
me | 
ΠῚ 
Ἢ 
int 
γύ 


τ 
i] 


ee he ee 
 seseere = 


~ o 


= 


- i ὦ 


ee et Ores i a ery St + ee ~ 
ee ἘΣ SSE a 


a Ee Ee 


aa ΕΘ 


τὰ ἐν 





D. APPLETON ἃ CO.’S 
STANDARD GREEK TEXT-BOOKS 


INCLUD=: Exchange Intreduc- 


price. tory price 
Adams’s Greek Prepositions $0 60 
Arnold’s' Greek Prose Composition 1 05 
Blake’s Homeric Lexicon 1 00 
Boise’s ‘'hree Books of the Anabasis, with Lexicon 1 05 
Boise’s Five Books of the Anabasis, with Lexicon 1 
Boise’s Greek Prose Composition 1 
Boise’s Anabasis 1 
Crosby’s Sophocles’s Cidipus Tyrannus 1 
Coy’s Mayor’s Greek for Beginners 1¢ 
Allen-Hadley’s Greek Grammar (1884) 1 
Hadley’s Greek Grammar. New edition 1 
Hadley’s Elements of Greek Grammar 1 
Hadley’s Greek Verbs 
Harkness’s First Greek Book 
Johnson’s Three Books of the Iliad (with Notes)....... 
Johnson’s Herodotus 
Johnson’s Ionic Dialect 
Keep’s Greek Lessons 
Kendrick’s Greek Ollendorff 
Kihner’s Greek Grammar 
Owen’s Xenophon’s Anabasis 
Owen’s Homer’s Iliad 
Owen’s Greek Reader 
Owen’s Acts of the Apostles ........0.eeeeeeeeeeeeeers 
Owen’s Homer’s Odyssey 
Owen’s Thucydides 
Owen’s Xenophon’s Cyropedia 
Robbins’s Xenophon’s Memorabilia 
Smead’s Antigone 
Smead’s Philippics of Demosthenes .........+.++++++ : 
Tyler’s Plato’s Apology and Crito, New edition 
Tyler’s Plutarch 
Whiton’s Three Months’ Preparation for Reading Xenophon. ...... 
Winchell’s Elementary Lessons in Greek Syntax 


es μὶ μὶ μὶ ot Ot Ot μὶ μὰ 


Descriptive Educational Catalogue, containing full list of Latin and 
Greek text-books, sent to any teacher on application. 


D. APPLETON & CO., Publishers, 
New York, Boston, Cuicaco, Atnanta, San Francisco. 

















‘ STANDARD CLASSICAL TEXG-BOOKS. 


----------Ξ 


Arnold, T. K. Greek Prose Composition. By Sprneer. 12mo. 

---- Second Greek Prose Composition. By ΞΡΈΝΟΕΕ. 12mo. 

-- Greek Reading Book. By ΚΞΡΕΝΟΕΕ. 12mo. 

Blake, Clarence E, Lexicon of the First Three Books of the Iliad. 

Boise, James R, Exercises in Greek Prose Composition. 12mo. 

—— -—— The First Four Books of Xenophon’s Anabasis. With Notes and Vo 
cabulary. 12mo. 

—— —— Same, with Notes only. 12mo. 

-_— —~ Xenophon's Anabasis. Complete with Notes, and Kiepert’s Map. 12mo. 

— —— Epistles of St. Paul. With Notes. 

Champlin, J. T. Short and Comprehensive Greek Grammar. 12mo. 

Coy, Edward G, Mayor's Greek for Beginners. 

—— —— First Greek Reader. 

Crosby. Howard. (£dipus Tyrannus of Sophocles. With Notes, etc. 12mo. 

Cyropedia. See Owen. 

Demosthenes. See Smeap. 

Greek Grammar. See ARNoLp, Cuampuiin, Coy, Hapiey, HARKNEss, KEN- 
DRICK, KUHNER, SILBER, and WHITON. 

Greek Ollendorff. See Kenprick. 

Greek Reader. See Arnvoup, HARKNESS, and OWEN. 

Greek Testament. See Haun. 

Hackett, H. B., and Tyler, W.8. Piutarch on the Delay of the Deity in Pun 
ishing the Wicked. With Notes, etc. Revised edition. 12mo. 

Hadley-Allen’s Greek Grammar (1884). 

Hadley, James. Greek Grammar. 

— -— Elements of Greek Grammar. 

— —— Greek Verbs. Paper cover. 

Hahn, Augustus. Novum Testamentum Graece. Notes by Roninson. 12mo. 

Harkness, Albert. First Greek Book. With Reader, Notes, and Vocabulary. 
12mo. 

Herodotus. See Jounson, H. M. 

Homer. See Jonnson, H. C., and Owen. 

liad. See Jonnson, H. C., and Owen. 

Johnson, Henry C. Homer's Iliad. First Three Books. Notes and Dictionary. 


Johnson Herman M. Herodoti Orientalia Antiquiora. Revised edition. 12mo. 


Keep, Robert P. Greek Lessons. 

Kendrick, Asahel C. Greek Ollendorff. 12mo. 

Kuhner, Raphael. Greek Grammar. Translated by Epwarps and Tay.or. 
Revised edition. 8vo. 

Memorabilia cf Xenophon. See Roses. 

Odyssey. See Owen. 

(Edipus Tyrannus. See (rossy, H. 

Ollendorff, Greek. See Kenprick. 


Owen, John L. Acts of the Apostles, in Greek. With Lexicon. 12mo. 
-— —— Anabasis of Xenophon. With Notes and References to Crosby's, Had- 
ley’s, and Kuhner’s Grammars. 12mo. 


COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


STANDARD CLASSICAL Pn I) lI 


032212887 


Owen, John L. Cy d i i 
με 2 = yropedia of Xenophon. With Notes, etc. Eighth edition 


—— —— Greek Reader. 12mo. 
—— —— Homer's liiad. With Notes, 12mo, 
—— —— Homer's Odyssey. With Notes. Tenth edition. 12mo, 


—— -- - Thucydides. With Notes, Map, etc. 12mo. 
Plato. See Tyzer, 


Plutarch, See Hackerr and ΤΎΧΗ. 
Robbins’s Memorabilia of Xeno i 
phon. With Notes. Revised edi 
Robinson, Edward. Sce Haun. eee 
Silber, William B. Progressive Lessons in Greek. With Notes and Refer- 


ences to the Grammars of Sophocles, Hadie 
‘pi ’ y, ard Crosby. Als 
and Epitome of Greek Grammar, for Beginners. rag ee 


Smead, M.J. The Autigone of Sophocles. With Notes. 12mo. 


—— —— The I, II, II Philippics of Demosthenes Wi i 
. With ; 
tions, and Notes, New, enlarged edition, 12mo. Historical Introduc 


Sophocles. See Crospy, H., and Smzap. 
Thucydides. Sce Owen, 


Tyler, W.8. Plato's Apology and Crito. With Notes. 12mo. 


Whiton, James M 
Xenophon. 

Whiton, James M. First Lessons in Greek: the 
ley’s Grammar. 12mo, 

Winchell, 8.R. Lessons in Greek Syntax. 

Xenophon, See Boise, OWEN, and Rozpsrs, 





+, and Mary B. Three Months’ Preparatiou for Reading 


Beginner's Companion to Had- 


SYRIAC. 


Uhiemann, Syriae Grammar, Translated from the German by Enocon Huron: 
INSON. With a Course of Exercises in Syriac Grammar, a Chrestomathy 


and brief Lexicon, prepared by the Translator, 5 i : 
: ν + Second edition, w 
rections and Additions. 8yo. ion, vith Cor 


HEBREW. 


ae Hebrew Grammar. Edited by Ropicer. Translated from the last 
(the seventeenth) German edition by Conant. With an Index. 8vo 


AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY, Publishers, 
CINCINNATI, es NEW YORK, cia CHICAGO. 


BRITTLE DO NOT 
HOTOCOPY 





